82_FR_31528 82 FR 31400 - Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to the Sand Point City Dock Replacement Project in Sand Point, Alaska

82 FR 31400 - Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to the Sand Point City Dock Replacement Project in Sand Point, Alaska

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration

Federal Register Volume 82, Issue 128 (July 6, 2017)

Page Range31400-31428
FR Document2017-14157

NMFS has received an application from the Alaska Department of Transportation and Public Facilities (ADOT&PF) for an Incidental Harassment Authorization (IHA) to take marine mammals, by harassment, incidental to Sand Point City Dock Replacement Project in Sand Point, Alaska. Pursuant to the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS is requesting comments on its proposal to issue an IHA to ADOT&PF to incidentally take marine mammals during the specified activities.

Federal Register, Volume 82 Issue 128 (Thursday, July 6, 2017)
[Federal Register Volume 82, Number 128 (Thursday, July 6, 2017)]
[Notices]
[Pages 31400-31428]
From the Federal Register Online  [www.thefederalregister.org]
[FR Doc No: 2017-14157]



[[Page 31399]]

Vol. 82

Thursday,

No. 128

July 6, 2017

Part II





Department of Commerce





-----------------------------------------------------------------------





National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration





-----------------------------------------------------------------------





Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking 
Marine Mammals Incidental to the Sand Point City Dock Replacement 
Project in Sand Point, Alaska; Notice

Federal Register / Vol. 82 , No. 128 / Thursday, July 6, 2017 / 
Notices

[[Page 31400]]


-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration

RIN 0648-XF370


Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; 
Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to the Sand Point City Dock 
Replacement Project in Sand Point, Alaska

AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and 
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.

ACTION: Notice; proposed incidental harassment authorization; request 
for comments.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: NMFS has received an application from the Alaska Department of 
Transportation and Public Facilities (ADOT&PF) for an Incidental 
Harassment Authorization (IHA) to take marine mammals, by harassment, 
incidental to Sand Point City Dock Replacement Project in Sand Point, 
Alaska. Pursuant to the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS is 
requesting comments on its proposal to issue an IHA to ADOT&PF to 
incidentally take marine mammals during the specified activities.

DATES: Comments and information must be received no later than August 
7, 2017.

ADDRESSES: Comments on the applications should be addressed to Jolie 
Harrison, Chief, Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected 
Resources, National Marine Fisheries Service. Physical comments should 
be sent to 1315 East-West Highway, Silver Spring, MD 20910 and 
electronic comments should be sent to [email protected].
    Instructions: NMFS is not responsible for comments sent by any 
other method, to any other address or individual, or received after the 
end of the comment period. Comments received electronically, including 
all attachments, must not exceed a 25-megabyte file size. Attachments 
to electronic comments will be accepted in Microsoft Word or Excel or 
Adobe PDF file formats only. All comments received are a part of the 
public record and will generally be posted to the Internet at 
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/incidental/construction.htm without 
change. All personal identifying information (e.g., name, address) 
voluntarily submitted by the commenter may be publicly accessible. Do 
not submit confidential business information or otherwise sensitive or 
protected information.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Rob Pauline, Office of Protected 
Resources, NMFS, (301) 427-8401. Electronic copies of the applications 
and supporting documents, as well as a list of the references cited in 
this document, may be obtained by visiting the Internet at: 
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/incidental/construction.htm. In case of 
problems accessing these documents, please call the contact listed 
above.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

Background

    Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.) 
direct the Secretary of Commerce to allow, upon request, the 
incidental, but not intentional, taking of small numbers of marine 
mammals by U.S. citizens who engage in a specified activity (other than 
commercial fishing) within a specified geographical region if certain 
findings are made and either regulations are issued or, if the taking 
is limited to harassment, a notice of a proposed authorization is 
provided to the public for review.
    An authorization for incidental takings shall be granted if NMFS 
finds that the taking will have a negligible impact on the species or 
stock(s), will not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the 
availability of the species or stock(s) for subsistence uses (where 
relevant), and if the permissible methods of taking and requirements 
pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring and reporting of such takings 
are set forth.
    NMFS has defined ``negligible impact'' in 50 CFR 216.103 as an 
impact resulting from the specified activity that cannot be reasonably 
expected to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely affect the 
species or stock through effects on annual rates of recruitment or 
survival.
    The MMPA states that the term ``take'' means to harass, hunt, 
capture, kill or attempt to harass, hunt, capture, or kill any marine 
mammal.
    Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, the 
MMPA defines ``harassment'' as: Any act of pursuit, torment, or 
annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or 
marine mammal stock in the wild (Level A harassment); or (ii) has the 
potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild 
by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not 
limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or 
sheltering (Level B harassment).

National Environmental Policy Act

    To comply with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA; 
42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.) and NOAA Administrative Order (NAO) 216-6A, 
NMFS must review the proposed action with respect to environmental 
consequences on the human environment. Accordingly, NMFS has 
preliminarily determined that the issuance of the proposed IHA 
qualifies to be categorically excluded from further NEPA review. This 
action is consistent with categories of activities identified in CE B4 
of the Companion Manual for NOAA Administrative Order 216-6A, which do 
not individually or cumulatively have the potential for significant 
impacts on the quality of the human environment and for which we have 
not identified any extraordinary circumstances that would preclude this 
categorical exclusion.

Summary of Request

    On September 16, 2016, NMFS received an application from ADOT&PF 
for the taking of marine mammals incidental to replacing the city dock 
in Sand Point, Alaska. On April 11, 2017, ADOT&PF submitted a revised 
application that NMFS determined was adequate and complete. ADOT&PF 
proposes to conduct in-water activities that may incidentally take, by 
Level A and Level B harassment, marine mammals. Proposed activities 
included as part of the Sand Point City Dock Replacement Project with 
potential to affect marine mammals include impact hammer pile driving 
and vibratory pile driving and removal. This IHA would be valid from 
August 1, 2018 through July 31, 2019.
    Species with the expected potential to be present during the 
project timeframe include harbor seal (Phoca vitulina), Steller sea 
lion (Eumetopias jubatus), harbor porpoise (Phocoena phocoena), Dall's 
porpoise (Phocoenoides dalli), killer whale (Orcinus orca), humpback 
whale (Megaptera novaeangliae), fin whale (Balaenoptera physalus), gray 
whale (Eschrichtius robustus), and minke whale (Balaenoptera 
acutorostrata).

Description of Specified Activities

Overview

    ADOT&PF proposes to construct a new dock in Sand Point, Alaska. The 
existing city dock was built in 1984 and is in need of replacement, as 
it is nearing the end of its operational life due to corrosion and 
wear. The dock receives barge service from Seattle weekly throughout 
the year. The dock also regularly handles processed seafood. Given the 
lack of road access to Sand Point, the city dock is an essential 
component of infrastructure providing

[[Page 31401]]

critical access between Sand Point and the Pacific Northwest region.
    Impact and vibratory driving of piles and vibratory pile removal is 
expected to take place over a total of approximately 32 working days 
within a 5-month window from August 1, 2018 through December 31, 2018. 
However, due to the potential for unexpected delays, up to 40 working 
days may be required. ADOT&PF is asking for the proposed IHA to be 
valid for a period of one year. The new dock would be supported by 
approximately 52 round, 30-inch-diameter, 100-foot-long permanent steel 
pipe piles. Fender piles installed at the dock face would be 8 round, 
24-inch-diameter, 80-foot-long permanent steel pipe piles. The single 
mooring dolphin would consist of 3 round, 24-inch-diameter, 120-foot-
long permanent battered steel pipe piles. This equates to a total of 63 
permanent piles. Up to 90 temporary piles would be installed and 
removed during construction of the dock and would be either H-piles or 
pipe piles with a diameter of less than 24 inches.

Dates and Duration

    In-water pile driving and extraction activities are expected to 
take place over a total of approximately 32 working days within a 5-
month window from August 1, 2018 through December 31, 2018. ADOT&PF has 
requested that the proposed IHA be valid for a period of one year in 
case there are delays. Table 1 illustrates the anticipated number of 
days required for installation and removal of various pile types. Pile 
driving and removal may occur for up to 4.5 hours per day.

  Table 1--Estimated Number of Days Required for Pile Installation and
                                 Removal
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             Number of
                Activity                       piles       Days required
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Support pile installation...............              52              13
Temporary pile installation and removal.              90              15
Dolphin pile installation...............               3               2
Fender pile installation................               8               2
                                         -------------------------------
    Total Days..........................  ..............              32
    Total Days with 25 percent            ..............              40
     contingency........................
------------------------------------------------------------------------

Specified Geographic Region

    The Sand Point city dock is located in the city of Sand Point, 
Alaska, on the northwest side of Popof Island, in the western Gulf of 
Alaska. Sand Point is part of the Aleutians East Borough and is located 
approximately 10 miles (16 kilometers) south of the Alaska Peninsula. 
Popof Island is one of the Shumagin Islands in the western Gulf of 
Alaska and is approximately 16 kilometers (10 miles) long, 8 kilometers 
(5 miles) wide, and covers 93.7 square kilometers (36.2 square miles). 
It is located immediately east of the much larger Unga Island, and 
Popof Strait separates the two islands. The City of Sand Point is the 
largest community in the Shumagin Islands. See Figure 1-1 in ADOT&PF's 
Application.
    The Sand Point city dock is located in Humboldt Harbor, on the 
southwest side of the city of Sand Point. The existing dock is located 
on the causeway of Sand Point's ``New Harbor'' at the end of Boat 
Harbor Road, and the proposed replacement dock is proposed to be 
located immediately adjacent to (southwest of) the existing city dock 
along the causeway, which also serves as the breakwater for the New 
Harbor. See Figure 1-2 in ADOT&PF's Application.

Detailed Description of Specified Activity

    The proposed action includes pile installation and removal of the 
new city dock and the deposition of shot rock fill adjacent to the 
existing causeway (See Figure 5-1 in Application). New shot rock fill 
would be placed on the seaward side of the existing causeway to support 
dock construction and create an additional upland area for safe 
passenger staging and maneuvering of equipment. Pile installation and 
removal activities will potentially result in take of marine mammals. 
There is no mapped high tide line at Sand Point, and, therefore, 
engineers will use Mean Higher High Water (MHHW) to determine the 
placement of fill. This fill would be placed above and below MHHW to 
increase the causeway's areal extent and would be stabilized through 
the use of new and salvaged armor rock protection. Approximately 38,600 
square feet of fill and 28,500 square feet of armor rock would be 
required for breakwater expansion. Shot rock fill deposition activities 
are not expected to generate underwater sound at levels that would 
result in Level A or Level B harassment. Therefore, this specific 
activity will not result in take of marine mammal and will not be 
discussed further.
    Following deposition of fill and prior to placement of armor rock, 
round steel piles would be installed to support the new city dock 
foundation and mooring dolphins. As noted previously, the proposed 
project will require installation of 30-inch and 24-inch, permanent 
steel piles. This equates to a total of 63 permanent piles as shown in 
Table 2 below. It is anticipated that an ICE 44B or APE 200-6 model 
vibratory driver or equivalent and a Delmag D62 diesel impact hammer or 
equivalent would be used to install the piles. Project design engineers 
anticipate an impact strike rate of approximately 40 strikes per 
minute, based on substrate density, pile types, and hammer type, which 
equates to approximately 1,000 strikes for each 30-inch dock support 
pile, 400 strikes for each dolphin pile, and 120 strikes for each 
fender pile.
    Permanent dock support piles would be installed using both 
vibratory and impact hammers; both methods of installation typically 
occur within the same day. Permanent piles are first installed with a 
vibratory hammer for approximately 45 minutes to insert the pile 
through the overburden sediment layer and into the bearing layer. The 
vibratory hammer is then replaced with the impact hammer, which is used 
to install the pile for the last 15 to 20 feet (approximately 25 
minutes). Up to four permanent piles would be installed per day, for a 
total of 180 minutes of vibratory and 100 minutes of impact 
installation per day. Installation of permanent piles would require 
about 13 days of effort (52 permanent piles/4 permanent piles per day = 
13 days).
    Installation of the eight fender piles is anticipated to occur over 
2 days (after installation of all dock support piles), at a production 
rate of four fender piles per day (8 fender piles/4 fender piles per 
day = 2 days). Each fender pile would require 30 minutes of vibratory 
installation and 3 minutes of impact installation, for a total of 120 
minutes of vibratory and 12 minutes of impact

[[Page 31402]]

installation each day. No temporary piles would be required for fender 
pile installation because they would be installed along the completed 
dock face.
    Installation of three 24-inch permanent battered pipe piles for the 
dolphin would also require the installation and removal of four 
temporary piles (either <24 inch diameter or H-piles) to support the 
template. Installation of the dolphin piles will occur over 2 days, 
with one or two dolphin piles installed per day for a total of 3 
dolphin piles. Thirty minutes of vibratory installation and 10 minutes 
of impact installation are anticipated per permanent dolphin pile, for 
a total of no more than 60 minutes of vibratory installation and 20 
minutes of impact installation per day. Installation and removal of the 
temporary piles for the dolphin are included in the calculations for 
temporary piles above.
    Two or more temporary piles would be used to support a template to 
facilitate installation of two to four permanent dock support piles. 
Template configuration, including the number of permanent piles that 
could be installed at once and the number of temporary piles required 
to support the template, would be determined by the contractor. Four 
additional temporary piles would support the template for the dolphin. 
In all, up to 90 temporary piles would be installed and removed during 
construction of the dock and dolphin. Temporary piles would be either 
H-piles or pipe piles with a diameter of less than 24 inches.
    Temporary piles would be installed and removed during construction 
of the dock by vibratory methods only. Removal and installation of the 
temporary piles that support the template typically occur within the 
same day, with additional time required for installation of the 
template structure, which would include welding, surveying the 
location, and other activities. Each temporary pile would be installed 
in approximately 15 minutes and removed in approximately 15 minutes. Up 
to six temporary piles would be installed and removed per day, for a 
total of up to 180 minutes of vibratory installation and removal per 
day. Installation of temporary piles, including those required to 
support construction of the dolphin, would require about 15 total days 
of effort (90 temporary piles/6 temporary piles per day = 15 days).
    Total driving time for the proposed project would consist of 
approximately 22 hours of impact driving and 85 hours of vibratory 
driving and removal.
    Following initial pile installation of permanent dock support 
piles, the mud accumulation on the inside of each pile would be augured 
out and the piles filled with concrete to provide additional moment 
capacity and corrosion resistance. An auger with a crane-mounted rotary 
head would be used for pile clearing. These activities are not 
anticipated to result in underwater sound levels that would meet Level 
A or Level B harassment criteria and, therefore, will not be discussed 
further.

                                        Table 2--Pile Details and Estimated Effort Required for Pile Installation
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                             Estimated      Anticipated
                 Pile type                            Diameter               Number of     Maximum piles   Hours per day    minutes per   days of effort
                                                                               piles          per day                          pile             \1\
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            Vibratory Installation or Removal
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Permanent support pile....................  30''........................              52               4               3              45              13
Permanent dolphin pile....................  24''........................               3               2               1              30               2
Permanent fender pile.....................  24''........................               8               4               2              30               2
Installation, temporary support pile......  <24'' or H-pile.............              90               6             1.5              15              15
Removal, temporary support pile...........  <24'' or H-pile.............              90               6             1.5              15              15
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   Impact Installation
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Permanent support pile....................  30''........................              52               4           1.667              25              13
Permanent dolphin pile....................  24''........................               3               2            0.33              10               2
Permanent fender pile.....................  24''........................               8               4            0.20               3               2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Vibratory and impact driving of each permanent pile will occur on the same day. Installation and removal of each temporary piles will occur on the
  same day.

    Proposed mitigation, monitoring, and reporting measures are 
described in detail later in the document (Mitigation section and 
Monitoring and Reporting section).

Description of Marine Mammals in the Area of Specified Activities

    We have reviewed the applicants' species information--which 
summarizes available information regarding status and trends, 
distribution and habitat preferences, behavior and life history, and 
auditory capabilities of the potentially affected species--for accuracy 
and completeness and refer the reader to Sections 3 and 4 of the 
application, as well as to NMFS's Stock Assessment Reports (SAR; 
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/sars/). Additional general information about these 
species (e.g., physical and behavioral descriptions) may be found on 
NMFS's Web site (www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/species/mammals/).
    Table 3 lists all species with expected potential for occurrence in 
Sand Point and summarizes information related to the population or 
stock, including potential biological removal (PBR), where known. For 
taxonomy, we follow Committee on Taxonomy (2016). PBR, defined by the 
MMPA as the maximum number of animals, not including natural 
mortalities, that may be removed from a marine mammal stock while 
allowing that stock to reach or maintain its optimum sustainable 
population, is considered in concert with known sources of ongoing 
anthropogenic mortality to assess the population-level effects of the 
anticipated mortality from a specific project (as described in NMFS's 
SARs). While no mortality is anticipated or authorized here, PBR and 
annual serious injury and mortality are included here as gross 
indicators of the status of the species and other threats. Species that 
could potentially occur in the proposed survey areas but are not 
expected to have reasonable potential to be harassed by pile driving 
and removal activities are described briefly but omitted from further 
analysis. These include extralimital species, which are species that do 
not normally occur in a given area but for which there are one

[[Page 31403]]

or more occurrence records that are considered beyond the normal range 
of the species. For status of species, we provide information regarding 
U.S. regulatory status under the MMPA and ESA.
    Marine mammal abundance estimates presented in this document 
represent the total number of individuals that make up a given stock or 
the total number estimated within a particular study area. NMFS's stock 
abundance estimates for most species represent the total estimate of 
individuals within the geographic area, if known, that comprises that 
stock.
    The marine waters of the Shumagin Islands support many species of 
marine mammals, including pinnipeds and cetaceans; however, the number 
of species regularly occurring near the project area is limited (Table 
3). Steller sea lions are the most common marine mammals in the project 
area, and are part of the western Distinct Population Segment (wDPS), 
which is listed as endangered under the ESA. Humpback whales, including 
the ESA-listed Western North Pacific DPS (endangered) and Mexico DPS 
(threatened), as well as ESA-listed fin whales (endangered), may occur 
in the project area, but far less frequently and in lower abundance 
than Steller sea lions. Harbor seals and harbor porpoises may be 
observed in the project area. Gray whales, minke whales, killer whales, 
and Dall's porpoises also have the potential to occur in or near the 
project area, although in limited numbers.
    North Pacific right whales (Eubalaena japonica) are very rare in 
general and extremely unlikely to occur within the project area. Other 
animals whose range overlaps with the project area include the northern 
fur seal (Callorhinus ursinus), ribbon seal (Histriophoca fasciata), 
spotted seal (Phoca largha), and Pacific white-sided dolphin 
(Lagenorhynchus obliquidens). However, occurrences of these species 
have not been reported locally and take is not anticipated or proposed. 
The ranges of sperm whales (Physeter macrocephalus) and Cuvier's beaked 
whales (Ziphius cavirostris) include the Shumagin Islands. However, 
these species generally inhabit deep waters and would be unlikely to 
occur in the relatively shallow waters of Popof Strait. Therefore, take 
is not proposed for either of these species. The species listed in this 
paragraph will not be discussed further.
    All values presented in Table 3 are the most recent available at 
the time of publication and are available in the 2015 SARs (Muto et 
al., 2016) and draft 2016 SARs (Muto et al., 2016b) available online 
at: www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/sars/draft.htm).

                                         Table 3--Marine Mammal Species Potentially Present in the Project Area
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            Stock abundance
                                                        ESA/MMPA status;    (CV, Nmin, most                                                Relative
             Species                     Stock          strategic  (Y/N)   recent  abundance        PBR \3\        Annual  M/SI \4\     occurrence near
                                                              \1\             survey) \2\                                                 Sand Point
 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            Order Cetartiodactyla--Cetacea--Superfamily Odontoceti (toothed whales, dolphins, and porpoises)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             Family Phocoenidae (porpoises)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dall's porpoise.................  Alaska.............  -; N               83,400 (0.097; n/   Undet.............  38................  Rare.
                                                                           a; 1993).
Harbor porpoise.................  Gulf of Alaska.....  -; Y               25,987 (0.214; n/   Undet.............  72................  Common.
                                                                           a; 1998).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            Order Cetartiodactyla--Cetacea--Superfamily Odontoceti (toothed whales, dolphins, and porpoises)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Family Delphinidae (dolphins)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Killer whale....................  Eastern North        -; N               2,347 (n/a; 2,347;  24................  1.................  Uncommon.
                                   Pacific Alaska                          2012).
                                   Resident.
                                  Eastern North        -; N               587 (n/a; 587;      5.9...............  1.................  Uncommon.
                                   Pacific Gulf of                         2012).
                                   AK, Aleutian
                                   Islands, and
                                   Bering Sea
                                   Transient.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            Order Cetartiodactyla--Cetacea--Superfamily Odontoceti (toothed whales, dolphins, and porpoises)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 Family Balaenopteridae
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Humpback whale..................  Central North        n/a Y              10,103 (0.300;      83................  24................  Uncommon.
                                   Pacific.                                7,890; 2006).
                                  Western North        n/a\5\; Y          1,107 (0.300; 865;  3.................  2.6...............  Uncommon.
                                   Pacific.                                2006).
Fin whale.......................  Northeast Pacific..  E/D; Y             1,368 (n/a, 1,036;  2.1...............  0.6...............  Rare.
                                                                           2010).
Minke whale.....................  Alaska.............  -; N               ..................  ..................  0.................  Rare.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            Order Cetartiodactyla--Cetacea--Superfamily Odontoceti (toothed whales, dolphins, and porpoises)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  Family Eschrichtiidae
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gray whale......................  Eastern North        -; N               20,990 (0.05;       624...............  132...............  Rare.
                                   Pacific.                                20,125; 2011).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         Order Carnivora--Superfamily Pinnipedia
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      Family Otariidae (eared seals and sea lions)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Steller sea lion................  wDPS...............  E/D; S             50,983 (n/a;        306...............  236...............  Very common.
                                                                           50,983; 2015).

[[Page 31404]]

 
                                                             Family Phocidae (earless seals)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Harbor seal.....................  (Cook Inlet/         -; N               27,386 (n/a;        770...............  234...............  Occasional.
                                   Shelikof Strait.                        25,651, 2011).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Endangered Species Act (ESA) status: Endangered (E), Threatened (T)/MMPA status: Depleted (D). A dash (-) indicates that the species is not listed
  under the ESA or designated as depleted under the MMPA. Under the MMPA, a strategic stock is one for which the level of direct human-caused mortality
  exceeds PBR or which is determined to be declining and likely to be listed under the ESA within the foreseeable future. Any species or stock listed
  under the ESA is automatically designated under the MMPA as depleted and as a strategic stock.
\2\ CV is coefficient of variation; Nmin is the minimum estimate of stock abundance. In some cases, CV is not applicable. For certain stocks of
  pinnipeds, abundance estimates are based upon observations of animals (often pups) ashore multiplied by some correction factor derived from knowledge
  of the specie's (or similar species') life history to arrive at a best abundance estimate; therefore, there is no associated CV. In these cases, the
  minimum abundance may represent actual counts of all animals ashore.
\3\ Potential biological removal, defined by the MMPA as the maximum number of animals, not including natural mortalities, that may be removed from a
  marine mammal stock while allowing that stock to reach or maintain its optimum sustainable population size (OSP).
\4\ These values, found in NMFS's SARs, represent annual levels of human-caused mortality plus serious injury from all sources combined (e.g.,
  commercial fisheries, ship strike). Annual M/SI often cannot be determined precisely and is in some cases presented as a minimum value or range. A CV
  associated with estimated mortality due to commercial fisheries is presented in some cases.
\5\ The newly defined DPSs do not currently align with the stocks defined under the MMPA.

Cetaceans

Dall's Porpoise
    Dall's porpoises are found throughout the North Pacific, from 
southern Japan to southern California north to the Bering Sea. All 
Dall's porpoises found in Alaska are members of the Alaska stock. This 
species can be found in offshore, inshore, and nearshore habitat, but 
prefer waters more than 180 meters (600 feet) deep (Jefferson 2009).
    Dall's porpoises, like all marine mammals, are protected under the 
MMPA, but they are not listed under the ESA. Insufficient data are 
available to estimate current population trends, but the species is 
considered reasonably abundant. The current population estimate for the 
species is 1.2 million, and the Alaska stock was last estimated at 
83,400 individuals in 1993 (Muto et al., 2016a).
    There currently is no information on the presence or abundance of 
Dall's porpoises in the Shumagin Islands. No sightings of Dall's 
porpoises have been documented in Humboldt Harbor and they are not 
expected to occur there, although they may occur in deeper waters 
farther offshore (HDR 2017).
    Dall's porpoises generally occur in groups of 2 to 20 individuals, 
but have also been recorded in groups numbering in the hundreds. In 
Alaska, the average group size ranges from 2.7 to 3.7 individuals (Wade 
et al., 2003). They are commonly observed bowriding vessels or large 
cetaceans. Common prey includes a variety of small schooling fishes 
(such as herrings, anchovies, mackerels, and sauries) and cephalopods. 
Dall's porpoises may migrate between inshore and offshore areas, make 
latitudinal movements, or make short seasonal migrations, but these 
movements are generally not consistent (Jefferson 2009).
Harbor Porpoise
    In the eastern North Pacific Ocean, the harbor porpoise ranges from 
Point Barrow, along the Alaska coast, and down the west coast of North 
America to Point Conception, California. Harbor porpoises frequent 
primarily coastal waters in the Gulf of Alaska and Southeast Alaska 
(Dahlheim et al., 2000), and occur most frequently in waters less than 
100 meters (328 feet) deep (Hobbs and Waite 2010). The Gulf of Alaska 
stock ranges from Cape Suckling to Unimak Pass (Muto et al., 2016a).
    In Alaska, harbor porpoises are currently divided into three 
stocks, based primarily on geography: the Bering Sea stock, the 
Southeast Alaska stock, and the Gulf of Alaska stock. In areas outside 
Alaska, studies have shown that stock structure is more finely scaled 
than is reflected in the Alaska Stock Assessment Reports. However, no 
data are yet available to define stock structure for harbor porpoises 
on a finer scale in Alaska (Allen and Angliss 2014). Only the Gulf of 
Alaska stock is considered in this application because the other stocks 
occur outside the geographic area under consideration.
    Harbor porpoises are neither designated as depleted under the MMPA 
nor listed as threatened or endangered under the ESA. Because the most 
recent abundance estimate is more than eight years old and information 
on incidental harbor porpoise mortality in commercial fisheries is not 
well understood, the Gulf of Alaska stock of harbor porpoises is 
classified as strategic. Population trends and status of this stock 
relative to optimum sustainable population size are currently unknown.
    The number of harbor porpoises in the Gulf of Alaska stock was 
assessed in 1998 at 31,046. The current minimum population estimate for 
harbor porpoises in the Gulf of Alaska, calculated using the potential 
biological removal guidelines, is 25,987 individuals (Muto et al., 
2016b). No reliable information is available to determine trends in 
abundance.
    Survey data for the Shumagin Islands are not available. Anecdotal 
observations indicate that harbor porpoises are uncommon in Humboldt 
Harbor proper but may occur in nearby waters (HDR 2017).
    Harbor porpoises forage in waters less than 200 meters (656 feet) 
to bottom depth on small pelagic schooling fish such as herring, cod, 
pollock, octopus, smelt, and bottom-dwelling fish, occasionally feeding 
on squid and crustaceans (Bj[oslash]rge and Tolley 2009; Wynne et al., 
2011).
Killer Whale
    Killer whales have been observed in all the world's oceans, but the 
highest densities occur in colder and more productive waters found at 
high latitudes (NMFS 2016a). Killer whales occur along the entire 
Alaska coast, in British Columbia and Washington inland waterways, and 
along the outer coasts of Washington, Oregon, and California (NMFS 
2016a). Based on data regarding association patterns, acoustics, 
movements, and genetic differences, eight killer whale stocks are now 
recognized within the Pacific U.S. Exclusive Economic Zone, seven of 
which occur in Alaska: (1) The Alaska resident stock; (2) the Northern 
resident

[[Page 31405]]

stock; (3) the Southern resident stock; (4) the Gulf of Alaska, 
Aleutian Islands, and Bering Sea transient stock; (5) the AT1 transient 
stock; (6) the West Coast transient stock, occurring from California 
through southeastern Alaska; and (7) the Offshore stock (Muto et al., 
2016a). Only the Alaska resident stock and the Gulf of Alaska, Aleutian 
Islands, and Bering Sea transient stock are considered in this 
application because other stocks occur outside the geographic area 
under consideration. Neither of these stocks of killer whales is 
designated as depleted or strategic under the MMPA or listed as 
threatened or endangered under the ESA.
    The Alaska resident stock occurs from southeastern Alaska to the 
Aleutian Islands and Bering Sea. The transient stock occurs primarily 
from Prince William Sound through the Aleutian Islands and Bering Sea.
    The abundance of the Alaska resident stock of killer whales is 
currently estimated at 2,347 individuals, and the Gulf of Alaska, 
Aleutian Islands, and Bering Sea transient stock is estimated at 587 
individuals. The Gulf of Alaska component of the transient stock is 
estimated to include 136 of the 587 individuals (Muto et al., 2016a). 
The abundance of the Alaska resident stock is likely underestimated 
because researchers continue to encounter new whales in the Gulf of 
Alaska and western Alaska waters. At present, reliable data on trends 
in population abundance for both stocks are unavailable.
    Line transect surveys conducted in the Shumagin Islands between 
2001 and 2003 did not record any resident killer whales, but did record 
a relatively high abundance of transient killer whales (Zerbini et al., 
2007). The population trend of the transient stock of killer whales in 
Alaska has remained stable since the 1980s (Muto et al., 2016b). 
Anecdotal observations indicate that killer whales are not often seen 
in the vicinity of Sand Point, including Popof Strait (HDR 2017).
    Distinct ecotypes of killer whales include transients that hunt and 
feed primarily on marine mammals and residents that forage primarily on 
fish. Transient killer whales feed primarily on harbor seals, Dall's 
porpoises, harbor porpoises, and sea lions. Resident killer whale 
populations in the eastern North Pacific feed mainly on salmonids, 
showing a strong preference for Chinook salmon (Muto et al., 2016b).
    Transient whales are often found in long-term stable social units 
(pods) of fewer than 10 whales, which are generally smaller than 
resident social groups. Resident-type killer whales occur in larger 
pods of whales that are seen in association with one another more than 
50 percent of the time (Muto et al., 2016b).
Humpback Whale
    There are five stocks of humpback whales defined under the MMPA, 
two of which occur in Alaska: The Central North Pacific Stock, which 
consists of winter/spring populations in the Hawaiian Islands which 
migrate primarily to northern British Columbia/Southeast Alaska, the 
Gulf of Alaska, and the Bering Sea/Aleutian Islands; and the Western 
North Pacific stock, which consists of winter/spring populations off 
Asia which migrate primarily to Russia and the Bering Sea/Aleutian 
Islands (Muto et al., 2016b). The Western North Pacific stock is found 
in coastal and inland waters around the Pacific Rim from Point 
Conception, California, north to the Gulf of Alaska and the Bering Sea, 
and west along the Aleutian Islands to the Kamchatka Peninsula and into 
the Sea of Okhotsk and north of the Bering Strait, which are historical 
feeding grounds (Muto et al., 2016b). Information from a variety of 
sources indicates that humpback whales from the Western and Central 
North Pacific stocks mix to a limited extent on summer feeding grounds 
ranging from British Columbia through the central Gulf of Alaska and up 
to the Bering Sea (Muto et al., 2016).
    Humpback whales worldwide were designated as ``endangered'' under 
the Endangered Species Conservation Act in 1970, and were listed under 
the ESA from its inception in 1973 until 2016. On September 8, 2016, 
NMFS published a final decision which changed the status of humpback 
whales under the ESA (81 FR 62259), effective October 11, 2016. The 
decision recognized the existence of 14 DPSs based on distinct breeding 
areas in tropical and temperate waters. Five of the 14 DPSs were 
classified under the ESA (4 endangered and 1 threatened), while the 
other 9 DPSs were delisted. Humpback whales found in the Shumagin 
Islands are predominantly members of the Hawaii DPS, which are not 
listed under the ESA. However, based on a comprehensive photo-
identification study, members of both the Western North Pacific DPS 
(ESA-listed as endangered) and Mexico DPS (ESA-listed as threatened) 
are known to occur in the Gulf of Alaska and Aleutian Islands. Members 
of different DPSs are known to intermix on feeding grounds; therefore, 
all waters off the coast of Alaska should be considered to have ESA-
listed humpback whales. According to Wade et al. (2016), there is a 0.5 
percent (CV [coefficient of variation]=0.001) probability that a 
humpback whale observed in the Gulf of Alaska is from the Western North 
Pacific DPS. The probability of a humpback whale being from the Mexico 
DPS is 10.5 percent (CV=0.16). The remaining 89 percent (CV=0.01) of 
individuals in the Gulf of Alaska are likely members of the Hawaii DPS 
(Wade et al., 2016).
    The current abundance estimate for humpback whales in the Pacific 
Ocean is approximately 16,132 individuals. The Hawaii DPS is the 
largest stock, with approximately 11,398 individuals (95 percent 
confidence interval [CI]: 10,503-12,370), followed by the Mexico DPS 
(3,264 individuals [95 percent CI: 2,912-3,659]) and the Western North 
Pacific DPS (1,059 individuals [95 percent CI: 898-1,249]). Summer 
abundance of humpback whales in the Gulf of Alaska, from all DPSs, is 
estimated at 2,089 individuals (95 percent CI: 1,755-2,487; Wade et 
al., 2016). Critical habitat has not been designated for any humpback 
whale DPS.
    Surveys from 2001 to 2004 estimated humpback whale abundance in the 
Shumagin Islands at between 410 and 593 individuals during the summer 
feeding season (July-August; Witteveen et al., 2004; Zerbini et al., 
2006). Annual vessel-based, photo-identification surveys in the 
Shumagin Islands from 1999 to 2015 identified 654 unique individual 
humpback whales between June and September (Witteveen and Wynne 2016). 
Humpback whale abundance in the Shumagin Islands increased 6 percent 
per year between 1987 and 2003 (Zerbini et al., 2006). Humpback whales 
are occasionally observed in Popof Strait between Popof Island and Unga 
Island (HDR 2017) and are known to feed in the waters west of the 
airport (HDR 2017). They are unlikely to occur in the shallow waters of 
Humboldt Harbor proper (HDR 2017) but may occur in Popof Strait in 
waters ensonified by pile driving and removal activities. Humpbacks are 
found in the Shumagin Islands from April or May through October or 
November, and peak feeding activity occurs between June and early 
September.
    Large aggregations of humpback whales spend the summer and fall in 
the nearshore areas of the Alaska Peninsula, Gulf of Alaska, and 
Aleutian Islands. The waters of the western Gulf of Alaska support 
feeding populations of humpback whales (HDR 2017). The Shumagin Islands 
are considered a biologically important area for feeding

[[Page 31406]]

humpback whales in July and August (Ferguson et al., 2015).
Fin Whale
    Four stocks of fin whales occur in U.S. waters: (1) Alaska 
(Northeast Pacific), (2) California/Washington/Oregon, (3) Hawaii, and 
(4) western North Atlantic (Aguilar 2009; Muto et al., 2016). Fin 
whales in the Shumagin Islands are from the Alaska (Northeast Pacific) 
stock (Muto et al., 2016z).
    Fin whales were designated as ``endangered'' under the Endangered 
Species Conservation Act in 1970, and have been listed under the ESA 
since its inception in 1973. There are no reliable estimates of current 
or historic abundance for the entire North Pacific population of fin 
whales. Surveys in the Bering Sea, Aleutian Islands, and Gulf of Alaska 
estimated 5,700 whales. The population in this region is thought to be 
increasing at approximately 3.6 percent per year, but there is a high 
degree of variability in this estimate (Zerbini et al., 2006). Critical 
habitat has not been designated for the fin whale.
    Vessel-based line-transect surveys of coastal waters between 
Resurrection Bay and the central Aleutian Islands were completed in 
July and August from 2001 to 2003. Large concentrations of fin whales 
were found in the Semidi Islands, located midway between the Shumagin 
Islands and Kodiak Island just south of the Alaska Peninsula. The 
abundance of fin whales in the Shumagin Islands ranged from a low 
estimate of 604 in 2003 to a high estimate of 1,113 in 2002. Fin whales 
are uncommon in Humboldt Harbor or Popof Strait (HDR 2017).
    Fin whales are found in deep offshore waters as well as in shallow 
nearshore areas. Their migratory movements are complex and their 
abundance can fluctuate seasonally. Fin whales often congregate in 
groups of two to seven whales or in larger groups of other whale 
species, including humpback and minke whales (Muto et al., 2016a). Fin 
whales feed on a wide variety of organisms and their diet may vary with 
season and locality.
Gray Whale
    Gray whales were listed under the Endangered Species Conservation 
Act in 1970 and under the ESA since its inception in 1973. However, in 
1994, the eastern North Pacific (ENP) stock of gray whales was delisted 
from the ESA, while the western North Pacific (WNP) stock remains 
endangered. A limited number of WNP gray whales have recently been 
observed off the west coast of North America in winter. However, most 
gray whales found in Alaska are part of the ENP stock. The most recent 
stock assessment in 2014 estimated 20,990 individuals in the ENP stock. 
The WNP stock population estimate is 135 individuals (Carretta et al., 
2016). ENP gray whales spend summers feeding in the Chukchi and Bering 
seas, and their breeding and calving grounds are located off Baja 
California, Mexico (Caretta et al., 2016). Due to the very large range 
and small population size of the WNP stock, occurrences of these 
animals in the project area are highly unlikely. Therefore, take is not 
anticipated or proposed and WNP whales will not be discussed further.
    Gray whales pass through the Shumagin Islands from March through 
May on their northward migration to the Bering and Chukchi seas. Most 
individuals pass through Unimak Pass, which is located just west of the 
Shumagin Islands. The Shumagin Islands are considered a biologically 
important area for the gray whale due to this consistent migration 
route. Gray whales pass through again from November through January on 
their southern migration (NOAA 2016; Caretta et al., 2016).
    Gray whales are rarely observed near Sand Point or in Humboldt 
Harbor. Approximately 10 years ago, a single juvenile gray whale was 
observed in Humboldt Harbor, but this individual was thought to be 
separated from its family group (HDR 2017). During migration, however, 
they are known to pass through Unga Strait, to the north of the project 
area, or the Gorman and West Nagai straits south of the project area 
(NOAA 2016).
    Gray whales of the eastern North Pacific stock breed and calve in 
protected bays and estuaries of Baja California, Mexico. Large 
congregations form there in January and February. Between February and 
May gray whales undertake long migrations to the Bering and Chukchi 
seas where they disperse across the feeding grounds. Gray whales feed 
on a wide variety of benthic organisms as well as planktonic and 
nektonic organisms. In recent years, shifts in sub-arctic climatic 
conditions have reduced the productivity of benthic communities and 
have resulted in a shift in the food supply. In response, gray whales 
have shifted their feeding strategies and focus almost exclusively on 
the Chukchi Sea. Secondary feeding areas include the Bering Sea, 
Beaufort Sea, and some individuals have been reported along the west 
coast of North America as far south as California. The southerly 
migration occurs from October through January (Jones and Swartz 2009; 
Muto et al., 2016).
Minke Whale
    Minke whales are protected under the MMPA, but they are not listed 
under the ESA. The population status of minke whales is considered 
stable throughout most of their range. The International Whaling 
Commission has identified three stocks in the North Pacific: One near 
the Sea of Japan, a second in the rest of the western Pacific (west of 
180[deg] W.), and a third, less concentrated stock found throughout the 
eastern Pacific. NOAA further splits this third stock between Alaskan 
whales and resident whales of California, Oregon, and Washington (Muto 
et al., 2016). There are no population estimates for minke whales in 
Alaska; however, nearshore aerial surveys of the western Gulf of Alaska 
took place between 2001 and 2003. These surveys estimated the minke 
whale population in that area at approximately 1,233 individuals 
(Zerbini et al., 2006).
    Minke whales are common in the Aleutian Islands and north through 
the Bering Sea and Chukchi Sea, but are relatively uncommon in the 
Shumagin Islands and Gulf of Alaska (Muto et al., 2016, Zerbini et al., 
2006). Sightings did occur northwest of Unga Island during surveys in 
2001, and northeast of Popof Island during 2002 and 2003 (Zerbini et 
al., 2006).
    In Alaska, the minke whale diet primarily consists of euphausiids 
and walleye pollock. Minke whales are generally found in shallow, 
coastal waters within 200 meters of shore (Zerbini et al., 2006) and 
are almost always solitary or in small groups of 2 to 3. In Alaska, 
seasonal movements are associated with feeding areas that are generally 
located at the edge of the pack ice.

Pinnipeds

Steller Sea Lions
    Steller sea lions are found throughout the northern Pacific Ocean, 
including coastal and inland waters from Russia (Kuril Islands and the 
Sea of Okhotsk), east to Alaska, and south to central California 
(A[ntilde]o Nuevo Island). Steller sea lions were listed as threatened 
range-wide under the ESA on November 26, 1990 (55 FR 49204). Steller 
sea lions were subsequently partitioned into the western and eastern 
DPSs in 1997 (Allen and Angliss 2010). The eastern DPS remained 
classified as threatened (62 FR 24345) until it was delisted in 
November 2013. The wDPS (those individuals west of 144[deg] W. 
longitude or Cape Suckling, Alaska) was upgraded to

[[Page 31407]]

endangered status following separation of the DPSs, and it remains 
endangered today. Only the wDPS is considered in this application 
because the range of the eastern DPS is not known to include the 
project area.
    From 2000-2004, non-pup Steller sea lion counts at trend sites in 
the wDPS increased 11 percent. These counts suggested the first region-
wide increases for the wDPS since standardized surveys began in the 
1970s, and were attributed to increased survey efforts in all regions 
except the western Aleutian Islands. Annual surveys of haulouts and 
rookeries in the western Gulf of Alaska since 1985 indicate a 16 
percent increase in non-pup counts and 38 percent reduction in pup 
counts over the 30-year period. However, since 2003, these counts have 
increased by 58 percent for non-pups and 53 percent for pups (Fritz et 
al., 2016a, 2016b). Annual increases for the western Gulf of Alaska 
range between 3.4 and 3.8 percent for non-pup and pup counts since the 
early 2000s (Muto et al., 2016a; Fritz et al., 2016a, 2016b).
    The wDPS breeds on rookeries in Alaska from Prince William Sound 
west through the Aleutian Islands. Steller sea lions use 38 rookeries 
and hundreds of haulouts within their range in western Alaska (Allen 
and Angliss 2013). Steller sea lions are not known to migrate, but 
individuals may disperse widely outside the breeding season (late May 
to early July). At sea, Steller sea lions are commonly found from 
nearshore habitats to the continental shelf and slope.
    On August 27, 1993, NMFS published a final rule designating 
critical habitat for the Steller sea lion. In Alaska, designated 
critical habitat includes all major Steller sea lion rookeries and 
major haulouts identified in the listing notice (58 FR 45269) and 
associated terrestrial, air, and aquatic zones. Critical habitat 
includes a terrestrial zone that extends 0.9 kilometer (3,000 feet) 
landward from each major rookery and major haulout, and an air zone 
that extends 0.9 kilometer (3,000 feet) above the terrestrial zone of 
each major rookery and major haulout. For each major rookery and major 
haulout located west of 144[deg] W. longitude (i.e., the project area), 
critical habitat includes an aquatic zone (or buffer) that extends 37 
kilometers (20 nautical miles) seaward in all directions. Critical 
habitat also includes three large offshore foraging areas: The Shelikof 
Strait area, the Bogoslof area, and the Seguam Pass area (58 FR 45269).
    The project is located within the aquatic zones (i.e., designated 
critical habitat) of two designated major haulouts: Sea Lion Rocks 
(Shumagins) and The Whaleback. The ensonified Level B harassment zone 
related to implementation of the proposed project, described later in 
the ``Estimated Take'' section, overlaps with the designated aquatic 
zone or buffer of a third designated major haulout on Jude Island. No 
terrestrial or in-air critical habitat of any major haulout overlaps 
with the project area. The major haulout at Sea Lion Rocks (Shumagins) 
is located approximately 28 kilometers (15.1 nautical miles) south of 
the project site. The major haulout at The Whaleback is located 
approximately 27.4 kilometers (14.8 nautical miles) east of Sand Point. 
The major haulout at Jude Island is located 39.6 kilometers (21.4 
nautical miles) west of Sand Point.
    The project area does not overlap with the aquatic zone of any 
major rookery, nor does it overlap with the three designated offshore 
foraging areas. The closest designated major rookery is on the east 
side of Atkins Island, which is approximately 83.3 kilometers (45 
nautical miles) southeast of Sand Point. Another major rookery is 
located about 85.2 kilometers (46 nautical miles) south of Sand Point 
on the southwest point of Chernabura Island (Fritz et al., 2016c).
    Steller sea lions are the most obvious and abundant marine mammal 
in the project area, and their abundance is highly correlated with 
seasonal fishing activity. Sea lions tend to congregate at the seafood 
processing facility (Figure 1-3 and Figure 1-4 in the application) 
during the walleye pollock (Gadus chalcogramma) fishing seasons (HDR 
2017). There are four official pollock fishing seasons: The ``A'' 
season starts on January 20, the ``B'' season starts on March 10, the 
``C'' season starts on August 25, and the ``D'' season starts on 
October 1 (HDR 2017). The end dates of these seasons are variable. 
Outside of the pollock seasons, there are few sea lions in the harbor. 
It is suspected that sea lions are feeding on salmon during the summer 
salmon runs, and are not present in high numbers around Sand Point (HDR 
2017).
    The closest Steller sea lion haulout to the project area is located 
on Egg Island, which is approximately 6 kilometers (3.7 nautical miles) 
from the project. Recent counts have not recorded any Steller sea lions 
at this haulout (Fritz et al., 2016a, 2016b; HDR 2017), however, local 
anecdotal reports suggest that the haulout does experience some use 
(HDR). Researchers have noted as many as 10 sea lions at this haulout 
in May, although these observations are not part of systematic counts 
(HDR 2017). The closest rookery is located on Jude Island, 
approximately 38.9 kilometers (21 nautical miles) west of Sand Point, 
and had average annual counts of 214 sea lion pups from 2009-2014 
(Fritz et al., 2016a). Note that these locations are not considered 
major haulouts.
    Sea lions have become accustomed to depredating fishing gear and 
raiding fishing vessels during fishing and offloading near the project 
area and they follow potential sources of food in and around the 
Humboldt Harbor, waiting for opportunities to feed. The number of sea 
lions in the waters near Sand Point varies depending on the season and 
presence of commercial fishing vessels unloading their catch at the 
seafood processing facility. The Sand Point harbormaster and seafood 
processing plant foreman are the best available sources for information 
on sea lion abundance at Sand Point. Information from these individuals 
suggests that the highest numbers of sea lions are present during the 
pollock fishing seasons. Average counts at the seafood processing 
facility range from 4 to 12, but can occasionally reach as many as 20 
sea lions. There are no notable differences in abundance between the 
four pollock seasons. Outside of the pollock seasons, sea lions may be 
present, but in small numbers (i.e., 1 or 2 individuals). Sea lions 
also regularly visit other parts of Humboldt Harbor in search of 
opportunistic food sources, including the small boat harbor, the New 
Harbor, and City Dock (HDR 2017).
Harbor Seals
    Harbor seals range from Baja California north along the west coasts 
of Washington, Oregon, California, British Columbia, and Southeast 
Alaska; west through the Gulf of Alaska, Prince William Sound, and the 
Aleutian Islands; and north in the Bering Sea to Cape Newenham and the 
Pribilof Islands. In 2010, harbor seals in Alaska were partitioned into 
12 separate stocks based largely on genetic structure (Allen and 
Angliss 2010). Harbor seals in the Shumagin Islands are members of the 
Cook Inlet/Shelikof Strait stock. Distribution of the Cook Inlet/
Shelikof Strait stock extends from the southwest shore of Unimak Island 
east along the southern coast of the Alaska Peninsula to Elizabeth 
Island off the southwest shore of the Kenai Peninsula, including Cook 
Inlet, Knik Arm, and Turnagain Arm (Muto et al., 2016a).
    Harbor seals are not designated as depleted under the MMPA and are 
not listed as threatened or endangered under the ESA. The current 
statewide abundance estimate for Alaskan harbor seals is 205,090 based 
on aerial survey data collected during 1998-2011. The

[[Page 31408]]

2007 through 2011 abundance estimate for the Cook Inlet/Shelikof stock 
is 27,386 (Muto et al., 2016a).
    Survey data by London et al. (2015) for the Shumagin Islands in 
2011 indicate that harbor seals used two haulouts in the project area 
during that year. One is located on the south shore of Popof Island 
south of the airport at a distance of approximately 10 km (5.5 nautical 
miles) from Humboldt Harbor. The other is on the northeast shore of 
Unga Island approximately 23 km (12 nautical miles) distant from the 
project site. No known haulouts overlap within the Level B underwater 
harassment zones estimated for the project. Aerial haulout surveys 
conducted by London et al. (2015) indicated that 15 harbor seals occupy 
the survey unit along the south coast of Popof Island, including the 
area around Sand Point. Abundance estimates at other survey units in 
the area ranged from zero on the north shore of Popof Island to 100 
along the northeast coast of Unga Island. This information comes from a 
single year of surveys, and standard errors on these estimates are very 
high; therefore, confidence in these estimates is low (London et al., 
2015). Anecdotal observations indicate that harbor seals are uncommon 
in Humboldt Harbor proper, but are occasionally observed near the 
airport (HDR 2017).
    Harbor seals are opportunistic feeders that forage in marine, 
estuarine, and, occasionally, freshwater habitat, adjusting their 
foraging behavior to take advantage of prey that is locally and 
seasonally abundant (Payne and Selzer 1989). Depending on prey 
availability, research has demonstrated that harbor seals conduct both 
shallow and deep dives during hunting (Tollit et al., 1997). Harbor 
seals haul out on rocks, reefs, beaches, and drifting glacial ice (Muto 
et al., 2016a). They are non-migratory; their local movements are 
associated with tides, weather, season, food availability, and 
reproduction, as well as sex and age class (Muto et al., 2016a; Allen 
and Angliss 2014; Boveng et al., 2012; Lowry et al., 2001; Swain et 
al., 1996).

Potential Effects of Specified Activities on Marine Mammals and Their 
Habitat

    This section includes a summary and discussion of the ways that 
components of the specified activity (e.g. sound produced by pile 
driving and removal) may impact marine mammals and their habitat. The 
``Estimated Take'' section later in this document will include a 
quantitative analysis of the number of individuals that are expected to 
be taken by this activity. The ``Negligible Impact Analysis and 
Determination'' section will consider the content of this section, the 
``Estimated Take by Incidental Harassment'' section, and the ``Proposed 
Mitigation'' section, to draw conclusions regarding the likely impacts 
of pile driving and removal activities on the reproductive success or 
survivorship of individuals and how those impacts on individuals are 
likely affect marine mammal species or stocks.

Description of Sound Sources

    Sound travels in waves, the basic components of which are 
frequency, wavelength, velocity, and amplitude. Frequency is the number 
of pressure waves that pass by a reference point per unit of time and 
is measured in hertz (Hz) or cycles per second. Wavelength is the 
distance between two peaks of a sound wave; lower frequency sounds have 
longer wavelengths than higher frequency sounds and attenuate 
(decrease) more rapidly in shallower water. Amplitude is the height of 
the sound pressure wave or the `loudness' of a sound and is typically 
measured using the decibel (dB) scale. A dB is the ratio between a 
measured pressure (with sound) and a reference pressure (sound at a 
constant pressure, established by scientific standards). It is a 
logarithmic unit that accounts for large variations in amplitude; 
therefore, relatively small changes in dB ratings correspond to large 
changes in sound pressure. When referring to sound pressure levels 
(SPLs; the sound force per unit area), sound is referenced in the 
context of underwater sound pressure to 1 microPascal ([mu]Pa). One 
pascal is the pressure resulting from a force of one newton exerted 
over an area of one square meter. The source level (SL) represents the 
sound level at a distance of 1 m from the source (referenced to 1 
[mu]Pa). The received level is the sound level at the listener's 
position. Note that all underwater sound levels in this document are 
referenced to a pressure of 1 [mu]Pa and all airborne sound levels in 
this document are referenced to a pressure of 20 [mu]Pa.
    Root mean square (rms) is the quadratic mean sound pressure over 
the duration of an impulse. Rms is calculated by squaring all of the 
sound amplitudes, averaging the squares, and then taking the square 
root of the average (Urick, 1983). Rms accounts for both positive and 
negative values; squaring the pressures makes all values positive so 
that they may be accounted for in the summation of pressure levels 
(Hastings and Popper, 2005). This measurement is often used in the 
context of discussing behavioral effects, in part because behavioral 
effects, which often result from auditory cues, may be better expressed 
through averaged units than by peak pressures.
    When underwater objects vibrate or activity occurs, sound-pressure 
waves are created. These waves alternately compress and decompress the 
water as the sound wave travels. Underwater sound waves radiate in all 
directions away from the source (similar to ripples on the surface of a 
pond), except in cases where the source is directional. The 
compressions and decompressions associated with sound waves are 
detected as changes in pressure by aquatic life and man-made sound 
receptors such as hydrophones.
    Even in the absence of sound from the specified activity, the 
underwater environment is typically loud due to ambient sound. Ambient 
sound is defined as environmental background sound levels lacking a 
single source or point (Richardson et al.,1995), and the sound level of 
a region is defined by the total acoustical energy being generated by 
known and unknown sources. These sources may include physical (e.g., 
waves, earthquakes, ice, atmospheric sound), biological (e.g., sounds 
produced by marine mammals, fish, and invertebrates), and anthropogenic 
sound (e.g., vessels, dredging, aircraft, construction). A number of 
sources contribute to ambient sound, including the following 
(Richardson et al., 1995):
     Wind and waves: The complex interactions between wind and 
water surface, including processes such as breaking waves and wave-
induced bubble oscillations and cavitation, are a main source of 
naturally occurring ambient noise for frequencies between 200 Hz and 50 
kHz (Mitson, 1995). In general, ambient sound levels tend to increase 
with increasing wind speed and wave height. Surf noise becomes 
important near shore, with measurements collected at a distance of 8.5 
km from shore showing an increase of 10 dB in the 100 to 700 Hz band 
during heavy surf conditions.
     Precipitation: Sound from rain and hail impacting the 
water surface can become an important component of total noise at 
frequencies above 500 Hz, and possibly down to 100 Hz during quiet 
times.
     Biological: Marine mammals can contribute significantly to 
ambient noise levels, as can some fish and shrimp. The frequency band 
for biological contributions is from approximately 12 Hz to over 100 
kHz.
     Anthropogenic: Sources of ambient noise related to human 
activity include transportation (surface vessels and aircraft), 
dredging and construction, oil and gas drilling and production, seismic 
surveys, sonar, explosions, and ocean

[[Page 31409]]

acoustic studies. Shipping noise typically dominates the total ambient 
noise for frequencies between 20 and 300 Hz. In general, the 
frequencies of anthropogenic sounds are below 1 kHz and, if higher 
frequency sound levels are created, they attenuate rapidly (Richardson 
et al., 1995). Sound from identifiable anthropogenic sources other than 
the activity of interest (e.g., a passing vessel) is sometimes termed 
background sound, as opposed to ambient sound.
    The sum of the various natural and anthropogenic sound sources at 
any given location and time--which comprise ``ambient'' or 
``background'' sound--depends not only on the source levels (as 
determined by current weather conditions and levels of biological and 
shipping activity) but also on the ability of sound to propagate 
through the environment. In turn, sound propagation is dependent on the 
spatially and temporally varying properties of the water column and sea 
floor, and is frequency-dependent. As a result of the dependence on a 
large number of varying factors, ambient sound levels can be expected 
to vary widely over both coarse and fine spatial and temporal scales. 
Sound levels at a given frequency and location can vary by 10-20 dB 
from day to day (Richardson et al., 1995). The result is that, 
depending on the source type and its intensity, sound from the 
specified activity may be a negligible addition to the local 
environment or could form a distinctive signal that may affect marine 
mammals.
    In-water construction activities associated with the project would 
include impact pile driving, vibratory pile driving and vibratory pile 
extraction. The sounds produced by these activities fall into one of 
two general sound types: Pulsed and non-pulsed (defined in the 
following paragraphs). The distinction between these two sound types is 
important because they have differing potential to cause physical 
effects, particularly with regard to hearing (e.g., Ward, 1997 in 
Southall et al., 2007). Please see Southall et al., (2007) for an in-
depth discussion of these concepts.
    Pulsed sound sources (e.g., explosions, gunshots, sonic booms, 
impact pile driving) produce signals that are brief (typically 
considered to be less than one second), broadband, atonal transients 
(ANSI, 1986; Harris, 1998; NIOSH, 1998; ISO, 2003; ANSI, 2005) and 
occur either as isolated events or repeated in some succession. Pulsed 
sounds are all characterized by a relatively rapid rise from ambient 
pressure to a maximal pressure value followed by a rapid decay period 
that may include a period of diminishing, oscillating maximal and 
minimal pressures, and generally have an increased capacity to induce 
physical injury as compared with sounds that lack these features.
    Non-pulsed sounds can be tonal, narrowband, or broadband, brief or 
prolonged, and may be either continuous or non-continuous (ANSI, 1995; 
NIOSH, 1998). Some of these non-pulsed sounds can be transient signals 
of short duration but without the essential properties of pulses (e.g., 
rapid rise time). Examples of non-pulsed sounds include those produced 
by vessels, aircraft, machinery operations such as drilling or 
dredging, vibratory pile driving, and active sonar systems (such as 
those used by the U.S. Navy). The duration of such sounds, as received 
at a distance, can be greatly extended in a highly reverberant 
environment.
    Impact hammers operate by repeatedly dropping a heavy piston onto a 
pile to drive the pile into the substrate. Sound generated by impact 
hammers is characterized by rapid rise times and high peak levels, a 
potentially injurious combination (Hastings and Popper, 2005). 
Vibratory hammers install piles by vibrating them and allowing the 
weight of the hammer to push them into the sediment. Vibratory hammers 
produce significantly less sound than impact hammers. Peak SPLs may be 
180 dB or greater, but are generally 10 to 20 dB lower than SPLs 
generated during impact pile driving of the same-sized pile (Oestman et 
al., 2009). Rise time is slower, reducing the probability and severity 
of injury, and sound energy is distributed over a greater amount of 
time (Nedwell and Edwards, 2002; Carlson et al., 2005).

Marine Mammal Hearing

    Hearing is the most important sensory modality for marine mammals, 
and exposure to sound can have deleterious effects. To appropriately 
assess these potential effects, it is necessary to understand the 
frequency ranges marine mammals are able to hear. Current data indicate 
that not all marine mammal species have equal hearing capabilities 
(e.g., Richardson et al., 1995; Wartzok and Ketten, 1999; Au and 
Hastings, 2008). To reflect this, Southall et al. (2007) recommended 
that marine mammals be divided into functional hearing groups based on 
measured or estimated hearing ranges on the basis of available 
behavioral data, audiograms derived using auditory evoked potential 
techniques, anatomical modeling, and other data. Note that no direct 
measurements of hearing ability have been successfully completed for 
mysticetes (i.e., low-frequency cetaceans). Subsequently, NMFS (2016) 
described generalized hearing ranges for these marine mammal hearing 
groups. Generalized hearing ranges were chosen based on the 
approximately 65 dB threshold from the normalized composite audiograms, 
with the exception for lower limits for low-frequency cetaceans where 
the lower bound was deemed to be biologically implausible and the lower 
bound from Southall et al. (2007) retained. The functional groups and 
the associated frequencies are indicated below (note that these 
frequency ranges correspond to the range for the composite group, with 
the entire range not necessarily reflecting the capabilities of every 
species within that group) (NMFS 2016):
     Low-frequency cetaceans (mysticetes): Generalized hearing 
is estimated to occur between approximately 7 Hz and 35 kHz, with best 
hearing estimated to be from 100 Hz to 8 kHz;
     Mid-frequency cetaceans (larger toothed whales, beaked 
whales, and most delphinids): Generalized hearing is estimated to occur 
between approximately 150 Hz and 160 kHz, with best hearing from 10 to 
less than 100 kHz;
     High-frequency cetaceans (porpoises, river dolphins, and 
members of the genera Kogia and Cephalorhynchus; including two members 
of the genus Lagenorhynchus, on the basis of recent echolocation data 
and genetic data): Generalized hearing is estimated to occur between 
approximately 275 Hz and 160 kHz.
     Pinnipeds in water; Phocidae (true seals): Generalized 
hearing is estimated to occur between approximately 50 Hz to 86 kHz, 
with best hearing between 1-50 kHz;
     Pinnipeds in water; Otariidae (eared seals): Generalized 
hearing is estimated to occur between 60 Hz and 39 kHz, with best 
hearing between 2-48 kHz.
    The pinniped functional hearing group was modified from Southall et 
al. (2007) on the basis of data indicating that phocid species have 
consistently demonstrated an extended frequency range of hearing 
compared to otariids, especially in the higher frequency range 
(Kastelein et al., 2009; Reichmuth et al., 2013).
    As mentioned previously in this document, nine marine mammal 
species (seven cetaceans and two pinnipeds) may occur in the project 
area. Of the cetaceans, four are classified as a low-frequency cetacean 
(i.e., humpback whale, gray whale, fin whale, minke

[[Page 31410]]

whale), one is classified as a mid-frequency cetacean (i.e., killer 
whale), and two are classified as high-frequency cetaceans (i.e., 
harbor porpoise and Dall's porpoise) (Southall et al., 2007). 
Additionally, harbor seals are classified as members of the phocid 
pinnipeds in water functional hearing group while Steller sea lions are 
grouped under the Otariid pinnipeds in water functional hearing group. 
A species' functional hearing group is a consideration when we analyze 
the effects of exposure to sound on marine mammals. Marine mammal 
hearing groups were also used in the establishment of marine mammal 
auditory weighting functions in the new acoustic guidance.

Acoustic Impacts

    Please refer to the information given previously (Description of 
Sound Sources) regarding sound, characteristics of sound types, and 
metrics used in this document. Anthropogenic sounds cover a broad range 
of frequencies and sound levels and can have a range of highly variable 
impacts on marine life, from none or minor to potentially severe 
responses, depending on received levels, duration of exposure, 
behavioral context, and various other factors. The potential effects of 
underwater sound from active acoustic sources can potentially result in 
one or more of the following: Temporary or permanent hearing 
impairment, non-auditory physical or physiological effects, behavioral 
disturbance, stress, and masking (Richardson et al., 1995; Gordon et 
al., 2004; Nowacek et al., 2007; Southall et al., 2007). The degree of 
effect is intrinsically related to the signal characteristics, received 
level, distance from the source, and duration of the sound exposure. In 
general, sudden, high level sounds can cause hearing loss, as can 
longer exposures to lower level sounds. Temporary or permanent loss of 
hearing will occur almost exclusively for noise within an animal's 
hearing range. In this section, we first describe specific 
manifestations of acoustic effects before providing discussion specific 
to the proposed construction activities in the next section.
    Permanent Threshold Shift--Marine mammals exposed to high-intensity 
sound, or to lower-intensity sound for prolonged periods, can 
experience hearing threshold shift (TS), which is the loss of hearing 
sensitivity at certain frequency ranges (Kastak et al., 1999; Schlundt 
et al., 2000; Finneran et al., 2002, 2005). TS can be permanent (PTS), 
in which case the loss of hearing sensitivity is not fully recoverable, 
or temporary (TTS), in which case the animal's hearing threshold would 
recover over time (Southall et al., 2007). Repeated sound exposure that 
leads to TTS could cause PTS. In severe cases of PTS, there can be 
total or partial deafness, while in most cases the animal has an 
impaired ability to hear sounds in specific frequency ranges (Kryter, 
1985).
    When PTS occurs, there is physical damage to the sound receptors in 
the ear (i.e., tissue damage), whereas TTS represents primarily tissue 
fatigue and is reversible (Southall et al., 2007). In addition, other 
investigators have suggested that TTS is within the normal bounds of 
physiological variability and tolerance and does not represent physical 
injury (e.g., Ward, 1997). Therefore, NMFS does not consider TTS to 
constitute auditory injury.
    Relationships between TTS and PTS thresholds have not been studied 
in marine mammals--PTS data exists only for a single harbor seal 
(Kastak et al., 2008)--but are assumed to be similar to those in humans 
and other terrestrial mammals. PTS typically occurs at exposure levels 
at least several decibels above (a 40-dB threshold shift approximates 
PTS onset; e.g., Kryter et al., 1966; Miller, 1974) that inducing mild 
TTS (a 6-dB threshold shift approximates TTS onset; e.g., Southall et 
al., 2007). Based on data from terrestrial mammals, a precautionary 
assumption is that the PTS thresholds for impulse sounds (such as 
impact pile driving pulses as received close to the source) are at 
least six dB higher than the TTS threshold on a peak-pressure basis and 
PTS cumulative sound exposure level thresholds are 15 to 20 dB higher 
than TTS cumulative sound exposure level thresholds (Southall et al., 
2007).
    Temporary threshold shift--TTS is the mildest form of hearing 
impairment that can occur during exposure to sound (Kryter, 1985). 
While experiencing TTS, the hearing threshold rises, and a sound must 
be at a higher level in order to be heard. In terrestrial and marine 
mammals, TTS can last from minutes or hours to days (in cases of strong 
TTS). In many cases, hearing sensitivity recovers rapidly after 
exposure to the sound ends.
    Marine mammal hearing plays a critical role in communication with 
conspecifics, and interpretation of environmental cues for purposes 
such as predator avoidance and prey capture. Depending on the degree 
(elevation of threshold in dB), duration (i.e., recovery time), and 
frequency range of TTS, and the context in which it is experienced, TTS 
can have effects on marine mammals ranging from discountable to 
serious. For example, a marine mammal may be able to readily compensate 
for a brief, relatively small amount of TTS in a non-critical frequency 
range that occurs during a time where ambient noise is lower and there 
are not as many competing sounds present. Alternatively, a larger 
amount and longer duration of TTS sustained during time when 
communication is critical for successful mother/calf interactions could 
have more serious impacts.
    Currently, TTS data only exist for four species of cetaceans 
(bottlenose dolphin [Tursiops trancatus], beluga whale [Delphinapterus 
leucas], harbor porpoise, and Yangtze finless porpoise [Neophocoena 
asiaeorientalis]) and three species of pinnipeds (northern elephant 
seal [Mirounga angustirostris], harbor seal, and California sea lion 
[Zalophus californianus]) exposed to a limited number of sound sources 
(i.e., mostly tones and octave-band noise) in laboratory settings 
(e.g., Finneran et al., 2002; Nachtigall et al., 2004; Kastak et al., 
2005; Lucke et al., 2009; Popov et al., 2011). In general, harbor seals 
(Kastak et al., 2005; Kastelein et al., 2012a) and harbor porpoises 
(Lucke et al., 2009; Kastelein et al., 2012b) have a lower TTS onset 
than other measured pinniped or cetacean species. Additionally, the 
existing marine mammal TTS data come from a limited number of 
individuals within these species. There are no data available on noise-
induced hearing loss for mysticetes. For summaries of data on TTS in 
marine mammals or for further discussion of TTS onset thresholds, 
please see Southall et al. (2007), Finneran and Jenkins (2012), and 
Finneran (2015).
    Behavioral effects--Behavioral disturbance may include a variety of 
effects, including subtle changes in behavior (e.g., minor or brief 
avoidance of an area or changes in vocalizations), more conspicuous 
changes in similar behavioral activities, and more sustained and/or 
potentially severe reactions, such as displacement from or abandonment 
of high-quality habitat. Behavioral responses to sound are highly 
variable and context-specific and any reactions depend on numerous 
intrinsic and extrinsic factors (e.g., species, state of maturity, 
experience, current activity, reproductive state, auditory sensitivity, 
time of day), as well as the interplay between factors (e.g., 
Richardson et al., 1995; Wartzok et al., 2003; Southall et al., 2007; 
Weilgart, 2007; Archer et al., 2010). Behavioral reactions can vary not 
only among individuals but also within an individual, depending on 
previous

[[Page 31411]]

experience with a sound source, context, and numerous other factors 
(Ellison et al., 2012), and can vary depending on characteristics 
associated with the sound source (e.g., whether it is moving or 
stationary, number of sources, distance from the source). Please see 
Appendices B-C of Southall et al. (2007) for a review of studies 
involving marine mammal behavioral responses to sound.
    Habituation can occur when an animal's response to a stimulus wanes 
with repeated exposure, usually in the absence of unpleasant associated 
events (Wartzok et al., 2003). Animals are most likely to habituate to 
sounds that are predictable and unvarying. It is important to note that 
habituation is appropriately considered as a ``progressive reduction in 
response to stimuli that are perceived as neither aversive nor 
beneficial,'' rather than as, more generally, moderation in response to 
human disturbance (Bejder et al., 2009). The opposite process is 
sensitization, when an unpleasant experience leads to subsequent 
responses, often in the form of avoidance, at a lower level of 
exposure. As noted, behavioral state may affect the type of response. 
For example, animals that are resting may show greater behavioral 
change in response to disturbing sound levels than animals that are 
highly motivated to remain in an area for feeding (Richardson et al., 
1995; NRC, 2003; Wartzok et al., 2003). Controlled experiments with 
captive marine mammals have showed pronounced behavioral reactions, 
including avoidance of loud sound sources (Ridgway et al., 1997; 
Finneran et al., 2003). Observed responses of wild marine mammals to 
loud pulsed sound sources (typically seismic airguns or acoustic 
harassment devices) have been varied but often consist of avoidance 
behavior or other behavioral changes suggesting discomfort (Morton and 
Symonds, 2002; see also Richardson et al., 1995; Nowacek et al., 2007).
    Available studies show wide variation in response to underwater 
sound; therefore, it is difficult to predict specifically how any given 
sound in a particular instance might affect marine mammals perceiving 
the signal. If a marine mammal does react briefly to an underwater 
sound by changing its behavior or moving a small distance, the impacts 
of the change are unlikely to be significant to the individual, let 
alone the stock or population. However, if a sound source displaces 
marine mammals from an important feeding or breeding area for a 
prolonged period, impacts on individuals and populations could be 
significant (e.g., Lusseau and Bejder, 2007; Weilgart, 2007; NRC, 
2003). However, there are broad categories of potential response, which 
we describe in greater detail here, that include alteration of dive 
behavior, alteration of foraging behavior, effects to breathing, 
interference with or alteration of vocalization, avoidance, and flight.
    Changes in dive behavior can vary widely, and may consist of 
increased or decreased dive times and surface intervals as well as 
changes in the rates of ascent and descent during a dive (e.g., Frankel 
and Clark, 2000; Costa et al., 2003; Ng and Leung, 2003; Nowacek et 
al.; 2004; Goldbogen et al., 2013a,b). Variations in dive behavior may 
reflect interruptions in biologically significant activities (e.g., 
foraging) or they may be of little biological significance. The impact 
of an alteration to dive behavior resulting from an acoustic exposure 
depends on what the animal is doing at the time of the exposure and the 
type and magnitude of the response.
    Disruption of feeding behavior can be difficult to correlate with 
anthropogenic sound exposure, so it is usually inferred by observed 
displacement from known foraging areas, the appearance of secondary 
indicators (e.g., bubble nets or sediment plumes), or changes in dive 
behavior. As for other types of behavioral response, the frequency, 
duration, and temporal pattern of signal presentation, as well as 
differences in species sensitivity, are likely contributing factors to 
differences in response in any given circumstance (e.g., Croll et al., 
2001; Nowacek et al.; 2004; Madsen et al., 2006; Yazvenko et al., 
2007). A determination of whether foraging disruptions incur fitness 
consequences would require information on or estimates of the energetic 
requirements of the affected individuals and the relationship between 
prey availability, foraging effort and success, and the life history 
stage of the animal.
    Variations in respiration naturally vary with different behaviors 
and alterations to breathing rate as a function of acoustic exposure 
can be expected to co-occur with other behavioral reactions, such as a 
flight response or an alteration in diving. However, respiration rates 
in and of themselves may be representative of annoyance or an acute 
stress response. Various studies have shown that respiration rates may 
either be unaffected or could increase, depending on the species and 
signal characteristics, again highlighting the importance in 
understanding species differences in the tolerance of underwater noise 
when determining the potential for impacts resulting from anthropogenic 
sound exposure (e.g., Kastelein et al., 2001, 2005b, 2006; Gailey et 
al., 2007).
    Marine mammals vocalize for different purposes and across multiple 
modes, such as whistling, echolocation click production, calling, and 
singing. Changes in vocalization behavior in response to anthropogenic 
noise can occur for any of these modes and may result from a need to 
compete with an increase in background noise or may reflect increased 
vigilance or a startle response. For example, in the presence of 
potentially masking signals, humpback whales and killer whales have 
been observed to increase the length of their songs (Miller et al., 
2000; Fristrup et al., 2003; Foote et al., 2004), while right whales 
have been observed to shift the frequency content of their calls upward 
while reducing the rate of calling in areas of increased anthropogenic 
noise (Parks et al., 2007b). In some cases, animals may cease sound 
production during production of aversive signals (Bowles et al., 1994).
    Avoidance is the displacement of an individual from an area or 
migration path as a result of the presence of a sound or other 
stressors, and is one of the most obvious manifestations of disturbance 
in marine mammals (Richardson et al., 1995). For example, gray whales 
are known to change direction--deflecting from customary migratory 
paths--in order to avoid noise from seismic surveys (Malme et al., 
1984). Avoidance may be short-term, with animals returning to the area 
once the noise has ceased (e.g., Bowles et al., 1994; Goold, 1996; 
Stone et al., 2000; Morton and Symonds, 2002; Gailey et al., 2007). 
Longer-term displacement is possible, however, which may lead to 
changes in abundance or distribution patterns of the affected species 
in the affected region if habituation to the presence of the sound does 
not occur (e.g., Blackwell et al., 2004; Bejder et al., 2006; Teilmann 
et al., 2006).
    A flight response is a dramatic change in normal movement to a 
directed and rapid movement away from the perceived location of a sound 
source. The flight response differs from other avoidance responses in 
the intensity of the response (e.g., directed movement, rate of 
travel). Relatively little information on flight responses of marine 
mammals to anthropogenic signals exist, although observations of flight 
responses to the presence of predators have occurred (Connor and 
Heithaus, 1996). The result of a flight response could range from 
brief, temporary exertion and displacement from the area where the 
signal provokes flight to, in extreme cases, marine

[[Page 31412]]

mammal strandings (Evans and England, 2001). However, it should be 
noted that response to a perceived predator does not necessarily invoke 
flight (Ford and Reeves, 2008), and whether individuals are solitary or 
in groups may influence the response.
    Behavioral disturbance can also impact marine mammals in more 
subtle ways. Increased vigilance may result in costs related to 
diversion of focus and attention (i.e., when a response consists of 
increased vigilance, it may come at the cost of decreased attention to 
other critical behaviors such as foraging or resting). These effects 
have generally not been demonstrated for marine mammals, but studies 
involving fish and terrestrial animals have shown that increased 
vigilance may substantially reduce feeding rates (e.g., Beauchamp and 
Livoreil, 1997; Fritz et al., 2002; Purser and Radford, 2011). In 
addition, chronic disturbance can cause population declines through 
reduction of fitness (e.g., decline in body condition) and subsequent 
reduction in reproductive success, survival, or both (e.g., Harrington 
and Veitch, 1992; Daan et al., 1996; Bradshaw et al., 1998). However, 
Ridgway et al. (2006) reported that increased vigilance in bottlenose 
dolphins exposed to sound over a five-day period did not cause any 
sleep deprivation or stress effects.
    Many animals perform vital functions, such as feeding, resting, 
traveling, and socializing, on a diel cycle (24-hour cycle). Disruption 
of such functions resulting from reactions to stressors such as sound 
exposure are more likely to be significant if they last more than one 
diel cycle or recur on subsequent days (Southall et al., 2007). 
Consequently, a behavioral response lasting less than one day and not 
recurring on subsequent days is not considered particularly severe 
unless it could directly affect reproduction or survival (Southall et 
al., 2007). Note that there is a difference between multi-day 
substantive behavioral reactions and multi-day anthropogenic 
activities. For example, just because an activity lasts for multiple 
days does not necessarily mean that individual animals are either 
exposed to activity-related stressors for multiple days or, further, 
exposed in a manner resulting in sustained multi-day substantive 
behavioral responses.
    Stress responses--An animal's perception of a threat may be 
sufficient to trigger stress responses consisting of some combination 
of behavioral responses, autonomic nervous system responses, 
neuroendocrine responses, or immune responses (e.g., Seyle, 1950; 
Moberg, 2000). In many cases, an animal's first and sometimes most 
economical (in terms of energetic costs) response is behavioral 
avoidance of the potential stressor. Autonomic nervous system responses 
to stress typically involve changes in heart rate, blood pressure, and 
gastrointestinal activity. These responses have a relatively short 
duration and may or may not have a significant long-term effect on an 
animal's fitness.
    Neuroendocrine stress responses often involve the hypothalamus-
pituitary-adrenal system. Virtually all neuroendocrine functions that 
are affected by stress--including immune competence, reproduction, 
metabolism, and behavior--are regulated by pituitary hormones. Stress-
induced changes in the secretion of pituitary hormones have been 
implicated in failed reproduction, altered metabolism, reduced immune 
competence, and behavioral disturbance (e.g., Moberg, 1987; Blecha, 
2000). Increases in the circulation of glucocorticoids are also equated 
with stress (Romano et al., 2004).
    The primary distinction between stress (which is adaptive and does 
not normally place an animal at risk) and ``distress'' is the cost of 
the response. During a stress response, an animal uses glycogen stores 
that can be quickly replenished once the stress is alleviated. In such 
circumstances, the cost of the stress response would not pose serious 
fitness consequences. However, when an animal does not have sufficient 
energy reserves to satisfy the energetic costs of a stress response, 
energy resources must be diverted from other functions. This state of 
distress will last until the animal replenishes its energetic reserves 
sufficient to restore normal function.
    Relationships between these physiological mechanisms, animal 
behavior, and the costs of stress responses are well-studied through 
controlled experiments and for both laboratory and free-ranging animals 
(e.g., Holberton et al., 1996; Hood et al., 1998; Jessop et al., 2003; 
Krausman et al., 2004; Lankford et al., 2005). Stress responses due to 
exposure to anthropogenic sounds or other stressors and their effects 
on marine mammals have also been reviewed (Fair and Becker, 2000; 
Romano et al., 2002b) and, more rarely, studied in wild populations 
(e.g., Romano et al., 2002a). For example, Rolland et al. (2012) found 
that noise reduction from reduced ship traffic in the Bay of Fundy was 
associated with decreased stress in North Atlantic right whales. These 
and other studies lead to a reasonable expectation that some marine 
mammals will experience physiological stress responses upon exposure to 
acoustic stressors and that it is possible that some of these would be 
classified as ``distress.'' In addition, any animal experiencing TTS 
would likely also experience stress responses (NRC, 2003).
    Auditory masking--Sound can disrupt behavior through masking, or 
interfering with, an animal's ability to detect, recognize, or 
discriminate between acoustic signals of interest (e.g., those used for 
intraspecific communication and social interactions, prey detection, 
predator avoidance, navigation) (Richardson et al., 1995). Masking 
occurs when the receipt of a sound is interfered with by another 
coincident sound at similar frequencies and at similar or higher 
intensity, and may occur whether the sound is natural (e.g., snapping 
shrimp, wind, waves, precipitation) or anthropogenic (e.g., shipping, 
sonar, seismic exploration) in origin. The ability of a noise source to 
mask biologically important sounds depends on the characteristics of 
both the noise source and the signal of interest (e.g., signal-to-noise 
ratio, temporal variability, direction), in relation to each other and 
to an animal's hearing abilities (e.g., sensitivity, frequency range, 
critical ratios, frequency discrimination, directional discrimination, 
age or TTS hearing loss), and existing ambient noise and propagation 
conditions.
    Under certain circumstances, marine mammals experiencing 
significant masking could also be impaired from maximizing their 
performance fitness in survival and reproduction. Therefore, when the 
coincident (masking) sound is man-made, it may be considered harassment 
when disrupting or altering critical behaviors. It is important to 
distinguish TTS and PTS, which persist after the sound exposure, from 
masking, which occurs during the sound exposure. Because masking 
(without resulting in TS) is not associated with abnormal physiological 
function, it is not considered a physiological effect, but rather a 
potential behavioral effect.
    The frequency range of the potentially masking sound is important 
in determining any potential behavioral impacts. For example, low-
frequency signals may have less effect on high-frequency echolocation 
sounds produced by odontocetes but are more likely to affect detection 
of mysticete communication calls and other potentially important 
natural sounds such as those produced by surf and some prey species. 
The masking of communication signals by anthropogenic noise may be 
considered as a reduction in the communication space of animals (e.g., 
Clark et al., 2009)

[[Page 31413]]

and may result in energetic or other costs as animals change their 
vocalization behavior (e.g., Miller et al., 2000; Foote et al., 2004; 
Parks et al., 2007b; Di Iorio and Clark, 2009; Holt et al., 2009). 
Masking can be reduced in situations where the signal and noise come 
from different directions (Richardson et al., 1995), through amplitude 
modulation of the signal, or through other compensatory behaviors 
(Houser and Moore, 2014). Masking can be tested directly in captive 
species (e.g., Erbe, 2008), but in wild populations it must be either 
modeled or inferred from evidence of masking compensation. There are 
few studies addressing real-world masking sounds likely to be 
experienced by marine mammals in the wild (e.g., Branstetter et al., 
2013).
    Masking affects both senders and receivers of acoustic signals and 
can potentially have long-term chronic effects on marine mammals at the 
population level as well as at the individual level. Low-frequency 
ambient sound levels have increased by as much as 20 dB (more than 
three times in terms of SPL) in the world's ocean from pre-industrial 
periods, with most of the increase from distant commercial shipping 
(Hildebrand, 2009). All anthropogenic sound sources, but especially 
chronic and lower-frequency signals (e.g., from vessel traffic), 
contribute to elevated ambient sound levels, thus intensifying masking.
    At the seafood processing plant north of the project site, fish are 
offloaded into the processing plant from the vessels' holds, and 
several vessels may raft up simultaneously during peak fishing seasons. 
A small boat harbor is located northeast of the project site and 
services a number of small vessels. High levels of vessel traffic are 
known to elevate background levels of noise in the marine environment. 
For example, continuous sounds for tugs pulling barges have been 
reported to range from 145 to 166 dB re 1 [mu]Pa rms at 1 meter from 
the source (Miles et al., 1987; Richardson et al., 1995; Simmonds et 
al., 2004). Ambient underwater noise levels in the vicinity of the 
project site are unknown but could potentially mask some sounds of pile 
installation and pile extraction.
    Non-auditory physiological effects--Non-auditory physiological 
effects or injuries that theoretically might occur in marine mammals 
exposed to strong underwater sound include stress, neurological 
effects, bubble formation, resonance effects, and other types of organ 
or tissue damage (Cox et al., 2006; Southall et al., 2007). Studies 
examining such effects are limited. In general, little is known about 
the potential for pile driving to cause auditory impairment or other 
physical effects in marine mammals. Available data suggest that such 
effects, if they occur at all, would presumably be limited to short 
distances from the sound source, where SLs are much higher, and to 
activities that extend over a prolonged period. The available data do 
not allow identification of a specific exposure level above which non-
auditory effects can be expected (Southall et al., 2007) or any 
meaningful quantitative predictions of the numbers (if any) of marine 
mammals that might be affected in those ways. Marine mammals that show 
behavioral avoidance of pile driving, including some odontocetes and 
some pinnipeds, are especially unlikely to incur auditory impairment or 
non-auditory physical effects.

Underwater Acoustic Effects From the Proposed Activities

    Potential Effects of Pile Driving Sound--The effects of sounds from 
pile driving might include one or more of the following: Temporary or 
permanent hearing impairment, non-auditory physical or physiological 
effects, and behavioral disturbance (Richardson et al., 1995; Gordon et 
al., 2003; Nowacek et al., 2007; Southall et al., 2007). The effects of 
pile driving on marine mammals are dependent on several factors, 
including the type and depth of the animal; the pile size and type, and 
the intensity and duration of the pile driving sound; the substrate; 
the standoff distance between the pile and the animal; and the sound 
propagation properties of the environment. Impacts to marine mammals 
from pile driving activities are expected to result primarily from 
acoustic pathways. As such, the degree of effect is intrinsically 
related to the frequency, received level, and duration of the sound 
exposure, which are in turn influenced by the distance between the 
animal and the source. The further away from the source, the less 
intense the exposure should be. The substrate and depth of the habitat 
affect the sound propagation properties of the environment. In 
addition, substrates that are soft (e.g., sand) would absorb or 
attenuate the sound more readily than hard substrates (e.g., rock) 
which may reflect the acoustic wave. Soft porous substrates would also 
likely require less time to drive the pile, and possibly less forceful 
equipment, which would ultimately decrease the intensity of the 
acoustic source.
    Hearing Impairment and Other Physical Effects--Marine mammals 
exposed to high intensity sound repeatedly or for prolonged periods can 
experience hearing threshold shifts. PTS constitutes injury, but TTS 
does not (Southall et al., 2007). Based on the best scientific 
information available, the SPLs for the proposed construction 
activities may exceed the thresholds that could cause TTS or the onset 
of PTS based on NMFS' new acoustic guidance (81 FR 51694; August 4, 
2016).
    Non-auditory Physiological Effects--Non-auditory physiological 
effects or injuries that theoretically might occur in marine mammals 
exposed to high level underwater sound or as a secondary effect of 
extreme behavioral reactions (e.g., change in dive profile as a result 
of an avoidance reaction) caused by exposure to sound include 
neurological effects, bubble formation, resonance effects, and other 
types of organ or tissue damage (Cox et al., 2006; Southall et al., 
2007; Zimmer and Tyack, 2007). The proposed activities do not involve 
the use of devices such as explosives or mid-frequency active sonar 
that are associated with these types of effects, nor do they have SLs 
that may cause these extreme behavioral reactions, and are therefore, 
considered unlikely.
    Disturbance Reactions--Responses to continuous sound, such as 
vibratory pile installation, have not been documented as well as 
responses to pulsed sounds. With both types of pile driving, it is 
likely that the onset of pile driving could result in temporary, short 
term changes in an animal's typical behavior and/or avoidance of the 
affected area. Specific behavioral changes that may result from this 
proposed project include changing durations of surfacing and dives, 
moving direction and/or speed; changing/cessation of certain behavioral 
activities (such as socializing or feeding); visible startle response 
or aggressive behavior (such as tail/fluke slapping or jaw clapping); 
and avoidance of areas where sound sources are located. If a marine 
mammal responds to a stimulus by changing its behavior (e.g., through 
relatively minor changes in locomotion direction/speed or vocalization 
behavior), the response may or may not constitute taking at the 
individual level, and is unlikely to affect the stock or the species as 
a whole. However, if a sound source displaces marine mammals from an 
important feeding or breeding area for a prolonged period, potential 
impacts on the stock or species could potentially be significant if 
growth, survival and reproduction are affected (e.g., Lusseau and 
Bejder, 2007; Weilgart, 2007). Note that the significance of many of 
these behavioral disturbances is difficult to predict, especially if 
the detected disturbances appear minor.

[[Page 31414]]

    Auditory Masking--Natural and artificial sounds can disrupt 
behavior by masking. Given that the energy distribution of pile driving 
covers a broad frequency spectrum, sound from these sources would 
likely be within the audible range of marine mammals present in the 
project area. Impact pile driving activity is relatively short-term, 
and only used for proofing, with rapid pulses occurring for only a few 
minutes per pile. The probability for impact pile driving resulting 
from this proposed action masking acoustic signals important to the 
behavior and survival of marine mammal species is low. Vibratory pile 
driving is also relatively short-term. It is possible that vibratory 
pile driving resulting from this proposed action may mask acoustic 
signals important to the behavior and survival of marine mammal 
species, but the short-term duration and limited affected area would 
result in insignificant impacts from masking. Any masking event that 
could possibly rise to Level B harassment under the MMPA would occur 
concurrently within the zones of behavioral harassment already 
estimated for vibratory and impact pile driving, and which have already 
been taken into account in the exposure analysis.
    Airborne Acoustic Effects from the Proposed Activities--Pinnipeds 
that occur near the project site could be exposed to airborne sounds 
associated with pile driving that have the potential to cause 
behavioral harassment, depending on their distance from pile driving 
activities. Cetaceans are not expected to be exposed to airborne sounds 
that would result in harassment as defined under the MMPA.
    Airborne noise will primarily be an issue for pinnipeds that are 
swimming or hauled out near the project site within the range of noise 
levels elevated above the acoustic criteria. We recognize that 
pinnipeds in the water could be exposed to airborne sound that may 
result in behavioral harassment when looking with heads above water. 
Most likely, airborne sound would cause behavioral responses similar to 
those discussed above in relation to underwater sound. However, these 
animals would previously have been ``taken'' as a result of exposure to 
underwater sound above the behavioral harassment thresholds, which are 
in all cases larger than those associated with airborne sound. Thus, 
the behavioral harassment of these animals is already accounted for in 
these estimates of potential take. Multiple instances of exposure to 
sound above NMFS' thresholds for behavioral harassment are not believed 
to result in increased behavioral disturbance, in either nature or 
intensity of disturbance reaction. Therefore, we do not believe that 
authorization of incidental take resulting from airborne sound for 
pinnipeds is warranted, and airborne sound is not discussed further 
here.
    Potential Pile Driving Effects on Prey--Construction activities 
would produce continuous (i.e., vibratory pile driving) sounds and 
pulsed (i.e., impact driving) sounds. Fish react to sounds that are 
especially strong and/or intermittent low-frequency sounds. Short 
duration, sharp sounds can cause overt or subtle changes in fish 
behavior and local distribution. Hastings and Popper (2005) identified 
several studies that suggest fish may relocate to avoid certain areas 
of sound energy. Additional studies have documented effects of pile 
driving on fish, although several are based on studies in support of 
large, multiyear bridge construction projects (e.g., Scholik and Yan, 
2001, 2002; Popper and Hastings, 2009). Sound pulses at received levels 
of 160 dB may cause subtle changes in fish behavior. SPLs of 180 dB may 
cause noticeable changes in behavior (Pearson et al., 1992; Skalski et 
al., 1992). SPLs of sufficient strength have been known to cause injury 
to fish and fish mortality.
    The most likely impact to fish from pile driving activities at the 
project area would be temporary behavioral avoidance. The duration of 
fish avoidance of this area after pile driving stops is unknown, but a 
rapid return to normal recruitment, distribution and behavior is 
anticipated. In general, impacts to marine mammal prey species from the 
proposed project are expected to be minor and temporary due to the 
relatively short timeframe of no more than 40 days of pile driving and 
extraction with approximately 22 hours of impact driving and 85 hours 
of vibratory driving and extraction.
    Effects to Foraging Habitat--Essential Fish Habitat (EFH) has been 
designated within the project area for all five species of salmon 
(i.e., chum, pink, Coho, sockeye, and Chinook salmon), walleye pollock, 
Pacific cod, yellowfin sole (Limanda aspera), arrowtooth flounder 
(Atheresthes stomias), rock sole (Lepidopsetta spp.), flathead sole 
(Hippoglossoides elassodon), and sculpin (Cottidae). The EFH provisions 
of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act are 
designed to protect fisheries habitat from being lost due to 
disturbance and degradation.
    Pile installation may temporarily increase turbidity resulting from 
suspended sediments. Any increases would be temporary, localized, and 
minimal. ADOT&PF must comply with state water quality standards during 
these operations by limiting the extent of turbidity to the immediate 
project area. In general, turbidity associated with pile installation 
is localized to about a 25-foot radius around the pile (Everitt et al. 
1980). Cetaceans are not expected to be close enough to the project 
pile driving areas to experience effects of turbidity, and any 
pinnipeds will be transiting the area and could avoid localized areas 
of turbidity. Therefore, the impact from increased turbidity levels is 
expected to be discountable to marine mammals. Furthermore, pile 
driving and removal at the project site will not obstruct movements or 
migration of marine mammals.
    In summary, given the short duration of sound associated with 
individual pile driving events and the relatively small area that would 
be affected, pile driving activities associated with the proposed 
action are not likely to have a permanent, adverse effect on any fish 
habitat, or populations of fish species. Thus, any impacts to marine 
mammal habitat are not expected to cause significant or long-term 
consequences for individual marine mammals or their populations.

Estimated Take

    This section includes an estimate of the number of incidental 
``takes'' proposed for authorization pursuant to this IHA, which will 
inform both NMFS' consideration of whether the number of takes is 
``small'' and the negligible impact determination.
    Harassment is the only means of take expected to result from these 
activities. Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent 
here, the MMPA defines ``harassment'' as: Any act of pursuit, torment, 
or annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or 
marine mammal stock in the wild [Level A harassment]; or (ii) has the 
potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild 
by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not 
limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or 
sheltering [Level B harassment]. As described previously Level A and 
Level B harassment is expected to occur and is proposed to be 
authorized in the numbers identified below.
    ADOT&PF has requested authorization for the incidental taking of 
limited numbers, by Level B harassment in the form of behavioral 
disturbance, of harbor porpoise, Dall's porpoise, killer whale, 
humpback whale, fin whale, gray whale, minke whale, Steller sea lion,

[[Page 31415]]

and harbor seal near the project area that may result from impact and 
vibratory pile driving activities. Level A harassment in the form of 
PTS resulting from impact driving has also been requested for small 
numbers of harbor porpoise, humpback whale, and harbor seal.
    Take estimates are generally based on average marine mammal density 
in the project area multiplied by the area size of ensonified zones 
within which received noise levels exceed certain thresholds (i.e., 
Level A and/or Level B harassment) from specific activities, then 
multiplied by the total number of days such activities would occur. If 
density information is not available, local observational data may be 
used instead.
    In order to estimate the potential incidents of take that may occur 
incidental to the specified activity, we must first estimate the extent 
of the sound field that may be produced by the activity and then 
consider the sound field in combination with information about marine 
mammal density or abundance in the project area. We first provide 
information on applicable sound thresholds for determining effects to 
marine mammals before describing the information used in estimating the 
sound fields, the available marine mammal density or abundance 
information, and the method of estimating potential incidents of take.

Sound Thresholds

    We use the following generic sound exposure thresholds (Table 4) to 
determine when an activity that produces sound might result in impacts 
to a marine mammal such that a take by behavioral harassment (Level B) 
might occur.

 Table 4--Underwater Level B Threshold Decibel Levels for Marine Mammals
------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Criterion             Criterion definition     Threshold \1\
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Level B harassment............  Behavioral disruption   160 dB RMS.
                                 for impulse noise
                                 (e.g., impact pile
                                 driving).
Level B harassment............  Behavioral disruption   120 dB RMS.
                                 for non-pulse noise
                                 (e.g., vibratory pile
                                 driving, drilling).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ All decibel levels referenced to 1 micropascal (re: 1 [mu]Pa). Note
  all thresholds are based off root mean square (RMS) levels.

    We use NMFS' acoustic criteria (NMFS 2016a, 81 FR 51694; August 4, 
2016), which establishes sound exposure thresholds to determine when an 
activity that produces sound might result in impacts to a marine mammal 
such that a take by auditory injury, i.e., PTS, (Level A harassment) 
might occur. The specific methodology is presented in Appendix D of the 
Technical Guidance for Assessing the Effects of Anthropogenic Sound on 
Marine Mammal Hearing (Guidance), available at http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/acoustics/guidelines.htm) and the accompanying 
User Spreadsheet. The Guidance provides updated PTS onset thresholds 
using the cumulative SEL (SELcum) metric, which incorporates 
marine mammal auditory weighting functions, to identify the received 
levels, or acoustic thresholds, at which individual marine mammals are 
predicted to experience changes in their hearing sensitivity for acute, 
incidental exposure to all underwater anthropogenic sound sources. The 
Guidance (Appendix D) and its companion User Spreadsheet provide 
alternative methodology for incorporating these more complex thresholds 
and associated weighting functions.
    The User Spreadsheet accounts for effective hearing ranges using 
Weighting Factor Adjustments (WFAs), and ADOT&PF's application uses the 
recommended values for vibratory and impact driving therein. The 
acoustic thresholds are presented using dual metrics of 
SELcum and peak sound level (PK) as shown in Table 5. In the 
case of the duel metric acoustic thresholds (Lpk and 
LE) for impulsive sound, the larger of the two isopleths for 
calculating PTS onset is used. The method uses estimates of sound 
exposure level and duration of the activity to calculate the threshold 
distances at which a marine mammal exposed to those values would 
experience PTS. Differences in hearing abilities among marine mammals 
are accounted for by use of weighting factor adjustments for the five 
functional hearing groups (NMFS 2016). Note that for all proposed pile 
driving activities at Sand Point, the User Spreadsheet indicated that 
the Level A isopleths generated using the SELcum were the 
largest.

            Table 5--Summary of PTS Onset Acoustic Thresholds
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     PTS onset acoustic thresholds \1\
                                             (received level)
          Hearing group          ---------------------------------------
                                       Impulsive         Non-impulsive
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low-Frequency (LF) Cetaceans....  Cell 1--Lpk,flat:   Cell 2--LE,LF,24h:
                                   219 dB;             199 dB.
                                   LE,LF,24h: 183 dB.
Mid-Frequency (MF) Cetaceans....  Cell 3--Lpk,flat:   Cell 4--LE,MF,24h:
                                   230 dB;             198 dB.
                                   LE,MF,24h: 185 dB.
High-Frequency (HF) Cetaceans...  Cell 5--Lpk,flat:   Cell 6--LE,HF,24h:
                                   202 dB;             173 dB.
                                   LE,HF,24h: 155 dB.
Phocid Pinnipeds (PW)             Cell 7--Lpk,flat:   Cell 8--LE,PW,24h:
 (Underwater).                     218 dB;             201 dB.
                                   LE,PW,24h: 185 dB.
Otariid Pinnipeds (OW)            Cell 9--Lpk,flat:   Cell 10--
 (Underwater).                     232 dB;             LE,OW,24h: 219
                                   LE,OW,24h: 203 dB.  dB.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Dual metric acoustic thresholds for impulsive sounds: Use whichever
  results in the largest isopleth for calculating PTS onset. If a non-
  impulsive sound has the potential of exceeding the peak sound pressure
  level thresholds associated with impulsive sounds, these thresholds
  should also be considered.

[[Page 31416]]

 
Note: Peak sound pressure (Lpk) has a reference value of 1 [mu]Pa, and
  cumulative sound exposure level (LE) has a reference value of
  1[mu]Pa\2\s. In this Table, thresholds are abbreviated to reflect
  American National Standards Institute standards (ANSI 2013). However,
  peak sound pressure is defined by ANSI as incorporating frequency
  weighting, which is not the intent for this Technical Guidance. Hence,
  the subscript ``flat'' is being included to indicate peak sound
  pressure should be flat weighted or unweighted within the generalized
  hearing range. The subscript associated with cumulative sound exposure
  level thresholds indicates the designated marine mammal auditory
  weighting function (LF, MF, and HF cetaceans, and PW and OW pinnipeds)
  and that the recommended accumulation period is 24 hours. The
  cumulative sound exposure level thresholds could be exceeded in a
  multitude of ways (i.e., varying exposure levels and durations, duty
  cycle). When possible, it is valuable for action proponents to
  indicate the conditions under which these acoustic thresholds will be
  exceeded.

Distance to Sound Thresholds

    The sound field in the project area is the existing background 
noise plus additional construction noise from the proposed project. 
Marine mammals are expected to be affected via sound generated by the 
primary components of the project, i.e., impact pile driving, vibratory 
pile driving, and vibratory pile removal. Vibratory hammers produce 
constant sound when operating, and produce vibrations that liquefy the 
sediment surrounding the pile, allowing it to penetrate to the required 
seating depth. An impact hammer would then generally be used to place 
the pile at its intended depth. The actual durations of each 
installation method vary depending on the type and size of the pile. An 
impact hammer is a steel device that works like a piston, producing a 
series of independent strikes to drive the pile. Impact hammering 
typically generates the loudest noise associated with pile 
installation. Factors that could potentially minimize the potential 
impacts of pile installation associated with the project include:
     The relatively shallow waters in the project area (Taylor 
et al., 2008);
     Land forms around Sand Point that would block the noise 
from spreading; and
     Vessel traffic and other commercial and industrial 
activities in the project area that contribute to elevated background 
noise levels.
    Sound would likely dissipate relatively rapidly in the shallow 
waters over soft seafloors in the project area. Additionally, portions 
of Popof Island and Unga Island would block much of the noise from 
propagating to its full extent through the marine environment.
    In order to calculate distances to the Level A and Level B sound 
thresholds for piles of various sizes being used in this project, NMFS 
used acoustic monitoring data from other locations. Note that piles of 
differing sizes have different sound source levels.
    Empirical data from recent ADOT&PF sound source verification (SSV) 
studies at Kake, Ketchikan, and Auke Bay, were used to estimate sound 
source levels (SSLs) for vibratory and impact installation of 30-inch 
steel pipe piles (MacGillivray et al., 2016, Warner and Austin 2016b, 
Denes et al., 2016a, respectively). Construction sites in Alaska were 
generally assumed to best represent the environmental conditions found 
in Sand Point and represent the nearest available source level data for 
30-inch steel piles. Similarities among the sites include island chains 
and groups of islands adjacent to continental landmasses; deeply 
incised marine channels and fjords; local water depths of 20-40 meters; 
Gulf of Alaska marine water influences; and numerous freshwater inputs. 
However, the use of data from Alaska sites was not appropriate in all 
instances. Details are described below.
    To derive source levels for vibratory driving of 30-in piles, NMFS 
used summary data from Auke Bay and Ketchikan as described in a 
comprehensive summary report by Denes et al., (2016b). During the two 
studies, three 30-inch steel piles were installed at each location via 
both impact and vibratory driving. For each pile, the mean recorded SPL 
in dB re 1 [mu]Pa was reported for the locations monitoring hydrophones 
(Denes et al., 2016; Warner and Austin 2016b). The vibratory data were 
then derived to a 10-meter standard distance. The average of the mean 
source levels from both Auke Bay and Ketchikan locations was then 
calculated for each measurement (rms and peak SPL, as well as sound 
exposure level [SEL]) (Denes et al., 2016b). ADOT&PF also considered 
data from a study in Kake (MacGillivray et al., 2016). However, 
conditions at Kake include an organic mud substrate which would likely 
absorb sound and decrease source level values for vibratory driving. 
NMFS believes that these conditions resulted in anomalous source level 
measurements for vibratory pile driving that would not be expected at 
locations with dissimilar substrates. NMFS will continue to evaluate 
use of these data on a case-specific basis, however, for these reasons 
vibratory data from that study was not included in this analysis. 
Results are shown in Table 6.
    For vibratory driving of 24-inch steel dolphin and fender piles, 
data from three projects (two projects in Washington and one in 
California) were reviewed. The Washington marine projects at the 
Washington State Ferries Friday Harbor Terminal (WSDOT, 2010) and Naval 
Base Kitsap, Bangor waterfront (Navy 2012), only measured one pile 
each, but reported similar sound levels of 162 dB RMS and 159 dB RMS 
(range 157 dB to 160 dB), respectively. Because only two piles were 
measured in Washington, the California project was also included in the 
analysis. The California project was located in a coastal bay and 
reported a ``typical'' value of 160 dB RMS with a range 158 to 178 dB 
RMS for two piles where vibratory levels were measured. Caltrans 
summarized the project's RMS level as 170 dB RMS, although most levels 
observed were nominally 160 dB. Although the data set is limited to 
these projects, close agreement of the levels (average project values 
from 159 to 162 dB at 10 meters) resulted in NMFS selecting a source 
level of 161 dB RMS. Note that a fourth project at NBK, Bangor drove 
16-inch hollow steel piles, with measured levels similar to those for 
the 24-inch piles. Therefore, NMFS elected to use the same 161 dB RMS 
as a source level for vibratory driving of 18-inch steel piles. NMFS 
believes it appropriate to use source levels from the next largest pile 
size when data are lacking for specific pile sizes, as is the case with 
the18-inch piles under consideration.
    ADOT&PF suggested a source level of 142 dB RMS for vibratory 
driving of steel H-piles. However, NMFS found this data to be 
inconsistent with other reported values and opted to use a value of 150 
dB which was derived from summary data pertaining to vibratory driving 
of 12-inch H piles (Caltrans 2015).
    In the application, ADOT&PF derived source levels for impact 
driving of 30-inch steel piles by averaging the individual mean values 
associated with impact driving of the same size and type from Auke Bay, 
Kake, and Ketchikan (Denes et al., 2016a; MacGillivray et al., 2016; 
Warner and Austin 2016b; Denes et al., 2016b). Impact driving values at 
Kake did not seem to be influenced by substrate conditions in the way 
vibratory driving measurements are believed to have been and, 
therefore, Kake data was included. The average of the mean source 
levels from these three sites was then calculated for each metric (rms, 
SEL, and peak). Results are shown in Table 6.

[[Page 31417]]

    For the 24-inch impact pile driving, NMFS used data from a Navy 
(2015) study of proxy sound source values for use at Puget Sound 
military installations. The Navy study recommended a value of 193 dB 
RMS which was derived from data generated by impact driving of 24-inch 
steel piles at the Bainbridge Island Ferry Terminal Preservation 
Project and the Friday Harbor Restoration Ferry Terminal Project. NMFS 
found this estimated source level to be appropriate.

    Table 6--Estimates of Mean Underwater Sound Levels (Decibels) Generated During Vibratory and Impact Pile
                                     Installation and Vibratory Pile Removal
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Method and pile type                      Sound level at 10 meters
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------     Literature source
           Vibratory hammer                           dB re 1 [mu]Pa rms
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
30-inch steel piles...................                                          165.6   Derived from Denes et
                                                                                         al. 2016a (Auke);
                                                                                         Warner and Austin 2016b
                                                                                         (Ketchikan).
24-inch steel piles...................                                            161   WSDOT 2010; Caltrans
                                                                                         2012; Navy 2012.
18-inch steel piles...................                                            161   WSDOT 2010; Caltrans
                                                                                         2012; Navy 2012.
Steel H-piles.........................                                            150   Caltrans 2015.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


 
             Impact hammer                  dB rms          dB SEL          dB peak
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
30-inch steel piles...................           193.6           179.3           207.1  Derived from Denes et
                                                                                         al. 2016a; Warner and
                                                                                         Austin 2016b,
                                                                                         MacGillivray et al.,
                                                                                         2016.
24-inch steel piles...................             193             181             210  Navy 2015.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The formula below is used to calculate underwater sound 
propagation. Transmission loss (TL) is the decrease in acoustic 
intensity as an acoustic pressure wave propagates out from a source. TL 
parameters vary with frequency, temperature, sea conditions, current, 
source and receiver depth, water depth, water chemistry, and bottom 
composition and topography. The general formula for underwater TL is:

TL = B * log 10 (R 1/R 2)

Where:

TL = transmission loss in dB
B = transmission loss coefficient; for practical spreading equals 15
R 1 = the distance of the modeled SPL from the driven 
pile, and
R 2 = the distance from the driven pile of the initial 
measurement.

    NMFS typically recommends a default practical spreading loss of 15 
dB per tenfold increase in distance. ADOT&PF analyzed the available 
underwater acoustic data utilizing the practical spreading loss model.
    Pulse duration from the SSV studies described above are unknown. 
All necessary parameters were available for the SELcum (cumulative 
Single Strike Equivalent) method for calculating isopleths. Therefore, 
this method was selected. To account for potential variations in daily 
productivity during impact installation, isopleths were calculated for 
different numbers of piles that could be installed each day (Table 7). 
Should the contractor expect to install fewer piles in a day than the 
maximum anticipated, a smaller Level A shutdown zone would be employed 
to monitor take.
    To derive Level A harassment isopleths associated with the impact 
driving of 30-inch piles, ADOT&PF utilized a single strike SEL of 179.3 
dB and assumed 1000 strikes per pile for 1 to 4 piles per day. For 24-
inch dolphin piles, ADOT&PF used a single strike SEL of 181 dB and 
assumed 400 strikes at a rate of 1 or 2 piles per day. For 24-inch 
fender piles, ADOT&PF used the same single strike SEL of 181 dB and 
assumed 120 strikes per pile and 1 to 4 pile installations per day. To 
calculate Level A harassment isopleths associated with the vibratory 
driving of 30-inch piles, ADOT&PF utilized a source level (RMS SPL) of 
165.6 dB and assumed 3 hours of driving per day. For 24-inch dolphin 
and fender piles, ADOT&PF used a source level of 161 dB and assumed up 
to 2 hours of driving per day. For installation and/or removal of piles 
less than 24-inches in diameter, ADOT&PF assumed use of 18-inch piles 
and used the same source level of 161 dB for up to 3 hours per day. If 
H-piles are used, a source level of 150 dB was utilized. Practical 
spreading was used in all instances. Results are shown in Table 7. 
Isopleths for Level B harassment associated with impact (160 dB) and 
vibratory harassment (120 dB) were also calculated and are included in 
Table 7.

               Table 7--Pile Installation and Removal Activities and Calculated Distances to Level A and Level B Harassment Isopleths \1\
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            Estimated duration       Level A harassment zone (meters) (based on new          Level B
                                                          ----------------------                  technical guidance)                    Harassment Zone
                                                                                -------------------------------------------------------  (meters) (based
                                                                                            Cetaceans                   Pinnipeds         on practical
                                                                                -------------------------------------------------------  spreading loss
                         Activity                          Hours per   Days of                                                               model)
                                                              day       effort                                                         -----------------
                                                                                     LF         MF         HF         PW         OW       Cetaceans and
                                                                                                                                         Pinnipeds (120
                                                                                                                                               dB)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Vibratory Installation 30''..............................          3         13       28.8        2.6       42.6       17.5        1.2   10,970 (10,964)
Vibratory Installation 24'' Dolphin......................          1          2        6.8        0.6       10.1        4.2        0.3
Vibratory Installation 24'' Fender.......................          2          2       10.8          1         16        6.6        0.5     5,420 (5,412)
Vibratory Installation and/or removal <24'' (18'').......          3         15         14          1         21        8.6        0.6

[[Page 31418]]

 
Vibratory Installation and/or removal <24'' (H-piles)....          3         15        2.6        0.2        3.9        1.6        0.1             1,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                            Cetaceans                   Pinnipeds         Cetaceans and
                   Activity                     Piles per   Strikes    Days of  -------------------------------------------------------  Pinnipeds  (160
                                                   day      per pile    effort       LF         MF         HF         PW         OW            dB)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Impact Installation 30''......................          4      1,000         13      1,426         51      1,699        763         56     1,740 (1,738)
                                                        3                    18      1,177         42      1,402        630         46
                                                        2                    26        898         32      1,070        481         35
                                                        1                    52        566         20        674        303         22
Impact Installation 24'' Dolphin..............          2        400          2        633         23        754        339         25
                                                        1                     3        399         14        475        213         16
Impact Installation 24'' Fender...............          4        120          2        450         16        537        241         18     1,590 (1,585)
                                                        3                     3        372         13        443        199         15
                                                        2                     4        284         10        338        152         11
                                                        1                     8        178          6        213         96          7
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ To account for potential variations in daily productivity during impact installation, isopleths were calculated for different numbers of piles that
  could be installed each day (Therefore, should the contractor expect to install fewer piles in a day than the maximum anticipated, a smaller Level A
  shutdown zone would be required to avoid take.)

    Note that the actual area ensonified by pile driving activities is 
significantly constrained by local topography relative to the total 
threshold radius. The actual ensonified area was determined using a 
straight line-of-sight projection from the anticipated pile driving 
locations. The corresponding areas of the Level A and Level B 
ensonified zones for impact driving and vibratory installation/removal 
are shown in Table 8.

 Table 8--Calculated Areas (km\2\) Ensonified Within Level A and Level B Harassment Thresholds in Excess of 100-Meter Distance During Pile Installation
                                                                 and Removal Activities
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            Estimated duration       Level A harassment zone (km\2\) (based on new           Level B
                                                          ----------------------                  technical guidance)                    harassment zone
                                                                                -------------------------------------------------------  (km\2\) (based
                                                                                            Cetaceans                   Pinnipeds         on practical
                                                                                -------------------------------------------------------  spreading loss
                         Activity                          Hours per   Days of                                                               model)
                                                              day       effort                                                         -----------------
                                                                                     LF         MF         HF         PW         OW       Cetaceans and
                                                                                                                                         Pinnipeds (120
                                                                                                                                               dB)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Vibratory Installation 30''..............................          3         13         NA         NA         NA         NA         NA             24.42
Vibratory Installation 24'' Dolphin......................          1          2         NA         NA         NA         NA         NA             17.19
Vibratory Installation 24'' Fender.......................          2          2         NA         NA         NA         NA         NA
Vibratory Installation and/or removal <24'' (18'').......          3         15         NA         NA         NA         NA         NA
Vibratory Installation and/or removal <24'' (H-piles)....          3         15         NA         NA         NA         NA         NA              1.47
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                            Cetaceans                   Pinnipeds         Cetaceans and
                   Activity                     Piles per   Strikes    Days of  -------------------------------------------------------  Pinnipeds (160
                                                   day      per pile    effort       LF         MF         HF         PW         OW            dB)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Impact Installation 30''......................          4      1,000         13       2.84         NA       3.91       0.91         NA              4.08
                                                        3                    18       1.98         NA       2.75       0.66         NA
                                                        2                    26       1.21         NA       1.66       0.41         NA
                                                        1                    52       0.55         NA       0.74       0.18         NA
Impact Installation 24'' Dolphin..............          2        400          2       0.67         NA       0.89       0.22         NA              3.45
                                                        1                     3       0.29         NA       0.40       0.09         NA

[[Page 31419]]

 
Impact Installation 24'' Fender...............          4        120          2       0.36         NA       0.50       0.11         NA
                                                        3                     3       0.26         NA       0.35       0.08         NA
                                                        2                     4       0.16         NA       0.22       0.04         NA
                                                        1                     8       0.06         NA       0.09       0.02         NA
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Potential exposures to impact and vibratory pile driving noise for 
each threshold were estimated using local marine mammal density 
datasets where available and local observational data.

Dall's Porpoise

    There currently is no information on the presence or abundance of 
Dall's porpoises in the Shumagin Islands. No sightings of Dall's 
porpoises have been documented in Humboldt Harbor and they are not 
expected to occur there (HDR 2017). However, individuals may occur in 
the deeper waters north of Popof Island or in Popof Strait, west of the 
Sand Point Airport. These porpoises have been sighted infrequently on 
research cruises heading in and out of Sand Point in deeper local 
waters (Speckman, Pers. Comm.). Dall's porpoise are non-migratory; 
therefore, exposure estimates are not dependent on season. Exposure of 
Dall's porpoise to noise from impact hammer pile installation is 
unlikely, as they are not expected to occur within the 1,738 meter 
Level B harassment zone. Similarly, we do not anticipate Dall's 
porpoise would be exposed to noise in excess of the Level A harassment 
threshold, which would be located at a maximum distance of 1,699 
meters. It is possible, however, that they would occur in the larger 
Level B zone associated with vibratory driving of 30-inch (up to 10,970 
meters) and 24-inch piles (up to 5,420 meters). Over the course of 40 
days in which vibratory driving will be employed, NMFS conservatively 
anticipates no more than one observation of a Dall's porpoise pod in 
these Level B vibratory harassment zones. With an average pod size of 
3.7 (Wade et al. 2003), NMFS estimates up to four Dall's porpoises 
could be taken during the pile installation period. No Level A take is 
proposed for Dall's porpoises.

Harbor Porpoise

    There are no reports of harbor porpoises or harbor porpoise 
densities in the Shumagin Islands. It is reasonable to assume that they 
would occur in the vicinity of Popof and Unga Islands given that they 
are common in the Gulf of Alaska and their preferred habitat consists 
of coastal waters of 100 meters or less (Hobbs and Waite 2010). Based 
on the known range of the Gulf of Alaska stock, only six sightings of 
singles or pairs during 110 days of monitoring of the Kodiak Ferry 
Terminal and Dock Improvements project, and occasional sightings during 
monitoring of projects at other locations on Kodiak Island, it is 
assumed that harbor porpoises could be present on an intermittent 
basis.
    Harbor porpoises are non-migratory; therefore, exposure estimates 
are not dependent on season. NMFS conservatively estimates harbor 
porpoise could be exposed to construction-related in-water noise on two 
out of every three construction days. Harbor porpoises in this area 
have an average group size of 1.82. Therefore, NMFS estimates 49 harbor 
porpoise exposures as shown below.
    Sighting every 0.667 days * 40 days of exposure * 1.82 group size = 
49 (48.55) rounded up).
    During impact installation of piles, the Level A harassment 
isopleth for harbor porpoises extends up to 1,699 meters when a maximum 
of four 30-inch piles are installed on the same day. Given that harbor 
porpoises prefer near-shore waters, we anticipate that it is possible 
for up to one-third of the harbor porpoise sighting to occur in a Level 
A harassment zone. Therefore, NMFS proposes that of the 49 exposures, 
16 will occur within a Level A harassment isopleth and 33 will occur 
within a Level B harassment isopleth.

Killer Whale

    Line transect surveys conducted in the Shumagin Islands between 
2001 and 2003 did not record any resident killer whales, but did record 
a relatively high abundance of transient killer whales (Zerbini et al., 
2007). The same study estimated a density of approximately 0.002 killer 
whales per square kilometer (km\2\) in the Shumagin Islands (Zerbini et 
al., 2007). The population trend of the transient stock of killer 
whales in Alaska has remained stable since the 1980s (Muto et al., 
2016a). Anecdotal observations indicate that killer whales are not 
often seen in the vicinity of Sand Point, including Popof Strait (HDR 
2017). Killer whales are expected to be uncommon in the project area 
and are not expected to enter into Humboldt Harbor. However, NMFS used 
the density estimate of 0.002 per km\2\ to determine the number of 
killer whales potentially observed within the project area. Given the 
low probability of occurrence within the project area, using the 
available density estimates as an indication of exposure is a 
conservative approach to estimate potential killer whale exposure to 
pile driving noise. Vibratory installation of 30-inch piles will occur 
on 13 days while vibratory installation of 24-inch dolphin piles, 24-
inch fender piles, and temporary 18-inch or h-piles will occur on a 
total of 19 days. NMFS assumed that 18-inch piles would be installed 
instead of h-piles and that 18-inch piles have the same source level 
and isopleth as 24-in piles. NMFS also added a 25 percent contingency 
factor to account for unanticipated delays. Therefore, there would be 
up to 16.25 days of vibratory installation of 30-inch piles and 23.75 
days of 24-inch piles. At a density of 0.002 whales/km\2\, NMFS 
anticipates approximately 0.79 killer whales (i.e., 0.002 whales/km\2\ 
* 24.42 km\2\ 30-inch vibratory harassment zone * 16.25 days) would be 
exposed to Level B harassment associated with 30-inch vibratory driving 
while 0.82 killer whales (i.e., 0.002 whales/km\2\ * 17.19 km\2\ 24-
inch vibratory harassment zone * 23.75 days) would be exposed to Level 
B harassment from 24-inch vibratory driving over 40 days. Over the 40 
day construction period, 2 killer whales (1.61 rounded up) would be 
exposed to Level B harassment.
    However, killer whales generally travel in pods, or groups of 
individuals. The average pod size for transient killer whales is four 
individuals (Zerbini et al. 2007) and 5-50 for resident killer whales 
(Heise et al. 2003). A monitoring report associated with issuance of an 
IHA for Kodiak Ferry Terminal and Dock Improvements Project recorded 
four killer whale pod observations during 110 days of monitoring with 
the largest pod size consisting of seven individuals. NMFS will, 
therefore, assume that there will be sightings of two pods with an 
average group size of

[[Page 31420]]

seven over the course of the 40-day construction period resulting in a 
total estimate of 14 killer whale Level B takes. These killer whales 
would likely be transients, but could also be residents, so take is 
proposed for both stocks. No Level A take is proposed for killer whales 
since the injury zone is smaller than the 100 meter shutdown zone.

Humpback Whale

    Surveys from 2001 to 2004 estimated humpback whale abundance in the 
Shumagin Islands at between 410 and 593 individuals during the summer 
feeding season (July-August; Witteveen et al., 2004; Zerbini et al., 
2006). Annual vessel-based, photo-identification surveys in the 
Shumagin Islands from 1999 to 2015 identified 654 unique individual 
humpback whales between June and September (Witteveen and Wynne 2016). 
Humpback whale abundance in the Shumagin Islands increased 6 percent 
per year between 1987 and 2003 (Zerbini et al., 2006). Between 2001 and 
2003, summer line transect surveys in the Shumagin Islands estimated 
the humpback whale density at 0.02 whales per km\2\ (Zerbini et al., 
2006). Given an approximate population increase of 6 percent each year 
since the early 2000's (Muto et al., 2016b), we conservatively estimate 
the current density of humpback whales as about 0.04 whale per km\2\ 
(0.02 whale/km\2\ * [6 percent increase/year * 13 years]).
    Exposure of humpback whales to Level A and Level B harassment noise 
levels is possible in August and, to a lesser extent, in September. 
Exposure is unlikely between October and December because humpback 
whale abundance is low during late fall and winter. Humpback whales, 
when present, are unlikely to enter Humboldt Harbor or approach the 
City of Sand Point, but would instead transit through Popof Strait or 
feed in the deeper waters off the airport, between Popof and Unga 
islands (HDR 2017). Harassment from pile installation is possible in 
waters between Popof and Unga islands, including Popof Strait. Because 
we do not know exactly when construction might occur, we will use the 
updated summer density estimate (and our only density estimate) of 0.04 
whales/km\2\ to estimate exposure.
    At a density of 0.04 whales/km\2\, NMFS anticipates approximately 
15.87 humpback whales (i.e., 0.04 whales/km\2\ * 24.42 km\2\ 30-inch 
vibratory harassment zone * 16.25 days) would be exposed to harassment 
on days when 30-inch vibratory driving would occur. Additionally, 16.33 
whales (i.e., 0.04 whales/km\2\ * 17.19 km\2\ 24-inch vibratory 
harassment zone * 23.75 days) would be exposed to harassment on days in 
which 24-inch piles are driven for a total of 32 (32.2 rounded down) 
whale takes over 40 days.
    A subset of the 32 humpback whales potentially exposed to 
harassment noise levels may enter the Level A harassment zone, which 
extends 1,426 meters assuming an optimal productivity of driving four 
30-inch piles per day; 633 meters when driving two 24-inch dolphins; 
and 450 meters when driving four 24-inch fenders. NMFS has again added 
a 25 percent contingency and will assume 16.25 days of 30-inch impact 
pile driving, 2.5 days of 24-inch dolphin installation and 2.5 days of 
24-inch fender installation. Note that when estimating Level A take, 
NMFS conservatively defaulted to the Level A isopleth and corresponding 
area associated with maximum number of piles that can driven each day 
for each pile size. We anticipate approximately 1.84 humpback whales 
(e.g., 0.04 whales/km\2\ * 2.84 km\2\ Level A harassment zone * 16.25 
days) would be exposed to Level A harassment during 30-inch impact pile 
driving; approximately 0.07 humpback whales (e.g., 0.04 whales/km\2\ * 
0.67 km\2\ Level A harassment zone * 2.5 days) would be exposed to 
Level A harassment during 24-inch dolphin installation; and 
approximately 0.04 humpback whales (e.g., 0.04 whales/km\2\ * 0.36 
km\2\ Level A harassment zone * 2.5 days) would be exposed to Level A 
harassment during 24-inch fender installation. Therefore, a total of 2 
(1.95 rounded up) humpback whales could be exposed to Level A 
harassment. Therefore, NMFS is proposing 30 Level B and 2 Level A 
humpback whale takes.
    Humpback whales found in the Shumagin Islands are predominantly 
members of the Hawaii DPS, which are not listed under the ESA. However, 
based on a comprehensive photo-identification study, members of both 
the Western North Pacific DPS (ESA-listed as endangered) and Mexico DPS 
(ESA-listed as threatened) are known to occur in the Gulf of Alaska and 
Aleutian Islands. Members of different DPSs are known to intermix on 
feeding grounds; therefore, all waters off the coast of Alaska should 
be considered to have ESA-listed humpback whales. According to Wade et 
al., (2016), the probability of encountering a humpback whale from the 
Western North Pacific DPS in the Gulf of Alaska is 0.5 percent (CV 
[coefficient of variation] = 0.001). The probability of encountering a 
humpback whale from the Mexico DPS is 10.5 percent (CV = 0.16). The 
remaining 89 percent (CV = 0.01) of individuals in the Gulf of Alaska 
are likely members of the Hawaii DPS (Wade et al., 2016). Therefore it 
is estimated that 28 humpback whales would be from the Hawaii DPS, 
three humpback whales would be from the threatened Mexico DPS, and 1 
humpback whale would be from the endangered Western North Pacific DPS. 
Given the small number of anticipated Level A takes, NMFS will assume 
that both authorized Level A takes represent members of the Hawaii DPS.

Fin Whale

    Vessel-based line-transect surveys of coastal waters between 
Resurrection Bay and the central Aleutian Islands were completed in 
July and August from 2001 to 2003. Large concentrations of fin whales 
were found in the Semidi Islands, located midway between the Shumagin 
Islands and Kodiak Island just south of the Alaska Peninsula. The 
abundance of fin whales in the Shumagin Islands ranged from a low 
estimate of 604 in 2003 to a high estimate of 1,113 in 2002. The 
estimated density of fin whales in the Shumagin Islands was 0.007 
whales per km\2\ and this is the density estimate assumed for the 
project area (Zerbini et al., 2006). Fin whale density in the Shumagin 
Islands at other times of the year is unknown, and they are uncommon in 
Humboldt Harbor or Popof Strait (HDR 2017). At a density of 0.007 
whales/km\2\, NMFS anticipates approximately 2.77 fin whales (i.e., 
0.007 whales/km\2\ * 24.42 km\2\ 30-inch vibratory harassment zone * 
16.25 days) would be exposed to Level B harassment on days when 30-inch 
vibratory driving would occur. Additionally, 2.86 whales (i.e., 0.007 
whales/km\2\ * 17.19 km\2\ 24-inch vibratory harassment zone * 23.75 
days) would be exposed to Level B harassment on days in which 24-inch 
piles are driven for a total of 6 (5.63 rounded up) Level B takes of 
fin whales over 40 days. Therefore, NMFS is proposing 6 Level B fin 
whale takes. Fin whales are typically found in deep, offshore waters so 
no Level A take is proposed for this species.

Minke Whale

    There are no population estimates for minke whales in Alaska; 
however, nearshore aerial surveys of the western Gulf of Alaska took 
place between 2001 and 2003. These surveys estimated the minke whale 
population in that area at approximately 1,233 individuals (Zerbini et 
al. 2006). Conservatively, minke whales could be exposed to 
construction-related noise levels year round. Surveys indicate a 
density of

[[Page 31421]]

0.001 minke whales per km\2\ south of the Alaska Peninsula (including 
the Shumagin Islands). At a density of 0.001 whales/km\2\, NMFS 
anticipates approximately 0.40 minke whales (i.e., 0.001 whales/km\2\ * 
24.42 km\2\ 30-inch vibratory harassment zone * 16.25 days) would be 
exposed to Level B harassment on days when 30-inch vibratory driving 
would occur. Additionally, 0.41 whales (i.e., 0.001 whales/km\2\ * 
17.19 km\2\ 24-inch vibratory harassment zone * 23.75 days) would be 
exposed to Level B harassment on days in which 24-inch piles are driven 
for a total of 1 (0.81 rounded up) level B take of minke whales over 40 
construction days. With a pod size of two or three (NMFS 2015), NMFS 
proposes that three minke whales could be taken during the 40-day 
construction period. No Level A take is proposed for minke whales due 
to low abundance near the project area.

Gray Whale

    Gray whales could potentially migrate through the area between 
March through May and November through January. Gray whale presence 
near Sand Point and in Humboldt Harbor is rare and unlikely to occur 
during the construction period. As such, exposure of gray whales to 
noise from impact hammer pile installation is unlikely, as they are not 
expected to occur within the 1,426 meter harassment zone. Harassment 
from vibratory pile installation is possible in the deeper water north 
of Popof Strait. Because there are no density estimates for the area 
and the rarity of gray whales within the project area, NMFS 
conservatively estimates that gray whales will not be observed more 
than one time during the construction period. Multiplying the one 
potential observation by the average pod size of 2.4 (Rugh et al., 
2005), NMFS estimates that two gray whales could be exposed to 
construction-related noise at the Level B harassment level over the 
course of the construction period. No Level A take is proposed for gray 
whales.

Steller Sea Lion

    The number of unique individuals used to calculate take was based 
on information reported by the nearby seafood processing facility. It 
is estimated that about 12 unique individual sea lions likely occur in 
Humboldt Harbor each day during the pollock fishing seasons (HDR 2017). 
It is assumed that Steller sea lions may be present every day, and also 
that take will include multiple harassments of the same individual(s) 
both within and among days. It is also assumed that 12 unique 
individual sea lions occur in Humboldt Harbor each day and could 
potentially be exposed to Level B harassment over 40 days of 
construction. Given that the project area is located within the aquatic 
zones (i.e., designated critical habitat) of two designated major 
haulouts (Sea Lion Rocks and The Whaleback), sea lions could commonly 
enter into the Level B ensonified zone outside of the Humboldt Harbor. 
As such, it assumed that an additional 12 animals per day may occur in 
the Level B harassment zone outside of Humboldt Harbor. Total exposures 
is calculated using the following equation:

24 sea lions per day * 40 days of exposure = 960 potential exposures

    No Level A take is proposed for Steller sea lions since the Level A 
isopleths are smaller than the 100 meter shutdown zone.

Harbor Seal

    Anecdotal observations indicate that harbor seals are uncommon in 
Humboldt Harbor proper (HDR 2017). However, they are expected to occur 
occasionally in the project area. The Kodiak Ferry Terminal and Dock 
Improvements Project on Kodiak Island recorded 13 single sightings of 
harbor seals during 110 days of monitoring. Although the harbor seal 
stock is different at Kodiak (South Kodiak stock) and the project sites 
are somewhat dissimilar, NMFS used this information to conservatively 
estimate that one harbor seal could be present near Sand Point on any 
given day. An aerial haulout survey in 2011 estimated that 15 harbor 
seals occupy the survey unit along the south coast of Popof Island 
(London et al., 2015) and anecdotal observations indicate that harbor 
seals are known to occur intermittently near the airport (HDR 2017). 
NMFS conservatively estimates that one animal per day will be observed 
near the harbor while another animal will occur near the airport or 
elsewhere within an ensonified zone. Therefore, NMFS proposes that up 
to two harbor seals may be taken each day during the 40-day pile 
installation period for a total of 80 authorized takes.
    During impact installation of 30-inch piles, the Level A harassment 
isopleth for harbor seals extends out to a maximum distance of 763 
meters on days when four piles are driven; out to 339 meters when two 
24-inch dolphins are installed on the same day; and out to 241 meters 
when four fenders are installed on a single day. Harbor seals often act 
curious toward on-shore activities and are known to approach humans, 
lifting their heads from the water to look around. Given that harbor 
seals are likely to be found in the near-shore environment, we are 
proposing limited Level A take since the impact pile driving injury 
zones can extend well beyond the 100 meter shutdown zone. We anticipate 
that up to one-third of harbor seal takes would be by Level A 
harassment resulting in 27 Level A and 53 Level B proposed takes of 
harbor seals.

Proposed Mitigation

    In order to issue an IHA under Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA, 
NMFS must set forth the permissible methods of taking pursuant to such 
activity, ``and other means of effecting the least practicable impact 
on such species or stock and its habitat, paying particular attention 
to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance, and on 
the availability of such species or stock for taking'' for certain 
subsistence uses. NMFS regulations require applicants for incidental 
take authorizations to include information about the availability and 
feasibility (economic and technological) of equipment, methods, and 
manner of conducting such activity or other means of effecting the 
least practicable adverse impact upon the affected species or stocks 
and their habitat (50 CFR 216.104(a)(11)).
    In evaluating how mitigation may or may not be appropriate to 
ensure the least practicable adverse impact on species or stocks and 
their habitat, as well as subsistence uses where applicable, we 
carefully balance two primary factors: (1) The manner in which, and the 
degree to which, the successful implementation of the measure(s) is 
expected to reduce impacts to marine mammals, marine mammal species or 
stocks, and their habitat which considers the nature of the potential 
adverse impact being mitigated (likelihood, scope, range), as well as 
the likelihood that the measure will be effective if implemented; and 
the likelihood of effective implementation, and; (2) the practicability 
of the measures for applicant implementation, which may consider such 
things as cost, impact on operations, and, in the case of a military 
readiness activity, personnel safety, practicality of implementation, 
and impact on the effectiveness of the military readiness activity.
    In addition to the measures described later in this section, 
ADOT&PF will employ the following standard mitigation measures:
    (a) Conduct briefings between construction supervisors and crews, 
and

[[Page 31422]]

marine mammal monitoring team, prior to the start of all pile driving 
activity, and when new personnel join the work, in order to explain 
responsibilities, communication procedures, marine mammal monitoring 
protocol, and operational procedures, and;
    (b) For in-water heavy machinery work other than pile driving 
(e.g., standard barges, tug boats), if a marine mammal comes within 10 
m, operations shall cease and vessels shall reduce speed to the minimum 
level required to maintain steerage and safe working conditions. This 
type of work could include the following activities: (1) Movement of 
the barge to the pile location; or (2) positioning of the pile on the 
substrate via a crane (i.e., stabbing the pile).
    (c) Work may only occur during daylight hours, when visual 
monitoring of marine mammals can be conducted.
    The following measures would apply to ADOT&PFs mitigation 
requirements:
    Establishment of Shutdown Zone--For all pile driving activities, 
ADOT&PF will establish a shutdown zone. The purpose of a shutdown zone 
is generally to define an area within which shutdown of activity would 
occur upon sighting of a marine mammal (or in anticipation of an animal 
entering the defined area). In this case, shutdown zones are intended 
to contain areas in which SPLs equal or exceed acoustic injury criteria 
for some authorized species, based on NMFS' new acoustic technical 
guidance published in the Federal Register on August 4, 2016 (81 FR 
51693). The shutdown zones vary for specific species. A conservative 
shutdown zone of 100 meters will be monitored during all pile driving 
activities to prevent Level A exposure to most species. During 
vibratory installation of piles of all sizes and impact installation of 
24-inch piles, piles under 24 inches, and H-piles, a 100-meter shutdown 
zone would prevent Level A take to marine mammals. A 100-meter shutdown 
zone would also be sufficient to prevent Level A take of mid-frequency 
cetaceans and otariid pinnipeds (i.e., Steller sea lions) during impact 
installation of 30-inch and 24-inch piles. Note that Level A take is 
not proposed for the low-frequency species of fin whale, gray whale and 
minke whale, mid-frequency killer whale and high-frequency Dall's 
porpoise since estimated take numbers are low. In the unlikely 
occurrence that animals of these species are observed approaching their 
respective Level A zones, pile driving operations will shut down.
    Establishment of Level A Take Zone--ADOT&PF will establish Level A 
take zones which are areas beyond the shutdown zones where animals may 
be exposed to sound levels that could result in PTS. During impact 
installation of 30-inch and 24-inch piles, a 100-meter shutdown zone 
would not be sufficient to prevent Level A take of low-frequency 
cetaceans (i.e., humpback whales), high-frequency cetaceans (i.e., 
harbor porpoises), or phocid pinnipeds (i.e., harbor seals). For this 
reason, Level A take for small numbers of humpback whales, harbor 
porpoises, and harbor seals is proposed.
    To account for potential variations in daily productivity during 
impact installation, isopleths were calculated for different numbers of 
piles that could be installed each day. Therefore, should the 
contractor expect to install fewer piles in a day than the maximum 
anticipated, a smaller Level A shutdown zone reflecting the number of 
piles driven would be required to avoid take. Furthermore, if the first 
pile is driven and no marine mammals have been observed within the 
radius of corresponding Level A zone, then the Level A radius for the 
next pile shall be decreased to next largest Level A radius. This 
pattern shall continue unless an animal is observed within the most 
recent shutdown zone radius, at which that specific shutdown radius 
shall remain in effect for the rest of the workday. Additionally, if 
piles of different sizes are installed in a single day, the size of the 
monitored Level A zone for all installed piles will default to the 
isopleth corresponding to the largest pile being driven that day. Level 
A zones will be rounded up to the nearest 10 m and are depicted in 
Table 9.

                              Table 9--Level A Zone Isopleths During Impact Driving
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                              Isopleths (m)
                                       Piles installed  --------------------------------------------------------
              Activity                     per day          LF (Humpback        HF (Harbor
                                                              whales)           porpoises)     PW (Harbor seals)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Impact Installation 30''............                  4      1,430 (1,426)      1,700 (1,699)          770 (763)
                                                      3      1,180 (1,177)      1,410 (1,402)          630 (630)
                                                      2          900 (898)      1,070 (1,070)          490 (481)
                                                      1          570 (566)          680 (674)          310 (303)
Impact Installation 24'' Dolphin....                  2          640 (633)          760 (754)          340 (339)
                                                      1          400 (399)          480 (475)          220 (213)
Impact Installation 24'' Fender.....                  4          450 (450)          540 (537)          250 (241)
                                                      3          380 (372)          450 (443)          200 (199)
                                                      2          290 (284)          340 (338)          160 (152)
                                                      1          180 (178)          220 (213)           100 (96)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Establishment of Disturbance Zones--ADOT&PF will establish Level B 
disturbance zones or zones of influence (ZOI) which are areas where 
SPLs equal or exceed 160 dB rms for impact driving and 120 dB rms 
during vibratory driving. Disturbance zones provide utility for 
monitoring by establishing monitoring protocols for areas adjacent to 
the shutdown zones. Monitoring of disturbance zones enables observers 
to be aware of and communicate the presence of marine mammals in the 
project area but outside the shutdown zone and thus prepare for 
potential shutdowns of activity. The Level B zone isopleths will be 
rounded up to the nearest 10 m and are depicted in Table 10.

[[Page 31423]]



  Table 10--Level B Zone Isopleths During Impact and Vibratory Driving
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            Level B
                                                        harassment zone
                                                        (meters) (based
                                                          on practical
                                                         spreading loss
                       Activity                              model)
                                                      ------------------
                                                         Cetaceans and
                                                         Pinnipeds (120
                                                              dB)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Vibratory Installation 30''..........................    10,970 (10,964)
Vibratory Installation 24'' Dolphin..................      5,420 (5,412)
Vibratory Installation 24'' Fender...................      5,420 (5,412)
Vibratory Installation and/or removal <24'' or H-          5,420 (5,412)
 piles...............................................
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       Activity                          Cetaceans and
                                                           Pinnipeds
                                                            (160 dB)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Impact Installation 30''.............................      1,740 (1,738)
Impact Installation 24'' Dolphin.....................      1,740 (1,738)
Impact Installation 24'' Fender......................      1,740 (1,738)
 
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Soft Start--The use of a soft-start procedure is believed to 
provide additional protection to marine mammals by providing warning 
and/or giving marine mammals a chance to leave the area prior to the 
hammer operating at full capacity. For impact pile driving, contractors 
will be required to provide an initial set of strikes from the hammer 
at 40 percent energy, each strike followed by no less than a 30-second 
waiting period. This procedure will be conducted a total of three times 
before impact pile driving begins. Soft Start is not required during 
vibratory pile driving and removal activities.
    Pre-Activity Monitoring--Prior to the start of daily in-water 
construction activity, or whenever a break in pile driving of 30 
minutes or longer occurs, the observer will observe the shutdown and 
monitoring zones for a period of 30 minutes. The shutdown zone will be 
cleared when a marine mammal has not been observed within zone for that 
30-minute period. If a marine mammal is observed within the shutdown 
zone, a soft-start cannot proceed until the animal has left the zone or 
has not been observed for 30 minutes (for cetaceans) and 15 minutes 
(for pinnipeds). If the Level B harassment zone has been observed for 
30 minutes and non-permitted species are not present within the zone, 
soft start procedures can commence and work can continue even if 
visibility becomes impaired within the Level B zone. If the Level B 
zone is not visible while work continues, exposures will be recorded at 
the estimated exposure rate for each permitted species. If work ceases 
for more than 30 minutes, the pre-activity monitoring of both zones 
must recommence.
    Sound Attenuation Devices--During impact pile driving, contractors 
will be required to use pile caps. Pile caps reduce the sound generated 
by the pile, although the level of reduction can vary.
    Based on our evaluation of the applicant's proposed measures, as 
well as other measures considered by NMFS, NMFS has preliminarily 
determined that the proposed mitigation measures provide the means 
effecting the least practicable adverse impact on the affected species 
or stocks and their habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries, 
mating grounds, and areas of similar significance.

Proposed Monitoring and Reporting

    In order to issue an IHA for an activity, Section 101(a)(5)(D) of 
the MMPA states that NMFS must set forth, ``requirements pertaining to 
the monitoring and reporting of such taking.'' The MMPA implementing 
regulations at 50 CFR 216.104 (a)(13) indicate that requests for 
authorizations must include the suggested means of accomplishing the 
necessary monitoring and reporting that will result in increased 
knowledge of the species and of the level of taking or impacts on 
populations of marine mammals that are expected to be present in the 
proposed action area. Effective reporting is critical both to 
compliance as well as ensuring that the most value is obtained from the 
required monitoring.
    Monitoring and reporting requirements prescribed by NMFS should 
contribute to improved understanding of one or more of the following:
     Occurrence of marine mammal species or stocks in the 
action area (e.g., presence, abundance, distribution, density).
     Nature, scope, or context of likely marine mammal exposure 
to potential stressors/impacts (individual or cumulative, acute or 
chronic), through better understanding of: (1) Action or environment 
(e.g., source characterization, propagation, ambient noise); (2) 
affected species (e.g., life history, dive patterns); (3) co-occurrence 
of marine mammal species with the action; or (4) biological or 
behavioral context of exposure (e.g., age, calving or feeding areas).
     Individual marine mammal responses (behavioral or 
physiological) to acoustic stressors (acute, chronic, or cumulative), 
other stressors, or cumulative impacts from multiple stressors.
     How anticipated responses to stressors impact either: (1) 
Long-term fitness and survival of individual marine mammals; or (2) 
populations, species, or stocks.
     Effects on marine mammal habitat (e.g., marine mammal prey 
species, acoustic habitat, or other important physical components of 
marine mammal habitat).
     Mitigation and monitoring effectiveness.

Visual Marine Mammal Observation

    Monitoring will be conducted by qualified marine mammal observers 
(MMOs), who are trained biologists, with the following minimum 
qualifications:
     Independent observers (i.e., not construction personnel) 
are required;
     At least one observer must have prior experience working 
as an observer;
     Other observers may substitute education (undergraduate 
degree in biological science or related field) or training for 
experience;
     Ability to conduct field observations and collect data 
according to assigned protocols.
     Experience or training in the field identification of 
marine mammals, including the identification of behaviors;
     Sufficient training, orientation, or experience with the 
construction operation to provide for personal safety during 
observations;
     Writing skills sufficient to prepare a report of 
observations including but not limited to the number and species of 
marine mammals observed; dates and times when in-water construction 
activities were conducted; dates and times when in-water construction 
activities were suspended to avoid potential incidental injury from 
construction sound of marine mammals observed within a defined shutdown 
zone; and marine mammal behavior;
     Ability to communicate orally, by radio or in person, with 
project personnel to provide real-time information on marine mammals 
observed in the area as necessary; and
     NMFS will require submission and approval of observer CVs.
    In order to effectively monitor the pile driving monitoring zones, 
two MMOs will be positioned at the best practical vantage point(s). The 
monitoring position may vary based on pile driving activities and the 
locations of the piles

[[Page 31424]]

and driving equipment. The monitoring location(s) will be identified 
with the following characteristics: (1) Unobstructed view of pile being 
driven; (2) Unobstructed view of all water within the Level A (if 
applicable) and Level B harassment zones for pile being driven, 
although it is understood that monitoring may be impaired at longer 
distances; and (3) Safe distance from pile driving activities in the 
construction area. If necessary, observations may occur from two 
locations simultaneously. Potential observation locations include the 
existing City Dock, the airport, the fish processing facility, or the 
quarry hillside located south of the project site.
    Observers will be on site and actively observing the shutdown and 
disturbance zones during all pile driving and extraction activities. 
Observers will use their naked eye with the aid of binoculars, big-eye 
binoculars and a spotting scope to search continuously for marine 
mammals during all pile driving and extraction activities.
    The following additional measures apply to visual monitoring:
     If waters exceed a sea-state which restricts the 
observers' ability to make observations within 100 m of the pile 
driving activity (e.g., excessive wind or fog), pile installation and 
removal will cease. Pile driving will not be initiated until the entire 
shutdown zone is visible.
     If a marine mammal authorized for Level A take is present 
within the Level A harassment zone, a Level A take would be recorded. 
If Level A take reaches the authorized limit, then pile installation 
would be stopped as these species approach the Level A harassment area 
to avoid additional take of these species.
     If a marine mammal authorized for Level B take is present 
in the Level B harassment zone, pile driving activities or soft-start 
may begin and a Level B take would be recorded. Pile driving activities 
may occur when these species are in the Level B harassment zone, 
whether they entered the Level B zone from the Level A zone (if 
relevant), shutdown zone or from outside the project area. If Level B 
take reaches the authorized limit, then pile installation would be 
stopped as these species approach to avoid additional take of these 
species.
     If a marine mammal is present in the Level B harassment 
zone, pile driving activities may be delayed to avoid a Level B take of 
an authorized species. Pile driving activities or soft-start would then 
begin only after the MMO has determined, through sighting, that the 
animal(s) has moved outside the Level B harassment zone or if it has 
not been seen in the Level B zone for 30 minutes (for cetaceans) and 15 
minutes (for pinnipeds).
     If any marine mammal species not authorized for take are 
encountered during activities and are likely to be exposed to Level B 
harassment, then ADOT&PF must stop pile driving activities and report 
observations to NMFS' Office of Protected Resources;
     When a marine mammal is observed, its location will be 
determined using a rangefinder to verify distance and a GPS or compass 
to verify heading.
     The MMOs will record any authorized cetacean or pinniped 
present in the relevant injury zone. The Level A zones are shown in 
Table 9.
     The MMOs will record any authorized cetacean or pinniped 
present in the relevant disturbance zone. The Level B zones are shown 
in Table 10.
     Ongoing in-water pile installation may be continued during 
periods when conditions such as low light, darkness, high sea state, 
fog, ice, rain, glare, or other conditions prevent effective marine 
mammal monitoring of the entire Level B harassment zone. MMOs would 
continue to monitor the visible portion of the Level B harassment zone 
throughout the duration of driving activities.
     At the end of the pile driving day, post-construction 
monitoring shall be conducted for 30 minutes beyond the cessation of 
pile driving;

Data Collection

    Observers are required to use approved data forms. Among other 
pieces of information, ADOT&PF will record detailed information about 
any implementation of shutdowns, including the distance of animals to 
the pile and description of specific actions that ensued and resulting 
behavior of the animal, if any. In addition, the ADOT&PF will attempt 
to distinguish between the number of individual animals taken and the 
number of incidents of take. At a minimum, the following information 
will be collected on the sighting forms:
     Date and time that monitored activity begins or ends;
     Construction activities occurring during each observation 
period;
     Detailed information about any implementation of 
shutdowns, including the distance of animals to the pile and 
description of specific actions that ensued and resulting behavior of 
the animal, if any;
     Weather parameters (e.g., percent cover, visibility);
     Water conditions (e.g., sea state, tide state);
     Species, numbers, and, if possible, sex and age class of 
marine mammals;
     Description of any observable marine mammal behavior 
patterns, including bearing and direction of travel and distance from 
pile driving activity;
     Distance from pile driving activities to marine mammals 
and distance from the marine mammals to the observation point;
     Locations of all marine mammal observations; and
     Other human activity in the area.

Reporting

    ADOT&PF will notify NMFS prior to the initiation of the pile 
driving activities and will provide NMFS with a draft monitoring report 
within 90 days of the conclusion of the construction work. This report 
will detail the monitoring protocol, summarize the data recorded during 
monitoring, and estimate the number of marine mammals that may have 
been harassed, including the total number extrapolated from observed 
animals across the entirety of relevant monitoring zones. If no 
comments are received from NMFS within 30 days of submission of the 
draft final report, the draft final report will constitute the final 
report. If comments are received, a final report must be submitted 
within 30 days after receipt of comments.

Negligible Impact Analysis and Determination

    NMFS has defined negligible impact as ``an impact resulting from 
the specified activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is 
not reasonably likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through 
effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival'' (50 CFR 216.103). 
A negligible impact finding is based on the lack of likely adverse 
effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival (i.e., population-
level effects). An estimate of the number of takes, alone, is not 
enough information on which to base an impact determination. In 
addition to considering the authorized number of marine mammals that 
might be ``taken'' through harassment, NMFS considers other factors, 
such as the likely nature of any responses (e.g., intensity, duration), 
the context of any responses (e.g., critical reproductive time or 
location, migration, etc.), as well as effects on habitat, the status 
of the affected stocks, and the likely effectiveness of the mitigation. 
Consistent with the 1989 preamble for NMFS's implementing regulations 
(54 FR 40338; September 29, 1989), the

[[Page 31425]]

impacts from other past and ongoing anthropogenic activities are 
incorporated into these analyses via their impacts on the environmental 
baseline (e.g., as reflected in the regulatory status of the species, 
population size and growth rate where known, ongoing sources of human-
caused mortality, or ambient noise levels).
    To avoid repetition, the discussion of our analyses applies to all 
the species listed in Table 3. There is little information about the 
nature of severity of the impacts or the size, status, or structure of 
any species or stock that would lead to a different analysis for this 
activity.
    Pile driving and extraction activities associated with the Sand 
Point City Dock Replacement Project, as outlined previously, have the 
potential to injure, disturb or displace marine mammals. Specifically, 
Level A harassment (injury) in the form of PTS may occur to a limited 
numbers of three marine mammal species while a total of nine species 
could experience Level B harassment (behavioral disturbance). Potential 
takes could occur if individuals of these species are present in Level 
A or Level B ensonified zones when pile driving or removal is under 
way.
    No mortality is anticipated to result from this activity. Limited 
take of three species of marine mammal by Level A harassment (injury) 
is authorized due to potential auditory injury (PTS) that cannot 
reasonably be prevented through mitigation. The marine mammals 
authorized for Level A take (27 harbor seals, 16 harbor porpoises, and 
2 humpback whales) are estimated to experience PTS if they remain 
within the outer limits of a Level A harassment zone during the entire 
time that impact pile driving would occur during a single day. Marine 
mammal species, however, are known to avoid areas where noise levels 
are high (Richardson et al.,1995). Animals would likely move away from 
the sound source and exit the Level A zone. Because of the proximity to 
the source in which the animals would have to approach, and the longer 
time in which they would need to remain in a farther proximity from the 
sound source within a Level A zone, we believe the likelihood of marine 
mammals experiencing PTS is low but acknowledge it could occur. 
Although NMFS is authorizing limited take by PTS, the anticipated takes 
reflect the onset of PTS, which would be relatively mild, rather than 
severe PTS which would be expected to have more impact on an animal's 
overall fitness.
    Effects on individuals that are taken by Level B harassment, on the 
basis of reports in the literature as well as monitoring from other 
similar activities, will likely be limited to reactions such as 
increased swimming speeds, increased surfacing time, or decreased 
foraging (if such activity were occurring) (e.g., Thorson and Reyff 
2006; Lerma 2014). Most likely, individuals will simply move away from 
the sound source and be temporarily displaced from the areas of pile 
driving, although even this reaction has been observed primarily only 
in association with impact pile driving. In response to vibratory 
driving, pinnipeds (which may become somewhat habituated to human 
activity in industrial or urban waterways) have been observed to orient 
towards and sometimes move towards the sound. The pile driving and 
extraction activities analyzed here are similar to, or less impactful 
than, numerous construction activities conducted in similar locations 
in Alaska, which have taken place with no reported serious injuries or 
mortality to marine mammals, and no known long-term adverse 
consequences from behavioral harassment. Repeated exposures of 
individuals to levels of sound that may cause Level B harassment are 
unlikely to result in hearing impairment or to significantly disrupt 
foraging behavior. Thus, even repeated Level B harassment of some small 
subset of the overall stock is unlikely to result in any significant 
realized decrease in fitness for the affected individuals, and would 
not result in any adverse impact to the stock as a whole.
    ADOT&PF's proposed activities are localized and of relatively short 
duration. The entire project area is limited to the Sand Point dock 
area and its immediate surroundings. Specifically, the use of impact 
driving will be limited to approximately 22 hours over the course of up 
to 40 days of construction. Total vibratory pile driving time is 
estimated at approximately 85 hours over the same period. While impact 
driving does have the potential to cause injury to marine mammals, 
mitigation in the form of a 100 m shutdown zone should limit exposure 
to potentially injurious sound.
    The project is not expected to have significant adverse effects on 
marine mammal habitat. No important marine mammal reproductive areas, 
such as rookeries, are known to exist within the ensonified areas. The 
proposed project is located within the aquatic zones (i.e., designated 
critical habitat) of two major Steller sea lion haul outs, and the 
Level B underwater harassment zone associated with the proposed project 
overlaps with a third. The closest major haulout is approximately 27 km 
distant. The project activities are limited in time and would not 
modify existing marine mammal habitat. EFH near the project area has 
been designated for a number of species. While the activities may cause 
some fish to leave the area of disturbance, temporarily impacting 
marine mammals' foraging opportunities, this would encompass a 
relatively small area of habitat leaving large areas of existing fish 
and marine mammal foraging habitat unaffected. As such, the impacts to 
marine mammal habitat are not expected to cause significant or long-
term negative consequences.
    In summary, this negligible impact analysis is founded on the 
following factors: (1) The possibility of serious injury or mortality 
to authorized species may reasonably be considered discountable; (2) 
the likelihood that PTS could occur in a limited number of animals is 
low, but acknowledged; (3) the anticipated incidences of Level B 
harassment consist of, at worst, temporary modifications in behavior or 
potential TTS; (4) the limited temporal and spatial impacts on marine 
mammals or their habitat; (5) the absence of any major haul outs or 
rookeries near the project area; and (6) the presumed efficacy of the 
planned mitigation measures in reducing the effects of the specified 
activity to the level of effecting the least practicable impact upon 
the affected species. In combination, we believe that these factors, as 
well as the available body of evidence from other similar activities, 
demonstrate that the potential effects of the specified activity will 
have only short-term effects on individuals. The specified activity is 
not expected to impact rates of recruitment or survival and will 
therefore not result in population-level impacts.
    Based on the analysis contained herein of the likely effects of the 
specified activity on marine mammals and their habitat, and taking into 
consideration the implementation of the planned monitoring and 
mitigation measures, NMFS preliminarily finds that the total marine 
mammal take from ADOT&PF's Sand Point City Dock Replacement Project 
will have a negligible impact on all affected marine mammal species or 
stocks.

Small Numbers

    As noted above, only small numbers of incidental take may be 
authorized under Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA for specified 
activities other than military readiness activities. The MMPA does not 
define small numbers and so,

[[Page 31426]]

in practice, NMFS compares the number of individuals taken to the most 
appropriate estimation of the relevant species or stock size in our 
determination of whether an authorization is limited to small numbers 
of marine mammals.
    Table 11 presents the number of animals that could be exposed to 
received noise levels that could cause Level A and Level B harassment 
for the proposed work at the Sand Point Dock Replacement Project. Our 
analysis shows that between <0.01 percent and 3.07 percent of the 
populations of affected stocks could be taken by harassment. Therefore, 
the numbers of animals authorized to be taken for all species would be 
considered small relative to the relevant stocks or populations even if 
each estimated taking occurred to a new individual--an extremely 
unlikely scenario. For pinnipeds, especially Steller sea lions, 
occurring in the vicinity of the project site, there will almost 
certainly be some overlap in individuals present day-to-day, and these 
takes are likely to occur only within some small portion of the overall 
regional stock.

             Table 11--Summary of the Estimated Numbers of Marine Mammals Potentially Exposed to Level A and Level B Harassment Noise Levels
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         Estimated number   Estimated number
                                          of individuals     of individuals
                                           potentially        potentially
          Species (DPS/stock)             exposed to the     exposed to the      DPS/stock abundance (DPS/stock)      Percent of population exposed to
                                             Level A            Level B                                                 Level A or Level B thresholds
                                            harassment         harassment
                                            threshold          threshold
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Steller sea lion (wDPS)...............                  0                960  50,983..............................  1.88.
Harbor seal (Cook Inlet/Shelikof                       27                 53  27,386..............................  0.29.
 Strait).
Harbor porpoise (Gulf of Alaska)......                 16                 33  31,046..............................  0.16.
Dall's porpoise (Alaska)..............                  0                  4  83,400..............................  <0.01.
Killer whale (Gulf of Alaska, Aleutian                  0                 18  587 (transient).....................  3.07 (transient).
 Islands, and Bering Sea transient or                                         2,347 (resident)....................  0.76 (resident).
 Alaska resident).
Humpback whale \1\ (Central North                       2                 30  10,103..............................  0.32.
 Pacific).
Fin whale (Northeast Pacific).........                  0                  6  1,368 \2\...........................  0.44.
Gray whale (Eastern North Pacific)....                  0                  2  20,990..............................  <0.01.
Minke whale (Alaska)..................                  0                  3  2,020 \3\...........................  <0.01.
                                       -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total.............................                 66                590  N/A.................................  N/A.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ The Hawaii DPS is estimated to account for approximately 89 percent of all humpback whales in the Gulf of Alaska, whereas the Mexico and Western
  North Pacific DPSs account for approximately 10.5 percent and 0.5 percent, respectively (Wade et al. 2016; NMFS 2016). Therefore, an estimated 28
  animals from Hawaii DPS; 3 from Mexico DPS: And 1 from Western North Pacific DPS.
\2\ Based on 2010 survey of animals north and west of Kenai Peninsula in U.S. waters and is likely an underestimate (Muto et al. 2016b).
\3\ Based on 2010 survey on Eastern Bering Sea shelf. Considered provisional and not representative of abundance of entire stock (Muto et al. 2016a).
N/A: Not Applicable.

    Based on the analysis contained herein of the proposed activity 
(including the proposed mitigation and monitoring measures) and the 
anticipated take of marine mammals, NMFS preliminarily finds that small 
numbers of marine mammals will be taken relative to the population size 
of the affected species or stocks.

Unmitigable Adverse Impact Analysis and Determination

    There are no relevant subsistence uses of the affected marine 
mammal stocks or species implicated by this action. The proposed 
project is not known to occur in a subsistence hunting area. It is a 
developed area with regular marine vessel traffic. Additionally, 
ADOT&PF has spoken with local officials about concerns regarding 
impacts to subsistence uses and none were expressed. Therefore, NMFS 
has preliminarily determined that the total taking of affected species 
or stocks would not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the 
availability of such species or stocks for taking for subsistence 
purposes.

Endangered Species Act (ESA)

    Issuance of an MMPA authorization requires compliance with the ESA. 
There are DPSs of two marine mammal species that are listed as 
endangered under the ESA with confirmed or possible occurrence in the 
study area: The WNP DPS and Mexico DPS of humpback whale and the 
western DPS of Steller sea lion. NMFS will initiate formal consultation 
under Section 7 of the ESA with NMFS Alaska Regional Office. NMFS will 
issue a Biological Opinion that will analyze the effects to ESA listed 
species as well as critical habitat. The ESA consultation will conclude 
prior to reaching a determination regarding the proposed issuance of 
the authorization.

Proposed Authorization

    As a result of these preliminary determinations, NMFS proposes to 
issue an IHA to ADOT&PF for conducting pile driving and extraction 
activities associated with the reconstruction of the city dock in Sand 
Point, Alaska provided the previously mentioned mitigation, monitoring, 
and reporting requirements are incorporated. This section contains a 
draft of the IHA itself. The wording contained in this section is 
proposed for inclusion in the IHA (if issued).
    1. This Authorization is valid from August 1, 2018, through July 
31, 2019.
    2. This Authorization is valid only for activities associated with 
in-water construction work at the Sand Point City Dock Replacement 
Project in Sand Point, Alaska.
    3. General Conditions
    (a) A copy of this IHA must be in the possession of ADOT&PF, its 
designees, and work crew personnel operating under the authority of 
this IHA.
    (b) The species and number of animals authorized for taking by 
Level A and Level B harassment are shown in Table 11 and include: 
Harbor seal (Phoca vitulina), Steller sea lion (Eumetopias jubatus), 
harbor porpoise (Phocoena phocoena), Dall's porpoise

[[Page 31427]]

(Phocoenoides dalli), killer whale (Orcinus orca), gray whale 
(Eschrichtius robustus), humpback whale (Megaptera novaeangliae), fin 
whale (Balaenoptera physalus) and minke whale (Balaenoptera 
acutorostrata).
    (c) ADOT&PF shall conduct briefings between construction 
supervisors and crews and the marine mammal monitoring team prior to 
the start of all pile driving activity.
    (d) For in-water heavy machinery work other than pile driving 
(e.g., standard barges, tug boats, barge-mounted excavators), if a 
marine mammal comes within 10 m, operations shall cease and vessels 
shall reduce speed to the minimum level required to maintain steerage 
and safe working conditions.
    (e) In-water construction work shall occur only during daylight 
hours.
    4. Prohibitions
    (a) The taking, by incidental harassment only, is limited to the 
species listed under condition 3(b) above and by the numbers listed in 
Table 11 of this notice. The taking by death of these species or the 
taking by harassment, injury or death of any other species of marine 
mammal is prohibited and may result in the modification, suspension, or 
revocation of this Authorization.
    5. Mitigation Measures
    The holder of this Authorization is required to implement the 
following mitigation measures.
    (a) Shutdown Measures.
    (i) ADOT&PF shall implement shutdown measures if a marine mammal is 
detected within or approaching the specified 100 m shutdown zone.
    (ii) Shutdown shall occur if low-frequency cetaceans (i.e. fin 
whale, gray whale, minke whale), mid-frequency cetaceans (i.e. killer 
whale), or high-frequency cetaceans (Dall's porpoise) approach relevant 
Level A take isopleths since Level A take of these species is not 
authorized.
    (ii) ADOT&PF shall implement shutdown measures if the number of any 
allotted marine mammal takes reaches the limit under the IHA and if 
such marine mammals are sighted within the vicinity of the project area 
and are approaching their respective Level A or Level B harassment 
zone.
    (b) ADOT&PF shall establish Level A harassment zones as shown in 
Table 9.
    (i) For impact pile driving, the Level A harassment zone defaults 
to the isopleth corresponding to the number of piles planned for 
installation on a given day as shown in Table 9.
    (ii) After the first pile is driven, if no marine mammals have been 
observed within the radius of the corresponding Level A zone, then the 
Level A radius for the next pile shall be decreased to the next largest 
Level A radius. This pattern shall continue unless an animal is 
observed within the most recent shutdown zone radius, at which that 
specific shutdown radius shall remain in effect for the rest of the 
workday.
    (ii) If piles of varying sizes are installed in a single day, the 
radius of the Level A zone shall default to the isopleth for the 
largest pile being driven on that workday.
    (b) ADOT&PF shall establish Level B harassment zones for impact and 
vibratory driving as shown in Table 10.
    (c) Soft Start.
    (i) When there has been downtime of 30 minutes or more without 
impact pile driving, the contractor shall initiate the driving with 
ramp-up procedures described below.
    (ii) Soft start for impact hammers requires contractors to provide 
an initial set of strikes from the impact hammer at 40 percent energy, 
followed by no less than a 30-second waiting period. This procedure 
shall be conducted a total of three times before impact pile driving 
begins.
    (d) Pre-Activity Monitoring.
    (i) Prior to the start of daily in-water construction activity, or 
whenever a break in pile driving of 30 minutes or longer occurs, the 
observer(s) shall observe the shutdown and monitoring zones for a 
period of 30 minutes.
    (ii) The shutdown zone shall be cleared when a marine mammal has 
not been observed within that zone for that 30-minute period.
    (iii) If a marine mammal is observed within the shutdown zone, a 
soft-start can proceed if the animal is observed leaving the zone or 
has not been observed for 30 minutes (for cetaceans) or 15 minutes (for 
pinnipeds), even if visibility of Level B zone is impaired.
    (iv) If the Level B zone is not visible while work continues, 
exposures shall be recorded at the estimated exposure rate for each 
permitted species.
    (e) Pile caps shall be used during all impact driving.
    6. Monitoring
    (a) Monitoring shall be conducted by qualified marine mammal 
observers (MMOs), with minimum qualifications as described previously 
in the Monitoring and Reporting section.
    (b) Two observers shall be on site and actively observing the 
shutdown and disturbance zones during all pile driving and extraction 
activities.
    (c) Observers shall use their naked eye with the aid of binoculars, 
big-eye binoculars and a spotting scope during all pile driving and 
extraction activities.
    (d) Monitoring location(s) shall be identified with the following 
characteristics:
    (i) Unobstructed view of pile being driven;
    (ii) Unobstructed view of all water within the Level A (if 
applicable) and Level B harassment zones for pile being driven.
    (f) If waters exceed a sea-state which restricts the observers' 
ability to make observations within the marine mammal shutdown zone of 
100 m (e.g., excessive wind or fog), pile installation and removal 
shall cease. Pile driving shall not be initiated until the entire 
shutdown zone is visible.
    (g) If a marine mammal authorized for Level A take is present 
within the Level A harassment zone, a Level A take would be recorded. 
If Level A take reaches the authorized limit, then pile installation 
would be stopped as these species approach the Level A harassment area 
to avoid additional take of these species.
    (h) If a marine mammal authorized for Level B take is present in 
the Level B harassment zone, pile driving activities or soft-start may 
begin and a Level B take would be recorded. If Level B take reaches the 
authorized limit, then pile installation would be stopped as these 
species approach to avoid additional take of these species.
    (i) Marine mammal location shall be determined using a rangefinder 
and a GPS or compass.
    (j) Ongoing in-water pile installation may be continued during 
periods when conditions such as low light, darkness, high sea state, 
fog, ice, rain, glare, or other conditions prevent effective marine 
mammal monitoring of the entire Level B harassment zone. MMOs would 
continue to monitor the visible portion of the Level B harassment zone 
throughout the duration of driving activities.
    (k) Post-construction monitoring shall be conducted for 30 minutes 
beyond the cessation of pile driving at end of day.
    7. Reporting
    The holder of this Authorization is required to:
    (a) Submit a draft report on all monitoring conducted under the IHA 
within ninety calendar days of the completion of marine mammal and 
acoustic monitoring. This report shall detail the monitoring protocol, 
summarize the data recorded during monitoring, and estimate the number 
of marine mammals that may have been harassed, including the total 
number extrapolated from observed animals across the entirety of 
relevant monitoring zones. A final report shall be prepared and 
submitted within thirty

[[Page 31428]]

days following resolution of comments on the draft report from NMFS. 
This report must contain the following:
    (i) Date and time that monitored activity begins or ends;
    (ii) Construction activities occurring during each observation 
period;
    (iii) Record of implementation of shutdowns, including the distance 
of animals to the pile and description of specific actions that ensued 
and resulting behavior of the animal, if any;
    (iv) Weather parameters (e.g., percent cover, visibility);
    (v) Water conditions (e.g., sea state, tide state);
    (vi) Species, numbers, and, if possible, sex and age class of 
marine mammals;
    (vii) Description of any observable marine mammal behavior 
patterns,
    (viii) Distance from pile driving activities to marine mammals and 
distance from the marine mammals to the observation point;
    (ix) Locations of all marine mammal observations; and
    (x) Other human activity in the area.
    (b) Reporting injured or dead marine mammals:
    (i) In the unanticipated event that the specified activity clearly 
causes the take of a marine mammal in a manner prohibited by this IHA, 
such as an injury (Level A harassment), serious injury, or mortality, 
ADOT&PF shall immediately cease the specified activities and report the 
incident to the Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, and the Alaska 
Regional Stranding Coordinator, NMFS. The report must include the 
following information:
    1. Time, date, and location (latitude/longitude) of the incident;
    2. Name and type of vessel involved;
    3. Vessel's speed during and leading up to the incident;
    4. Description of the incident;
    5. Water depth;
    6. Environmental conditions (e.g., wind speed and direction, 
Beaufort sea state, cloud cover, and visibility);
    7. Description of all marine mammal observations and active sound 
source use in the 24 hours preceding the incident;
    8. Species identification or description of the animal(s) involved;
    9. Fate of the animal(s); and
    10. Photographs or video footage of the animal(s).
    ADOT&PF may not resume their activities until notified by NMFS.
    (ii) In the event that ADOT&PF discovers an injured or dead marine 
mammal, and the lead observer determines that the cause of the injury 
or death is unknown and the death is relatively recent (e.g., in less 
than a moderate state of decomposition), ADOT&PF shall immediately 
report the incident to the Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, and the 
Alaska Regional Stranding Coordinator, NMFS. The report must include 
the same information identified in 6(b)(i) of this IHA. Activities may 
continue while NMFS reviews the circumstances of the incident. NMFS 
shall work with ADOT&PF to determine whether additional mitigation 
measures or modifications to the activities are appropriate.
    (iii) In the event that ADOT&PF discovers an injured or dead marine 
mammal, and the lead observer determines that the injury or death is 
not associated with or related to the activities authorized in the IHA 
(e.g., previously wounded animal, carcass with moderate to advanced 
decomposition, or scavenger damage), ADOT&PF shall report the incident 
to the Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, and the Alaska Regional 
Stranding Coordinator, NMFS, within 24 hours of the discovery. ADOT&PF 
shall provide photographs or video footage or other documentation of 
the stranded animal sighting to NMFS.
    7. This Authorization may be modified, suspended or withdrawn if 
the holder fails to abide by the conditions prescribed herein, or if 
NMFS determines the authorized taking is having more than a negligible 
impact on the species or stock of affected marine mammals.

Request for Public Comments

    We request comment on our analyses, the draft authorization, and 
any other aspect of this Notice of Proposed IHA for ADOT&PF's Sand 
Point City Dock Replacement Project. Please include with your comments 
any supporting data or literature citations to help inform our final 
decision on the request for MMPA authorization.

    Dated: June 30, 2017.
Donna S. Wieting,
Director, Office of Protected Resources, National Marine Fisheries 
Service.
[FR Doc. 2017-14157 Filed 7-5-17; 8:45 am]
 BILLING CODE 3510-22-P



                                                 31400                           Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 128 / Thursday, July 6, 2017 / Notices

                                                 DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE                                   FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:      Rob             (NEPA; 42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.) and
                                                                                                          Pauline, Office of Protected Resources,               NOAA Administrative Order (NAO)
                                                 National Oceanic and Atmospheric                         NMFS, (301) 427–8401. Electronic                      216–6A, NMFS must review the
                                                 Administration                                           copies of the applications and                        proposed action with respect to
                                                 RIN 0648–XF370                                           supporting documents, as well as a list               environmental consequences on the
                                                                                                          of the references cited in this document,             human environment. Accordingly,
                                                 Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to                    may be obtained by visiting the Internet              NMFS has preliminarily determined
                                                 Specified Activities; Taking Marine                      at: www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/                     that the issuance of the proposed IHA
                                                 Mammals Incidental to the Sand Point                     incidental/construction.htm. In case of               qualifies to be categorically excluded
                                                 City Dock Replacement Project in Sand                    problems accessing these documents,                   from further NEPA review. This action
                                                 Point, Alaska                                            please call the contact listed above.                 is consistent with categories of activities
                                                                                                          SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:                            identified in CE B4 of the Companion
                                                 AGENCY:  National Marine Fisheries                                                                             Manual for NOAA Administrative Order
                                                 Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and                     Background
                                                                                                                                                                216–6A, which do not individually or
                                                 Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),                          Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the               cumulatively have the potential for
                                                 Commerce.                                                MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.) direct                  significant impacts on the quality of the
                                                 ACTION: Notice; proposed incidental                      the Secretary of Commerce to allow,                   human environment and for which we
                                                 harassment authorization; request for                    upon request, the incidental, but not                 have not identified any extraordinary
                                                 comments.                                                intentional, taking of small numbers of               circumstances that would preclude this
                                                                                                          marine mammals by U.S. citizens who                   categorical exclusion.
                                                 SUMMARY:    NMFS has received an
                                                                                                          engage in a specified activity (other than
                                                 application from the Alaska Department                                                                         Summary of Request
                                                                                                          commercial fishing) within a specified
                                                 of Transportation and Public Facilities
                                                                                                          geographical region if certain findings                  On September 16, 2016, NMFS
                                                 (ADOT&PF) for an Incidental
                                                                                                          are made and either regulations are                   received an application from ADOT&PF
                                                 Harassment Authorization (IHA) to take
                                                                                                          issued or, if the taking is limited to                for the taking of marine mammals
                                                 marine mammals, by harassment,
                                                                                                          harassment, a notice of a proposed                    incidental to replacing the city dock in
                                                 incidental to Sand Point City Dock
                                                                                                          authorization is provided to the public               Sand Point, Alaska. On April 11, 2017,
                                                 Replacement Project in Sand Point,
                                                                                                          for review.                                           ADOT&PF submitted a revised
                                                 Alaska. Pursuant to the Marine Mammal                       An authorization for incidental
                                                 Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS is                                                                                 application that NMFS determined was
                                                                                                          takings shall be granted if NMFS finds                adequate and complete. ADOT&PF
                                                 requesting comments on its proposal to
                                                                                                          that the taking will have a negligible                proposes to conduct in-water activities
                                                 issue an IHA to ADOT&PF to
                                                                                                          impact on the species or stock(s), will               that may incidentally take, by Level A
                                                 incidentally take marine mammals
                                                                                                          not have an unmitigable adverse impact                and Level B harassment, marine
                                                 during the specified activities.
                                                                                                          on the availability of the species or                 mammals. Proposed activities included
                                                 DATES: Comments and information must
                                                                                                          stock(s) for subsistence uses (where                  as part of the Sand Point City Dock
                                                 be received no later than August 7,                      relevant), and if the permissible
                                                 2017.                                                                                                          Replacement Project with potential to
                                                                                                          methods of taking and requirements                    affect marine mammals include impact
                                                 ADDRESSES: Comments on the                               pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring              hammer pile driving and vibratory pile
                                                 applications should be addressed to                      and reporting of such takings are set                 driving and removal. This IHA would be
                                                 Jolie Harrison, Chief, Permits and                       forth.                                                valid from August 1, 2018 through July
                                                 Conservation Division, Office of                            NMFS has defined ‘‘negligible                      31, 2019.
                                                 Protected Resources, National Marine                     impact’’ in 50 CFR 216.103 as an impact                  Species with the expected potential to
                                                 Fisheries Service. Physical comments                     resulting from the specified activity that            be present during the project timeframe
                                                 should be sent to 1315 East-West                         cannot be reasonably expected to, and is              include harbor seal (Phoca vitulina),
                                                 Highway, Silver Spring, MD 20910 and                     not reasonably likely to, adversely affect            Steller sea lion (Eumetopias jubatus),
                                                 electronic comments should be sent to                    the species or stock through effects on               harbor porpoise (Phocoena phocoena),
                                                 ITP.pauline@noaa.gov.                                    annual rates of recruitment or survival.              Dall’s porpoise (Phocoenoides dalli),
                                                    Instructions: NMFS is not responsible                    The MMPA states that the term ‘‘take’’             killer whale (Orcinus orca), humpback
                                                 for comments sent by any other method,                   means to harass, hunt, capture, kill or               whale (Megaptera novaeangliae), fin
                                                 to any other address or individual, or                   attempt to harass, hunt, capture, or kill             whale (Balaenoptera physalus), gray
                                                 received after the end of the comment                    any marine mammal.                                    whale (Eschrichtius robustus), and
                                                 period. Comments received                                   Except with respect to certain                     minke whale (Balaenoptera
                                                 electronically, including all                            activities not pertinent here, the MMPA               acutorostrata).
                                                 attachments, must not exceed a 25-                       defines ‘‘harassment’’ as: Any act of
                                                 megabyte file size. Attachments to                       pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i)              Description of Specified Activities
                                                 electronic comments will be accepted in                  has the potential to injure a marine                  Overview
                                                 Microsoft Word or Excel or Adobe PDF                     mammal or marine mammal stock in the
                                                 file formats only. All comments                          wild (Level A harassment); or (ii) has                   ADOT&PF proposes to construct a
                                                 received are a part of the public record                 the potential to disturb a marine                     new dock in Sand Point, Alaska. The
                                                 and will generally be posted to the                      mammal or marine mammal stock in the                  existing city dock was built in 1984 and
                                                 Internet at www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/                        wild by causing disruption of behavioral              is in need of replacement, as it is
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 permits/incidental/construction.htm                      patterns, including, but not limited to,              nearing the end of its operational life
                                                 without change. All personal identifying                 migration, breathing, nursing, breeding,              due to corrosion and wear. The dock
                                                 information (e.g., name, address)                        feeding, or sheltering (Level B                       receives barge service from Seattle
                                                 voluntarily submitted by the commenter                   harassment).                                          weekly throughout the year. The dock
                                                 may be publicly accessible. Do not                                                                             also regularly handles processed
                                                 submit confidential business                             National Environmental Policy Act                     seafood. Given the lack of road access to
                                                 information or otherwise sensitive or                      To comply with the National                         Sand Point, the city dock is an essential
                                                 protected information.                                   Environmental Policy Act of 1969                      component of infrastructure providing


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:41 Jul 05, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00002   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\06JYN2.SGM   06JYN2


                                                                                           Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 128 / Thursday, July 6, 2017 / Notices                                                                                            31401

                                                 critical access between Sand Point and                                    30-inch-diameter, 100-foot-long                                             Dates and Duration
                                                 the Pacific Northwest region.                                             permanent steel pipe piles. Fender piles                                       In-water pile driving and extraction
                                                   Impact and vibratory driving of piles                                   installed at the dock face would be 8                                       activities are expected to take place over
                                                 and vibratory pile removal is expected                                    round, 24-inch-diameter, 80-foot-long                                       a total of approximately 32 working
                                                 to take place over a total of                                             permanent steel pipe piles. The single                                      days within a 5-month window from
                                                 approximately 32 working days within                                      mooring dolphin would consist of 3                                          August 1, 2018 through December 31,
                                                 a 5-month window from August 1, 2018                                      round, 24-inch-diameter, 120-foot-long                                      2018. ADOT&PF has requested that the
                                                 through December 31, 2018. However,                                       permanent battered steel pipe piles.                                        proposed IHA be valid for a period of
                                                 due to the potential for unexpected                                       This equates to a total of 63 permanent                                     one year in case there are delays. Table
                                                 delays, up to 40 working days may be                                      piles. Up to 90 temporary piles would                                       1 illustrates the anticipated number of
                                                 required. ADOT&PF is asking for the                                       be installed and removed during                                             days required for installation and
                                                 proposed IHA to be valid for a period                                     construction of the dock and would be                                       removal of various pile types. Pile
                                                 of one year. The new dock would be                                        either H-piles or pipe piles with a                                         driving and removal may occur for up
                                                 supported by approximately 52 round,                                      diameter of less than 24 inches.                                            to 4.5 hours per day.

                                                                             TABLE 1—ESTIMATED NUMBER OF DAYS REQUIRED FOR PILE INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Number of
                                                                                                                               Activity                                                                                                                 Days required
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  piles

                                                 Support pile installation ...........................................................................................................................................                          52                 13
                                                 Temporary pile installation and removal .................................................................................................................                                      90                 15
                                                 Dolphin pile installation ............................................................................................................................................                          3                  2
                                                 Fender pile installation .............................................................................................................................................                          8                  2

                                                       Total Days ........................................................................................................................................................   ........................              32
                                                       Total Days with 25 percent contingency ..........................................................................................................                     ........................              40



                                                 Specified Geographic Region                                               Figure 5–1 in Application). New shot                                        diesel impact hammer or equivalent
                                                    The Sand Point city dock is located in                                 rock fill would be placed on the                                            would be used to install the piles.
                                                 the city of Sand Point, Alaska, on the                                    seaward side of the existing causeway to                                    Project design engineers anticipate an
                                                 northwest side of Popof Island, in the                                    support dock construction and create an                                     impact strike rate of approximately 40
                                                 western Gulf of Alaska. Sand Point is                                     additional upland area for safe                                             strikes per minute, based on substrate
                                                 part of the Aleutians East Borough and                                    passenger staging and maneuvering of                                        density, pile types, and hammer type,
                                                 is located approximately 10 miles (16                                     equipment. Pile installation and                                            which equates to approximately 1,000
                                                 kilometers) south of the Alaska                                           removal activities will potentially result                                  strikes for each 30-inch dock support
                                                 Peninsula. Popof Island is one of the                                     in take of marine mammals. There is no                                      pile, 400 strikes for each dolphin pile,
                                                 Shumagin Islands in the western Gulf of                                   mapped high tide line at Sand Point,                                        and 120 strikes for each fender pile.
                                                 Alaska and is approximately 16                                            and, therefore, engineers will use Mean                                        Permanent dock support piles would
                                                 kilometers (10 miles) long, 8 kilometers                                  Higher High Water (MHHW) to                                                 be installed using both vibratory and
                                                 (5 miles) wide, and covers 93.7 square                                    determine the placement of fill. This fill                                  impact hammers; both methods of
                                                 kilometers (36.2 square miles). It is                                     would be placed above and below                                             installation typically occur within the
                                                 located immediately east of the much                                      MHHW to increase the causeway’s areal                                       same day. Permanent piles are first
                                                 larger Unga Island, and Popof Strait                                      extent and would be stabilized through                                      installed with a vibratory hammer for
                                                 separates the two islands. The City of                                    the use of new and salvaged armor rock                                      approximately 45 minutes to insert the
                                                 Sand Point is the largest community in                                    protection. Approximately 38,600                                            pile through the overburden sediment
                                                 the Shumagin Islands. See Figure 1–1 in                                   square feet of fill and 28,500 square feet                                  layer and into the bearing layer. The
                                                 ADOT&PF’s Application.                                                    of armor rock would be required for                                         vibratory hammer is then replaced with
                                                    The Sand Point city dock is located in                                 breakwater expansion. Shot rock fill                                        the impact hammer, which is used to
                                                 Humboldt Harbor, on the southwest side                                    deposition activities are not expected to                                   install the pile for the last 15 to 20 feet
                                                 of the city of Sand Point. The existing                                   generate underwater sound at levels that                                    (approximately 25 minutes). Up to four
                                                 dock is located on the causeway of Sand                                   would result in Level A or Level B                                          permanent piles would be installed per
                                                 Point’s ‘‘New Harbor’’ at the end of Boat                                 harassment. Therefore, this specific                                        day, for a total of 180 minutes of
                                                 Harbor Road, and the proposed                                             activity will not result in take of marine                                  vibratory and 100 minutes of impact
                                                 replacement dock is proposed to be                                        mammal and will not be discussed                                            installation per day. Installation of
                                                 located immediately adjacent to                                           further.                                                                    permanent piles would require about 13
                                                 (southwest of) the existing city dock                                       Following deposition of fill and prior                                    days of effort (52 permanent piles/4
                                                 along the causeway, which also serves                                     to placement of armor rock, round steel                                     permanent piles per day = 13 days).
                                                 as the breakwater for the New Harbor.                                     piles would be installed to support the                                        Installation of the eight fender piles is
                                                 See Figure 1–2 in ADOT&PF’s                                               new city dock foundation and mooring                                        anticipated to occur over 2 days (after
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 Application.                                                              dolphins. As noted previously, the                                          installation of all dock support piles), at
                                                                                                                           proposed project will require                                               a production rate of four fender piles
                                                 Detailed Description of Specified                                         installation of 30-inch and 24-inch,                                        per day (8 fender piles/4 fender piles
                                                 Activity                                                                  permanent steel piles. This equates to a                                    per day = 2 days). Each fender pile
                                                   The proposed action includes pile                                       total of 63 permanent piles as shown in                                     would require 30 minutes of vibratory
                                                 installation and removal of the new city                                  Table 2 below. It is anticipated that an                                    installation and 3 minutes of impact
                                                 dock and the deposition of shot rock fill                                 ICE 44B or APE 200–6 model vibratory                                        installation, for a total of 120 minutes of
                                                 adjacent to the existing causeway (See                                    driver or equivalent and a Delmag D62                                       vibratory and 12 minutes of impact


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014        18:41 Jul 05, 2017        Jkt 241001       PO 00000       Frm 00003        Fmt 4701      Sfmt 4703       E:\FR\FM\06JYN2.SGM              06JYN2


                                                 31402                            Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 128 / Thursday, July 6, 2017 / Notices

                                                 installation each day. No temporary                          configuration, including the number of                day, for a total of up to 180 minutes of
                                                 piles would be required for fender pile                      permanent piles that could be installed               vibratory installation and removal per
                                                 installation because they would be                           at once and the number of temporary                   day. Installation of temporary piles,
                                                 installed along the completed dock face.                     piles required to support the template,               including those required to support
                                                   Installation of three 24-inch                              would be determined by the contractor.                construction of the dolphin, would
                                                 permanent battered pipe piles for the                        Four additional temporary piles would                 require about 15 total days of effort (90
                                                 dolphin would also require the                               support the template for the dolphin. In              temporary piles/6 temporary piles per
                                                 installation and removal of four                             all, up to 90 temporary piles would be                day = 15 days).
                                                 temporary piles (either <24 inch                             installed and removed during
                                                 diameter or H-piles) to support the                          construction of the dock and dolphin.                    Total driving time for the proposed
                                                 template. Installation of the dolphin                        Temporary piles would be either H-piles               project would consist of approximately
                                                 piles will occur over 2 days, with one                       or pipe piles with a diameter of less                 22 hours of impact driving and 85 hours
                                                 or two dolphin piles installed per day                       than 24 inches.                                       of vibratory driving and removal.
                                                 for a total of 3 dolphin piles. Thirty                          Temporary piles would be installed                    Following initial pile installation of
                                                 minutes of vibratory installation and 10                     and removed during construction of the                permanent dock support piles, the mud
                                                 minutes of impact installation are                           dock by vibratory methods only.                       accumulation on the inside of each pile
                                                 anticipated per permanent dolphin pile,                      Removal and installation of the                       would be augured out and the piles
                                                 for a total of no more than 60 minutes                       temporary piles that support the                      filled with concrete to provide
                                                 of vibratory installation and 20 minutes                     template typically occur within the
                                                                                                                                                                    additional moment capacity and
                                                 of impact installation per day.                              same day, with additional time required
                                                                                                              for installation of the template structure,           corrosion resistance. An auger with a
                                                 Installation and removal of the
                                                 temporary piles for the dolphin are                          which would include welding,                          crane-mounted rotary head would be
                                                 included in the calculations for                             surveying the location, and other                     used for pile clearing. These activities
                                                 temporary piles above.                                       activities. Each temporary pile would be              are not anticipated to result in
                                                   Two or more temporary piles would                          installed in approximately 15 minutes                 underwater sound levels that would
                                                 be used to support a template to                             and removed in approximately 15                       meet Level A or Level B harassment
                                                 facilitate installation of two to four                       minutes. Up to six temporary piles                    criteria and, therefore, will not be
                                                 permanent dock support piles. Template                       would be installed and removed per                    discussed further.

                                                                           TABLE 2—PILE DETAILS AND ESTIMATED EFFORT REQUIRED FOR PILE INSTALLATION
                                                                                                                               Number of       Maximum piles                         Estimated min-    Anticipated
                                                                  Pile type                             Diameter                                                  Hours per day
                                                                                                                                 piles            per day                             utes per pile   days of effort 1

                                                                                                                      Vibratory Installation or Removal

                                                 Permanent support pile .....................    30″ .......................              52                  4                 3               45                 13
                                                 Permanent dolphin pile ......................   24″ .......................               3                  2                 1               30                  2
                                                 Permanent fender pile .......................   24″ .......................               8                  4                 2               30                  2
                                                 Installation, temporary support pile ...        <24″ or H-pile ......                    90                  6               1.5               15                 15
                                                 Removal, temporary support pile ......          <24″ or H-pile ......                    90                  6               1.5               15                 15

                                                                                                                               Impact Installation

                                                 Permanent support pile .....................    30″ .......................              52                  4             1.667               25                 13
                                                 Permanent dolphin pile ......................   24″ .......................               3                  2              0.33               10                  2
                                                 Permanent fender pile .......................   24″ .......................               8                  4              0.20                3                  2
                                                   1 Vibratory and impact driving of each permanent pile will occur on the same day. Installation and removal of each temporary piles will occur
                                                 on the same day.


                                                   Proposed mitigation, monitoring, and                       Additional general information about                  considered in concert with known
                                                 reporting measures are described in                          these species (e.g., physical and                     sources of ongoing anthropogenic
                                                 detail later in the document (Mitigation                     behavioral descriptions) may be found                 mortality to assess the population-level
                                                 section and Monitoring and Reporting                         on NMFS’s Web site                                    effects of the anticipated mortality from
                                                 section).                                                    (www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/species/                        a specific project (as described in
                                                 Description of Marine Mammals in the                         mammals/).                                            NMFS’s SARs). While no mortality is
                                                 Area of Specified Activities                                    Table 3 lists all species with expected            anticipated or authorized here, PBR and
                                                                                                              potential for occurrence in Sand Point                annual serious injury and mortality are
                                                    We have reviewed the applicants’
                                                 species information—which                                    and summarizes information related to                 included here as gross indicators of the
                                                 summarizes available information                             the population or stock, including                    status of the species and other threats.
                                                 regarding status and trends, distribution                    potential biological removal (PBR),                   Species that could potentially occur in
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 and habitat preferences, behavior and                        where known. For taxonomy, we follow                  the proposed survey areas but are not
                                                 life history, and auditory capabilities of                   Committee on Taxonomy (2016). PBR,                    expected to have reasonable potential to
                                                 the potentially affected species—for                         defined by the MMPA as the maximum                    be harassed by pile driving and removal
                                                 accuracy and completeness and refer the                      number of animals, not including                      activities are described briefly but
                                                 reader to Sections 3 and 4 of the                            natural mortalities, that may be removed              omitted from further analysis. These
                                                 application, as well as to NMFS’s Stock                      from a marine mammal stock while                      include extralimital species, which are
                                                 Assessment Reports (SAR;                                     allowing that stock to reach or maintain              species that do not normally occur in a
                                                 www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/sars/).                                 its optimum sustainable population, is                given area but for which there are one


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014    18:41 Jul 05, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000      Frm 00004   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\06JYN2.SGM   06JYN2


                                                                                       Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 128 / Thursday, July 6, 2017 / Notices                                                                                     31403

                                                 or more occurrence records that are                                 part of the western Distinct Population                              and Pacific white-sided dolphin
                                                 considered beyond the normal range of                               Segment (wDPS), which is listed as                                   (Lagenorhynchus obliquidens).
                                                 the species. For status of species, we                              endangered under the ESA. Humpback                                   However, occurrences of these species
                                                 provide information regarding U.S.                                  whales, including the ESA-listed                                     have not been reported locally and take
                                                 regulatory status under the MMPA and                                Western North Pacific DPS (endangered)                               is not anticipated or proposed. The
                                                 ESA.                                                                and Mexico DPS (threatened), as well as                              ranges of sperm whales (Physeter
                                                    Marine mammal abundance estimates                                ESA-listed fin whales (endangered),                                  macrocephalus) and Cuvier’s beaked
                                                 presented in this document represent                                may occur in the project area, but far                               whales (Ziphius cavirostris) include the
                                                 the total number of individuals that                                less frequently and in lower abundance                               Shumagin Islands. However, these
                                                 make up a given stock or the total                                  than Steller sea lions. Harbor seals and                             species generally inhabit deep waters
                                                 number estimated within a particular                                harbor porpoises may be observed in the                              and would be unlikely to occur in the
                                                 study area. NMFS’s stock abundance                                  project area. Gray whales, minke                                     relatively shallow waters of Popof Strait.
                                                 estimates for most species represent the                            whales, killer whales, and Dall’s                                    Therefore, take is not proposed for
                                                 total estimate of individuals within the                            porpoises also have the potential to                                 either of these species. The species
                                                 geographic area, if known, that                                     occur in or near the project area,                                   listed in this paragraph will not be
                                                 comprises that stock.                                               although in limited numbers.
                                                    The marine waters of the Shumagin                                                                                                     discussed further.
                                                                                                                        North Pacific right whales (Eubalaena
                                                 Islands support many species of marine                              japonica) are very rare in general and                                  All values presented in Table 3 are
                                                 mammals, including pinnipeds and                                    extremely unlikely to occur within the                               the most recent available at the time of
                                                 cetaceans; however, the number of                                   project area. Other animals whose range                              publication and are available in the
                                                 species regularly occurring near the                                overlaps with the project area include                               2015 SARs (Muto et al., 2016) and draft
                                                 project area is limited (Table 3). Steller                          the northern fur seal (Callorhinus                                   2016 SARs (Muto et al., 2016b) available
                                                 sea lions are the most common marine                                ursinus), ribbon seal (Histriophoca                                  online at: www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/sars/
                                                 mammals in the project area, and are                                fasciata), spotted seal (Phoca largha),                              draft.htm).

                                                                                TABLE 3—MARINE MAMMAL SPECIES POTENTIALLY PRESENT IN THE PROJECT AREA
                                                                                                                                         ESA/MMPA              Stock abundance                                                              Relative
                                                                                                                                           status;                                                          PBR 3           Annual         occurrence
                                                               Species                                      Stock                                            (CV, Nmin, most recent                                         M/SI 4
                                                                                                                                          strategic           abundance survey) 2                                                          near Sand
                                                                                                                                           (Y/N) 1                                                                                            Point

                                                                           Order Cetartiodactyla—Cetacea—Superfamily Odontoceti (toothed whales, dolphins, and porpoises)

                                                                                                                              Family Phocoenidae (porpoises)

                                                 Dall’s porpoise ......................     Alaska ..................................    -; N            83,400 (0.097; n/a; 1993) ....                   Undet ...        38 ........    Rare.
                                                 Harbor porpoise ...................        Gulf of Alaska ......................        -; Y            25,987 (0.214; n/a; 1998) ....                   Undet ...        72 ........    Common.

                                                                           Order Cetartiodactyla—Cetacea—Superfamily Odontoceti (toothed whales, dolphins, and porpoises)

                                                                                                                               Family Delphinidae (dolphins)

                                                 Killer whale ...........................   Eastern North Pacific Alaska                 -; N            2,347 (n/a; 2,347; 2012) ......                  24 .........     1 ..........   Uncommon.
                                                                                              Resident.
                                                                                            Eastern North Pacific Gulf of                -; N            587 (n/a; 587; 2012) ............                5.9 ........     1 ..........   Uncommon.
                                                                                              AK, Aleutian Islands, and
                                                                                              Bering Sea Transient.

                                                                           Order Cetartiodactyla—Cetacea—Superfamily Odontoceti (toothed whales, dolphins, and porpoises)

                                                                                                                                    Family Balaenopteridae

                                                 Humpback whale ..................          Central North Pacific ...........            n/a Y           10,103 (0.300; 7,890; 2006)                      83 .........     24 ........    Uncommon.
                                                                                            Western North Pacific ..........             n/a5; Y         1,107 (0.300; 865; 2006) .....                   3 ...........    2.6 .......    Uncommon.
                                                 Fin whale ..............................   Northeast Pacific .................          E/D; Y          1,368 (n/a, 1,036; 2010) ......                  2.1 ........     0.6 .......    Rare.
                                                 Minke whale .........................      Alaska ..................................    -; N            ..............................................   ..............   0 ..........   Rare.

                                                                           Order Cetartiodactyla—Cetacea—Superfamily Odontoceti (toothed whales, dolphins, and porpoises)

                                                                                                                                        Family Eschrichtiidae

                                                 Gray whale ...........................     Eastern North Pacific ...........            -; N            20,990 (0.05; 20,125; 2011)                      624 .......      132 ......     Rare.
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                                                                                       Order Carnivora—Superfamily Pinnipedia

                                                                                                                     Family Otariidae (eared seals and sea lions)

                                                 Steller sea lion .....................     wDPS ...................................     E/D; S          50,983 (n/a; 50,983; 2015) ..                    306 .......      236 ......     Very common.




                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014       18:41 Jul 05, 2017    Jkt 241001      PO 00000      Frm 00005       Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703     E:\FR\FM\06JYN2.SGM              06JYN2


                                                 31404                                Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 128 / Thursday, July 6, 2017 / Notices

                                                                     TABLE 3—MARINE MAMMAL SPECIES POTENTIALLY PRESENT IN THE PROJECT AREA—Continued
                                                                                                                               ESA/MMPA                                                                      Relative
                                                                                                                                                    Stock abundance
                                                                                                                                 status;                                         PBR 3
                                                                                                                                                                                               Annual       occurrence
                                                               Species                                  Stock                                     (CV, Nmin, most recent                       M/SI 4
                                                                                                                                strategic          abundance survey) 2
                                                                                                                                                                                                            near Sand
                                                                                                                                 (Y/N) 1                                                                       Point

                                                                                                                     Family Phocidae (earless seals)

                                                 Harbor seal ...........................   (Cook Inlet/Shelikof Strait ....    -; N            27,386 (n/a; 25,651, 2011) ..    770 .......   234 ......   Occasional.
                                                    1 Endangered   Species Act (ESA) status: Endangered (E), Threatened (T)/MMPA status: Depleted (D). A dash (-) indicates that the species is
                                                 not listed under the ESA or designated as depleted under the MMPA. Under the MMPA, a strategic stock is one for which the level of direct
                                                 human-caused mortality exceeds PBR or which is determined to be declining and likely to be listed under the ESA within the foreseeable future.
                                                 Any species or stock listed under the ESA is automatically designated under the MMPA as depleted and as a strategic stock.
                                                   2 CV is coefficient of variation; N
                                                                                      min is the minimum estimate of stock abundance. In some cases, CV is not applicable. For certain stocks of
                                                 pinnipeds, abundance estimates are based upon observations of animals (often pups) ashore multiplied by some correction factor derived from
                                                 knowledge of the specie’s (or similar species’) life history to arrive at a best abundance estimate; therefore, there is no associated CV. In these
                                                 cases, the minimum abundance may represent actual counts of all animals ashore.
                                                   3 Potential biological removal, defined by the MMPA as the maximum number of animals, not including natural mortalities, that may be re-
                                                 moved from a marine mammal stock while allowing that stock to reach or maintain its optimum sustainable population size (OSP).
                                                   4 These values, found in NMFS’s SARs, represent annual levels of human-caused mortality plus serious injury from all sources combined (e.g.,
                                                 commercial fisheries, ship strike). Annual M/SI often cannot be determined precisely and is in some cases presented as a minimum value or
                                                 range. A CV associated with estimated mortality due to commercial fisheries is presented in some cases.
                                                   5 The newly defined DPSs do not currently align with the stocks defined under the MMPA.




                                                 Cetaceans                                                      these movements are generally not                    of this stock relative to optimum
                                                                                                                consistent (Jefferson 2009).                         sustainable population size are
                                                 Dall’s Porpoise
                                                                                                                                                                     currently unknown.
                                                    Dall’s porpoises are found throughout                       Harbor Porpoise                                        The number of harbor porpoises in
                                                 the North Pacific, from southern Japan                            In the eastern North Pacific Ocean,               the Gulf of Alaska stock was assessed in
                                                 to southern California north to the                            the harbor porpoise ranges from Point                1998 at 31,046. The current minimum
                                                 Bering Sea. All Dall’s porpoises found                         Barrow, along the Alaska coast, and                  population estimate for harbor
                                                 in Alaska are members of the Alaska                            down the west coast of North America                 porpoises in the Gulf of Alaska,
                                                 stock. This species can be found in                            to Point Conception, California. Harbor              calculated using the potential biological
                                                 offshore, inshore, and nearshore habitat,                      porpoises frequent primarily coastal                 removal guidelines, is 25,987
                                                 but prefer waters more than 180 meters                         waters in the Gulf of Alaska and                     individuals (Muto et al., 2016b). No
                                                 (600 feet) deep (Jefferson 2009).                              Southeast Alaska (Dahlheim et al.,                   reliable information is available to
                                                    Dall’s porpoises, like all marine                           2000), and occur most frequently in                  determine trends in abundance.
                                                 mammals, are protected under the                               waters less than 100 meters (328 feet)                 Survey data for the Shumagin Islands
                                                 MMPA, but they are not listed under the                        deep (Hobbs and Waite 2010). The Gulf                are not available. Anecdotal
                                                 ESA. Insufficient data are available to                        of Alaska stock ranges from Cape                     observations indicate that harbor
                                                 estimate current population trends, but                        Suckling to Unimak Pass (Muto et al.,                porpoises are uncommon in Humboldt
                                                 the species is considered reasonably                           2016a).                                              Harbor proper but may occur in nearby
                                                 abundant. The current population                                  In Alaska, harbor porpoises are                   waters (HDR 2017).
                                                 estimate for the species is 1.2 million,                       currently divided into three stocks,                   Harbor porpoises forage in waters less
                                                 and the Alaska stock was last estimated                        based primarily on geography: the                    than 200 meters (656 feet) to bottom
                                                 at 83,400 individuals in 1993 (Muto et                         Bering Sea stock, the Southeast Alaska               depth on small pelagic schooling fish
                                                 al., 2016a).                                                   stock, and the Gulf of Alaska stock. In              such as herring, cod, pollock, octopus,
                                                    There currently is no information on                        areas outside Alaska, studies have                   smelt, and bottom-dwelling fish,
                                                 the presence or abundance of Dall’s                            shown that stock structure is more                   occasionally feeding on squid and
                                                 porpoises in the Shumagin Islands. No                          finely scaled than is reflected in the               crustaceans (Bj<rge and Tolley 2009;
                                                 sightings of Dall’s porpoises have been                        Alaska Stock Assessment Reports.                     Wynne et al., 2011).
                                                 documented in Humboldt Harbor and                              However, no data are yet available to
                                                 they are not expected to occur there,                          define stock structure for harbor                    Killer Whale
                                                 although they may occur in deeper                              porpoises on a finer scale in Alaska                    Killer whales have been observed in
                                                 waters farther offshore (HDR 2017).                            (Allen and Angliss 2014). Only the Gulf              all the world’s oceans, but the highest
                                                    Dall’s porpoises generally occur in                         of Alaska stock is considered in this                densities occur in colder and more
                                                 groups of 2 to 20 individuals, but have                        application because the other stocks                 productive waters found at high
                                                 also been recorded in groups numbering                         occur outside the geographic area under              latitudes (NMFS 2016a). Killer whales
                                                 in the hundreds. In Alaska, the average                        consideration.                                       occur along the entire Alaska coast, in
                                                 group size ranges from 2.7 to 3.7                                 Harbor porpoises are neither                      British Columbia and Washington
                                                 individuals (Wade et al., 2003). They                          designated as depleted under the                     inland waterways, and along the outer
                                                 are commonly observed bowriding                                MMPA nor listed as threatened or                     coasts of Washington, Oregon, and
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 vessels or large cetaceans. Common prey                        endangered under the ESA. Because the                California (NMFS 2016a). Based on data
                                                 includes a variety of small schooling                          most recent abundance estimate is more               regarding association patterns,
                                                 fishes (such as herrings, anchovies,                           than eight years old and information on              acoustics, movements, and genetic
                                                 mackerels, and sauries) and                                    incidental harbor porpoise mortality in              differences, eight killer whale stocks are
                                                 cephalopods. Dall’s porpoises may                              commercial fisheries is not well                     now recognized within the Pacific U.S.
                                                 migrate between inshore and offshore                           understood, the Gulf of Alaska stock of              Exclusive Economic Zone, seven of
                                                 areas, make latitudinal movements, or                          harbor porpoises is classified as                    which occur in Alaska: (1) The Alaska
                                                 make short seasonal migrations, but                            strategic. Population trends and status              resident stock; (2) the Northern resident


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014      18:41 Jul 05, 2017    Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00006    Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\06JYN2.SGM   06JYN2


                                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 128 / Thursday, July 6, 2017 / Notices                                            31405

                                                 stock; (3) the Southern resident stock;                  occur in larger pods of whales that are               According to Wade et al. (2016), there
                                                 (4) the Gulf of Alaska, Aleutian Islands,                seen in association with one another                  is a 0.5 percent (CV [coefficient of
                                                 and Bering Sea transient stock; (5) the                  more than 50 percent of the time (Muto                variation]=0.001) probability that a
                                                 AT1 transient stock; (6) the West Coast                  et al., 2016b).                                       humpback whale observed in the Gulf of
                                                 transient stock, occurring from                                                                                Alaska is from the Western North
                                                                                                          Humpback Whale
                                                 California through southeastern Alaska;                                                                        Pacific DPS. The probability of a
                                                 and (7) the Offshore stock (Muto et al.,                    There are five stocks of humpback                  humpback whale being from the Mexico
                                                 2016a). Only the Alaska resident stock                   whales defined under the MMPA, two                    DPS is 10.5 percent (CV=0.16). The
                                                 and the Gulf of Alaska, Aleutian Islands,                of which occur in Alaska: The Central                 remaining 89 percent (CV=0.01) of
                                                 and Bering Sea transient stock are                       North Pacific Stock, which consists of                individuals in the Gulf of Alaska are
                                                 considered in this application because                   winter/spring populations in the                      likely members of the Hawaii DPS
                                                 other stocks occur outside the                           Hawaiian Islands which migrate                        (Wade et al., 2016).
                                                 geographic area under consideration.                     primarily to northern British Columbia/                  The current abundance estimate for
                                                 Neither of these stocks of killer whales                 Southeast Alaska, the Gulf of Alaska,                 humpback whales in the Pacific Ocean
                                                 is designated as depleted or strategic                   and the Bering Sea/Aleutian Islands;                  is approximately 16,132 individuals.
                                                 under the MMPA or listed as threatened                   and the Western North Pacific stock,                  The Hawaii DPS is the largest stock,
                                                 or endangered under the ESA.                             which consists of winter/spring                       with approximately 11,398 individuals
                                                    The Alaska resident stock occurs from                 populations off Asia which migrate                    (95 percent confidence interval [CI]:
                                                 southeastern Alaska to the Aleutian                      primarily to Russia and the Bering Sea/               10,503–12,370), followed by the Mexico
                                                 Islands and Bering Sea. The transient                    Aleutian Islands (Muto et al., 2016b).                DPS (3,264 individuals [95 percent CI:
                                                 stock occurs primarily from Prince                       The Western North Pacific stock is                    2,912–3,659]) and the Western North
                                                 William Sound through the Aleutian                       found in coastal and inland waters                    Pacific DPS (1,059 individuals [95
                                                 Islands and Bering Sea.                                  around the Pacific Rim from Point
                                                                                                                                                                percent CI: 898–1,249]). Summer
                                                    The abundance of the Alaska resident                  Conception, California, north to the Gulf
                                                                                                                                                                abundance of humpback whales in the
                                                 stock of killer whales is currently                      of Alaska and the Bering Sea, and west
                                                                                                                                                                Gulf of Alaska, from all DPSs, is
                                                 estimated at 2,347 individuals, and the                  along the Aleutian Islands to the
                                                                                                                                                                estimated at 2,089 individuals (95
                                                 Gulf of Alaska, Aleutian Islands, and                    Kamchatka Peninsula and into the Sea
                                                                                                                                                                percent CI: 1,755–2,487; Wade et al.,
                                                 Bering Sea transient stock is estimated                  of Okhotsk and north of the Bering
                                                                                                                                                                2016). Critical habitat has not been
                                                 at 587 individuals. The Gulf of Alaska                   Strait, which are historical feeding
                                                                                                                                                                designated for any humpback whale
                                                 component of the transient stock is                      grounds (Muto et al., 2016b).
                                                                                                                                                                DPS.
                                                 estimated to include 136 of the 587                      Information from a variety of sources
                                                 individuals (Muto et al., 2016a). The                    indicates that humpback whales from                      Surveys from 2001 to 2004 estimated
                                                 abundance of the Alaska resident stock                   the Western and Central North Pacific                 humpback whale abundance in the
                                                 is likely underestimated because                         stocks mix to a limited extent on                     Shumagin Islands at between 410 and
                                                 researchers continue to encounter new                    summer feeding grounds ranging from                   593 individuals during the summer
                                                 whales in the Gulf of Alaska and                         British Columbia through the central                  feeding season (July–August; Witteveen
                                                 western Alaska waters. At present,                       Gulf of Alaska and up to the Bering Sea               et al., 2004; Zerbini et al., 2006). Annual
                                                 reliable data on trends in population                    (Muto et al., 2016).                                  vessel-based, photo-identification
                                                 abundance for both stocks are                               Humpback whales worldwide were                     surveys in the Shumagin Islands from
                                                 unavailable.                                             designated as ‘‘endangered’’ under the                1999 to 2015 identified 654 unique
                                                    Line transect surveys conducted in                    Endangered Species Conservation Act in                individual humpback whales between
                                                 the Shumagin Islands between 2001 and                    1970, and were listed under the ESA                   June and September (Witteveen and
                                                 2003 did not record any resident killer                  from its inception in 1973 until 2016.                Wynne 2016). Humpback whale
                                                 whales, but did record a relatively high                 On September 8, 2016, NMFS published                  abundance in the Shumagin Islands
                                                 abundance of transient killer whales                     a final decision which changed the                    increased 6 percent per year between
                                                 (Zerbini et al., 2007). The population                   status of humpback whales under the                   1987 and 2003 (Zerbini et al., 2006).
                                                 trend of the transient stock of killer                   ESA (81 FR 62259), effective October 11,              Humpback whales are occasionally
                                                 whales in Alaska has remained stable                     2016. The decision recognized the                     observed in Popof Strait between Popof
                                                 since the 1980s (Muto et al., 2016b).                    existence of 14 DPSs based on distinct                Island and Unga Island (HDR 2017) and
                                                 Anecdotal observations indicate that                     breeding areas in tropical and temperate              are known to feed in the waters west of
                                                 killer whales are not often seen in the                  waters. Five of the 14 DPSs were                      the airport (HDR 2017). They are
                                                 vicinity of Sand Point, including Popof                  classified under the ESA (4 endangered                unlikely to occur in the shallow waters
                                                 Strait (HDR 2017).                                       and 1 threatened), while the other 9                  of Humboldt Harbor proper (HDR 2017)
                                                    Distinct ecotypes of killer whales                    DPSs were delisted. Humpback whales                   but may occur in Popof Strait in waters
                                                 include transients that hunt and feed                    found in the Shumagin Islands are                     ensonified by pile driving and removal
                                                 primarily on marine mammals and                          predominantly members of the Hawaii                   activities. Humpbacks are found in the
                                                 residents that forage primarily on fish.                 DPS, which are not listed under the                   Shumagin Islands from April or May
                                                 Transient killer whales feed primarily                   ESA. However, based on a                              through October or November, and peak
                                                 on harbor seals, Dall’s porpoises, harbor                comprehensive photo-identification                    feeding activity occurs between June
                                                 porpoises, and sea lions. Resident killer                study, members of both the Western                    and early September.
                                                 whale populations in the eastern North                   North Pacific DPS (ESA-listed as                         Large aggregations of humpback
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 Pacific feed mainly on salmonids,                        endangered) and Mexico DPS (ESA-                      whales spend the summer and fall in
                                                 showing a strong preference for Chinook                  listed as threatened) are known to occur              the nearshore areas of the Alaska
                                                 salmon (Muto et al., 2016b).                             in the Gulf of Alaska and Aleutian                    Peninsula, Gulf of Alaska, and Aleutian
                                                    Transient whales are often found in                   Islands. Members of different DPSs are                Islands. The waters of the western Gulf
                                                 long-term stable social units (pods) of                  known to intermix on feeding grounds;                 of Alaska support feeding populations
                                                 fewer than 10 whales, which are                          therefore, all waters off the coast of                of humpback whales (HDR 2017). The
                                                 generally smaller than resident social                   Alaska should be considered to have                   Shumagin Islands are considered a
                                                 groups. Resident-type killer whales                      ESA-listed humpback whales.                           biologically important area for feeding


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:41 Jul 05, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00007   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\06JYN2.SGM   06JYN2


                                                 31406                           Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 128 / Thursday, July 6, 2017 / Notices

                                                 humpback whales in July and August                       Alaska are part of the ENP stock. The                 January (Jones and Swartz 2009; Muto et
                                                 (Ferguson et al., 2015).                                 most recent stock assessment in 2014                  al., 2016).
                                                                                                          estimated 20,990 individuals in the ENP
                                                 Fin Whale                                                                                                      Minke Whale
                                                                                                          stock. The WNP stock population
                                                    Four stocks of fin whales occur in                    estimate is 135 individuals (Carretta et                 Minke whales are protected under the
                                                 U.S. waters: (1) Alaska (Northeast                       al., 2016). ENP gray whales spend                     MMPA, but they are not listed under the
                                                 Pacific), (2) California/Washington/                     summers feeding in the Chukchi and                    ESA. The population status of minke
                                                 Oregon, (3) Hawaii, and (4) western                      Bering seas, and their breeding and                   whales is considered stable throughout
                                                 North Atlantic (Aguilar 2009; Muto et                    calving grounds are located off Baja                  most of their range. The International
                                                 al., 2016). Fin whales in the Shumagin                   California, Mexico (Caretta et al., 2016).            Whaling Commission has identified
                                                 Islands are from the Alaska (Northeast                   Due to the very large range and small                 three stocks in the North Pacific: One
                                                 Pacific) stock (Muto et al., 2016z).                     population size of the WNP stock,                     near the Sea of Japan, a second in the
                                                    Fin whales were designated as                         occurrences of these animals in the                   rest of the western Pacific (west of 180°
                                                 ‘‘endangered’’ under the Endangered                      project area are highly unlikely.                     W.), and a third, less concentrated stock
                                                 Species Conservation Act in 1970, and                    Therefore, take is not anticipated or                 found throughout the eastern Pacific.
                                                 have been listed under the ESA since its                 proposed and WNP whales will not be                   NOAA further splits this third stock
                                                 inception in 1973. There are no reliable                 discussed further.                                    between Alaskan whales and resident
                                                 estimates of current or historic                                                                               whales of California, Oregon, and
                                                                                                             Gray whales pass through the
                                                 abundance for the entire North Pacific                                                                         Washington (Muto et al., 2016). There
                                                                                                          Shumagin Islands from March through
                                                 population of fin whales. Surveys in the                                                                       are no population estimates for minke
                                                                                                          May on their northward migration to the
                                                 Bering Sea, Aleutian Islands, and Gulf                                                                         whales in Alaska; however, nearshore
                                                                                                          Bering and Chukchi seas. Most
                                                 of Alaska estimated 5,700 whales. The                                                                          aerial surveys of the western Gulf of
                                                                                                          individuals pass through Unimak Pass,
                                                 population in this region is thought to                                                                        Alaska took place between 2001 and
                                                                                                          which is located just west of the
                                                 be increasing at approximately 3.6                                                                             2003. These surveys estimated the
                                                                                                          Shumagin Islands. The Shumagin
                                                 percent per year, but there is a high                                                                          minke whale population in that area at
                                                                                                          Islands are considered a biologically
                                                 degree of variability in this estimate                                                                         approximately 1,233 individuals
                                                                                                          important area for the gray whale due to
                                                 (Zerbini et al., 2006). Critical habitat has                                                                   (Zerbini et al., 2006).
                                                                                                          this consistent migration route. Gray
                                                 not been designated for the fin whale.                                                                            Minke whales are common in the
                                                    Vessel-based line-transect surveys of                 whales pass through again from
                                                                                                          November through January on their                     Aleutian Islands and north through the
                                                 coastal waters between Resurrection Bay                                                                        Bering Sea and Chukchi Sea, but are
                                                 and the central Aleutian Islands were                    southern migration (NOAA 2016;
                                                                                                          Caretta et al., 2016).                                relatively uncommon in the Shumagin
                                                 completed in July and August from 2001                                                                         Islands and Gulf of Alaska (Muto et al.,
                                                 to 2003. Large concentrations of fin                        Gray whales are rarely observed near
                                                                                                          Sand Point or in Humboldt Harbor.                     2016, Zerbini et al., 2006). Sightings did
                                                 whales were found in the Semidi                                                                                occur northwest of Unga Island during
                                                 Islands, located midway between the                      Approximately 10 years ago, a single
                                                                                                          juvenile gray whale was observed in                   surveys in 2001, and northeast of Popof
                                                 Shumagin Islands and Kodiak Island                                                                             Island during 2002 and 2003 (Zerbini et
                                                 just south of the Alaska Peninsula. The                  Humboldt Harbor, but this individual
                                                                                                          was thought to be separated from its                  al., 2006).
                                                 abundance of fin whales in the                                                                                    In Alaska, the minke whale diet
                                                 Shumagin Islands ranged from a low                       family group (HDR 2017). During
                                                                                                          migration, however, they are known to                 primarily consists of euphausiids and
                                                 estimate of 604 in 2003 to a high                                                                              walleye pollock. Minke whales are
                                                 estimate of 1,113 in 2002. Fin whales                    pass through Unga Strait, to the north of
                                                                                                          the project area, or the Gorman and                   generally found in shallow, coastal
                                                 are uncommon in Humboldt Harbor or                                                                             waters within 200 meters of shore
                                                 Popof Strait (HDR 2017).                                 West Nagai straits south of the project
                                                                                                          area (NOAA 2016).                                     (Zerbini et al., 2006) and are almost
                                                    Fin whales are found in deep offshore                                                                       always solitary or in small groups of 2
                                                 waters as well as in shallow nearshore                      Gray whales of the eastern North
                                                                                                          Pacific stock breed and calve in                      to 3. In Alaska, seasonal movements are
                                                 areas. Their migratory movements are                                                                           associated with feeding areas that are
                                                 complex and their abundance can                          protected bays and estuaries of Baja
                                                                                                          California, Mexico. Large congregations               generally located at the edge of the pack
                                                 fluctuate seasonally. Fin whales often                                                                         ice.
                                                 congregate in groups of two to seven                     form there in January and February.
                                                 whales or in larger groups of other                      Between February and May gray whales                  Pinnipeds
                                                 whale species, including humpback and                    undertake long migrations to the Bering
                                                                                                          and Chukchi seas where they disperse                  Steller Sea Lions
                                                 minke whales (Muto et al., 2016a). Fin
                                                 whales feed on a wide variety of                         across the feeding grounds. Gray whales                 Steller sea lions are found throughout
                                                 organisms and their diet may vary with                   feed on a wide variety of benthic                     the northern Pacific Ocean, including
                                                 season and locality.                                     organisms as well as planktonic and                   coastal and inland waters from Russia
                                                                                                          nektonic organisms. In recent years,                  (Kuril Islands and the Sea of Okhotsk),
                                                 Gray Whale                                               shifts in sub-arctic climatic conditions              east to Alaska, and south to central
                                                   Gray whales were listed under the                      have reduced the productivity of                      California (Año Nuevo Island). Steller
                                                 Endangered Species Conservation Act in                   benthic communities and have resulted                 sea lions were listed as threatened
                                                 1970 and under the ESA since its                         in a shift in the food supply. In                     range-wide under the ESA on November
                                                 inception in 1973. However, in 1994,                     response, gray whales have shifted their              26, 1990 (55 FR 49204). Steller sea lions
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 the eastern North Pacific (ENP) stock of                 feeding strategies and focus almost                   were subsequently partitioned into the
                                                 gray whales was delisted from the ESA,                   exclusively on the Chukchi Sea.                       western and eastern DPSs in 1997
                                                 while the western North Pacific (WNP)                    Secondary feeding areas include the                   (Allen and Angliss 2010). The eastern
                                                 stock remains endangered. A limited                      Bering Sea, Beaufort Sea, and some                    DPS remained classified as threatened
                                                 number of WNP gray whales have                           individuals have been reported along                  (62 FR 24345) until it was delisted in
                                                 recently been observed off the west                      the west coast of North America as far                November 2013. The wDPS (those
                                                 coast of North America in winter.                        south as California. The southerly                    individuals west of 144° W. longitude or
                                                 However, most gray whales found in                       migration occurs from October through                 Cape Suckling, Alaska) was upgraded to


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:41 Jul 05, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00008   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\06JYN2.SGM   06JYN2


                                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 128 / Thursday, July 6, 2017 / Notices                                           31407

                                                 endangered status following separation                   haulouts: Sea Lion Rocks (Shumagins)                  Island, approximately 38.9 kilometers
                                                 of the DPSs, and it remains endangered                   and The Whaleback. The ensonified                     (21 nautical miles) west of Sand Point,
                                                 today. Only the wDPS is considered in                    Level B harassment zone related to                    and had average annual counts of 214
                                                 this application because the range of the                implementation of the proposed project,               sea lion pups from 2009–2014 (Fritz et
                                                 eastern DPS is not known to include the                  described later in the ‘‘Estimated Take’’             al., 2016a). Note that these locations are
                                                 project area.                                            section, overlaps with the designated                 not considered major haulouts.
                                                    From 2000–2004, non-pup Steller sea                   aquatic zone or buffer of a third                        Sea lions have become accustomed to
                                                 lion counts at trend sites in the wDPS                   designated major haulout on Jude                      depredating fishing gear and raiding
                                                 increased 11 percent. These counts                       Island. No terrestrial or in-air critical             fishing vessels during fishing and
                                                 suggested the first region-wide increases                habitat of any major haulout overlaps                 offloading near the project area and they
                                                 for the wDPS since standardized                          with the project area. The major haulout              follow potential sources of food in and
                                                 surveys began in the 1970s, and were                     at Sea Lion Rocks (Shumagins) is                      around the Humboldt Harbor, waiting
                                                 attributed to increased survey efforts in                located approximately 28 kilometers                   for opportunities to feed. The number of
                                                 all regions except the western Aleutian                  (15.1 nautical miles) south of the project            sea lions in the waters near Sand Point
                                                 Islands. Annual surveys of haulouts and                  site. The major haulout at The                        varies depending on the season and
                                                 rookeries in the western Gulf of Alaska                  Whaleback is located approximately                    presence of commercial fishing vessels
                                                 since 1985 indicate a 16 percent                         27.4 kilometers (14.8 nautical miles)                 unloading their catch at the seafood
                                                 increase in non-pup counts and 38                        east of Sand Point. The major haulout at              processing facility. The Sand Point
                                                 percent reduction in pup counts over                     Jude Island is located 39.6 kilometers                harbormaster and seafood processing
                                                 the 30-year period. However, since                       (21.4 nautical miles) west of Sand Point.             plant foreman are the best available
                                                 2003, these counts have increased by 58                     The project area does not overlap with             sources for information on sea lion
                                                 percent for non-pups and 53 percent for                  the aquatic zone of any major rookery,                abundance at Sand Point. Information
                                                 pups (Fritz et al., 2016a, 2016b). Annual                nor does it overlap with the three                    from these individuals suggests that the
                                                 increases for the western Gulf of Alaska                 designated offshore foraging areas. The               highest numbers of sea lions are present
                                                 range between 3.4 and 3.8 percent for                    closest designated major rookery is on                during the pollock fishing seasons.
                                                 non-pup and pup counts since the early                   the east side of Atkins Island, which is              Average counts at the seafood
                                                 2000s (Muto et al., 2016a; Fritz et al.,                 approximately 83.3 kilometers (45                     processing facility range from 4 to 12,
                                                 2016a, 2016b).                                           nautical miles) southeast of Sand Point.              but can occasionally reach as many as
                                                    The wDPS breeds on rookeries in                       Another major rookery is located about                20 sea lions. There are no notable
                                                 Alaska from Prince William Sound west                    85.2 kilometers (46 nautical miles)                   differences in abundance between the
                                                 through the Aleutian Islands. Steller sea                south of Sand Point on the southwest                  four pollock seasons. Outside of the
                                                 lions use 38 rookeries and hundreds of                   point of Chernabura Island (Fritz et al.,             pollock seasons, sea lions may be
                                                 haulouts within their range in western                   2016c).                                               present, but in small numbers (i.e., 1 or
                                                 Alaska (Allen and Angliss 2013). Steller                    Steller sea lions are the most obvious             2 individuals). Sea lions also regularly
                                                 sea lions are not known to migrate, but                  and abundant marine mammal in the                     visit other parts of Humboldt Harbor in
                                                 individuals may disperse widely                          project area, and their abundance is                  search of opportunistic food sources,
                                                 outside the breeding season (late May to                 highly correlated with seasonal fishing               including the small boat harbor, the
                                                 early July). At sea, Steller sea lions are               activity. Sea lions tend to congregate at             New Harbor, and City Dock (HDR 2017).
                                                 commonly found from nearshore                            the seafood processing facility (Figure
                                                 habitats to the continental shelf and                    1–3 and Figure 1–4 in the application)                Harbor Seals
                                                 slope.                                                   during the walleye pollock (Gadus                        Harbor seals range from Baja
                                                    On August 27, 1993, NMFS published                    chalcogramma) fishing seasons (HDR                    California north along the west coasts of
                                                 a final rule designating critical habitat                2017). There are four official pollock                Washington, Oregon, California, British
                                                 for the Steller sea lion. In Alaska,                     fishing seasons: The ‘‘A’’ season starts              Columbia, and Southeast Alaska; west
                                                 designated critical habitat includes all                 on January 20, the ‘‘B’’ season starts on             through the Gulf of Alaska, Prince
                                                 major Steller sea lion rookeries and                     March 10, the ‘‘C’’ season starts on                  William Sound, and the Aleutian
                                                 major haulouts identified in the listing                 August 25, and the ‘‘D’’ season starts on             Islands; and north in the Bering Sea to
                                                 notice (58 FR 45269) and associated                      October 1 (HDR 2017). The end dates of                Cape Newenham and the Pribilof
                                                 terrestrial, air, and aquatic zones.                     these seasons are variable. Outside of                Islands. In 2010, harbor seals in Alaska
                                                 Critical habitat includes a terrestrial                  the pollock seasons, there are few sea                were partitioned into 12 separate stocks
                                                 zone that extends 0.9 kilometer (3,000                   lions in the harbor. It is suspected that             based largely on genetic structure (Allen
                                                 feet) landward from each major rookery                   sea lions are feeding on salmon during                and Angliss 2010). Harbor seals in the
                                                 and major haulout, and an air zone that                  the summer salmon runs, and are not                   Shumagin Islands are members of the
                                                 extends 0.9 kilometer (3,000 feet) above                 present in high numbers around Sand                   Cook Inlet/Shelikof Strait stock.
                                                 the terrestrial zone of each major                       Point (HDR 2017).                                     Distribution of the Cook Inlet/Shelikof
                                                 rookery and major haulout. For each                         The closest Steller sea lion haulout to            Strait stock extends from the southwest
                                                 major rookery and major haulout                          the project area is located on Egg Island,            shore of Unimak Island east along the
                                                 located west of 144° W. longitude (i.e.,                 which is approximately 6 kilometers                   southern coast of the Alaska Peninsula
                                                 the project area), critical habitat                      (3.7 nautical miles) from the project.                to Elizabeth Island off the southwest
                                                 includes an aquatic zone (or buffer) that                Recent counts have not recorded any                   shore of the Kenai Peninsula, including
                                                 extends 37 kilometers (20 nautical                       Steller sea lions at this haulout (Fritz et           Cook Inlet, Knik Arm, and Turnagain
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 miles) seaward in all directions. Critical               al., 2016a, 2016b; HDR 2017), however,                Arm (Muto et al., 2016a).
                                                 habitat also includes three large offshore               local anecdotal reports suggest that the                 Harbor seals are not designated as
                                                 foraging areas: The Shelikof Strait area,                haulout does experience some use                      depleted under the MMPA and are not
                                                 the Bogoslof area, and the Seguam Pass                   (HDR). Researchers have noted as many                 listed as threatened or endangered
                                                 area (58 FR 45269).                                      as 10 sea lions at this haulout in May,               under the ESA. The current statewide
                                                    The project is located within the                     although these observations are not part              abundance estimate for Alaskan harbor
                                                 aquatic zones (i.e., designated critical                 of systematic counts (HDR 2017). The                  seals is 205,090 based on aerial survey
                                                 habitat) of two designated major                         closest rookery is located on Jude                    data collected during 1998–2011. The


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:41 Jul 05, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00009   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\06JYN2.SGM   06JYN2


                                                 31408                           Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 128 / Thursday, July 6, 2017 / Notices

                                                 2007 through 2011 abundance estimate                     will consider the content of this section,            may be better expressed through
                                                 for the Cook Inlet/Shelikof stock is                     the ‘‘Estimated Take by Incidental                    averaged units than by peak pressures.
                                                 27,386 (Muto et al., 2016a).                             Harassment’’ section, and the ‘‘Proposed                 When underwater objects vibrate or
                                                    Survey data by London et al. (2015)                   Mitigation’’ section, to draw                         activity occurs, sound-pressure waves
                                                 for the Shumagin Islands in 2011                         conclusions regarding the likely impacts              are created. These waves alternately
                                                 indicate that harbor seals used two                      of pile driving and removal activities on             compress and decompress the water as
                                                 haulouts in the project area during that                 the reproductive success or survivorship              the sound wave travels. Underwater
                                                 year. One is located on the south shore                  of individuals and how those impacts                  sound waves radiate in all directions
                                                 of Popof Island south of the airport at a                on individuals are likely affect marine               away from the source (similar to ripples
                                                 distance of approximately 10 km (5.5                     mammal species or stocks.                             on the surface of a pond), except in
                                                 nautical miles) from Humboldt Harbor.                                                                          cases where the source is directional.
                                                 The other is on the northeast shore of                   Description of Sound Sources                          The compressions and decompressions
                                                 Unga Island approximately 23 km (12                         Sound travels in waves, the basic                  associated with sound waves are
                                                 nautical miles) distant from the project                 components of which are frequency,                    detected as changes in pressure by
                                                 site. No known haulouts overlap within                   wavelength, velocity, and amplitude.                  aquatic life and man-made sound
                                                 the Level B underwater harassment                        Frequency is the number of pressure                   receptors such as hydrophones.
                                                 zones estimated for the project. Aerial                  waves that pass by a reference point per                 Even in the absence of sound from the
                                                 haulout surveys conducted by London                      unit of time and is measured in hertz                 specified activity, the underwater
                                                 et al. (2015) indicated that 15 harbor                   (Hz) or cycles per second. Wavelength is              environment is typically loud due to
                                                 seals occupy the survey unit along the                   the distance between two peaks of a                   ambient sound. Ambient sound is
                                                 south coast of Popof Island, including                   sound wave; lower frequency sounds                    defined as environmental background
                                                 the area around Sand Point. Abundance                    have longer wavelengths than higher                   sound levels lacking a single source or
                                                 estimates at other survey units in the                   frequency sounds and attenuate                        point (Richardson et al.,1995), and the
                                                 area ranged from zero on the north shore                 (decrease) more rapidly in shallower                  sound level of a region is defined by the
                                                 of Popof Island to 100 along the                         water. Amplitude is the height of the                 total acoustical energy being generated
                                                 northeast coast of Unga Island. This                     sound pressure wave or the ‘loudness’                 by known and unknown sources. These
                                                 information comes from a single year of                                                                        sources may include physical (e.g.,
                                                                                                          of a sound and is typically measured
                                                 surveys, and standard errors on these                                                                          waves, earthquakes, ice, atmospheric
                                                                                                          using the decibel (dB) scale. A dB is the
                                                 estimates are very high; therefore,                                                                            sound), biological (e.g., sounds
                                                                                                          ratio between a measured pressure (with
                                                 confidence in these estimates is low                                                                           produced by marine mammals, fish, and
                                                                                                          sound) and a reference pressure (sound
                                                 (London et al., 2015). Anecdotal                                                                               invertebrates), and anthropogenic sound
                                                                                                          at a constant pressure, established by
                                                 observations indicate that harbor seals                                                                        (e.g., vessels, dredging, aircraft,
                                                                                                          scientific standards). It is a logarithmic
                                                 are uncommon in Humboldt Harbor                                                                                construction). A number of sources
                                                                                                          unit that accounts for large variations in
                                                 proper, but are occasionally observed                                                                          contribute to ambient sound, including
                                                                                                          amplitude; therefore, relatively small
                                                 near the airport (HDR 2017).                                                                                   the following (Richardson et al., 1995):
                                                                                                          changes in dB ratings correspond to                      • Wind and waves: The complex
                                                    Harbor seals are opportunistic feeders
                                                                                                          large changes in sound pressure. When                 interactions between wind and water
                                                 that forage in marine, estuarine, and,
                                                 occasionally, freshwater habitat,                        referring to sound pressure levels (SPLs;             surface, including processes such as
                                                 adjusting their foraging behavior to take                the sound force per unit area), sound is              breaking waves and wave-induced
                                                 advantage of prey that is locally and                    referenced in the context of underwater               bubble oscillations and cavitation, are a
                                                 seasonally abundant (Payne and Selzer                    sound pressure to 1 microPascal (mPa).                main source of naturally occurring
                                                 1989). Depending on prey availability,                   One pascal is the pressure resulting                  ambient noise for frequencies between
                                                 research has demonstrated that harbor                    from a force of one newton exerted over               200 Hz and 50 kHz (Mitson, 1995). In
                                                 seals conduct both shallow and deep                      an area of one square meter. The source               general, ambient sound levels tend to
                                                 dives during hunting (Tollit et al.,                     level (SL) represents the sound level at              increase with increasing wind speed
                                                 1997). Harbor seals haul out on rocks,                   a distance of 1 m from the source                     and wave height. Surf noise becomes
                                                 reefs, beaches, and drifting glacial ice                 (referenced to 1 mPa). The received level             important near shore, with
                                                 (Muto et al., 2016a). They are non-                      is the sound level at the listener’s                  measurements collected at a distance of
                                                 migratory; their local movements are                     position. Note that all underwater sound              8.5 km from shore showing an increase
                                                 associated with tides, weather, season,                  levels in this document are referenced                of 10 dB in the 100 to 700 Hz band
                                                 food availability, and reproduction, as                  to a pressure of 1 mPa and all airborne               during heavy surf conditions.
                                                 well as sex and age class (Muto et al.,                  sound levels in this document are                        • Precipitation: Sound from rain and
                                                 2016a; Allen and Angliss 2014; Boveng                    referenced to a pressure of 20 mPa.                   hail impacting the water surface can
                                                 et al., 2012; Lowry et al., 2001; Swain                     Root mean square (rms) is the                      become an important component of total
                                                 et al., 1996).                                           quadratic mean sound pressure over the                noise at frequencies above 500 Hz, and
                                                                                                          duration of an impulse. Rms is                        possibly down to 100 Hz during quiet
                                                 Potential Effects of Specified Activities                calculated by squaring all of the sound               times.
                                                 on Marine Mammals and Their Habitat                      amplitudes, averaging the squares, and                   • Biological: Marine mammals can
                                                    This section includes a summary and                   then taking the square root of the                    contribute significantly to ambient noise
                                                 discussion of the ways that components                   average (Urick, 1983). Rms accounts for               levels, as can some fish and shrimp. The
                                                 of the specified activity (e.g. sound                    both positive and negative values;                    frequency band for biological
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 produced by pile driving and removal)                    squaring the pressures makes all values               contributions is from approximately 12
                                                 may impact marine mammals and their                      positive so that they may be accounted                Hz to over 100 kHz.
                                                 habitat. The ‘‘Estimated Take’’ section                  for in the summation of pressure levels                  • Anthropogenic: Sources of ambient
                                                 later in this document will include a                    (Hastings and Popper, 2005). This                     noise related to human activity include
                                                 quantitative analysis of the number of                   measurement is often used in the                      transportation (surface vessels and
                                                 individuals that are expected to be taken                context of discussing behavioral effects,             aircraft), dredging and construction, oil
                                                 by this activity. The ‘‘Negligible Impact                in part because behavioral effects,                   and gas drilling and production, seismic
                                                 Analysis and Determination’’ section                     which often result from auditory cues,                surveys, sonar, explosions, and ocean


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:41 Jul 05, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00010   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\06JYN2.SGM   06JYN2


                                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 128 / Thursday, July 6, 2017 / Notices                                           31409

                                                 acoustic studies. Shipping noise                         followed by a rapid decay period that                 measurements of hearing ability have
                                                 typically dominates the total ambient                    may include a period of diminishing,                  been successfully completed for
                                                 noise for frequencies between 20 and                     oscillating maximal and minimal                       mysticetes (i.e., low-frequency
                                                 300 Hz. In general, the frequencies of                   pressures, and generally have an                      cetaceans). Subsequently, NMFS (2016)
                                                 anthropogenic sounds are below 1 kHz                     increased capacity to induce physical                 described generalized hearing ranges for
                                                 and, if higher frequency sound levels                    injury as compared with sounds that                   these marine mammal hearing groups.
                                                 are created, they attenuate rapidly                      lack these features.                                  Generalized hearing ranges were chosen
                                                 (Richardson et al., 1995). Sound from                       Non-pulsed sounds can be tonal,                    based on the approximately 65 dB
                                                 identifiable anthropogenic sources other                 narrowband, or broadband, brief or                    threshold from the normalized
                                                 than the activity of interest (e.g., a                   prolonged, and may be either                          composite audiograms, with the
                                                 passing vessel) is sometimes termed                      continuous or non-continuous (ANSI,                   exception for lower limits for low-
                                                 background sound, as opposed to                          1995; NIOSH, 1998). Some of these non-                frequency cetaceans where the lower
                                                 ambient sound.                                           pulsed sounds can be transient signals                bound was deemed to be biologically
                                                    The sum of the various natural and                    of short duration but without the                     implausible and the lower bound from
                                                 anthropogenic sound sources at any                       essential properties of pulses (e.g., rapid           Southall et al. (2007) retained. The
                                                 given location and time—which                            rise time). Examples of non-pulsed                    functional groups and the associated
                                                 comprise ‘‘ambient’’ or ‘‘background’’                   sounds include those produced by                      frequencies are indicated below (note
                                                 sound—depends not only on the source                     vessels, aircraft, machinery operations               that these frequency ranges correspond
                                                 levels (as determined by current                         such as drilling or dredging, vibratory               to the range for the composite group,
                                                 weather conditions and levels of                         pile driving, and active sonar systems                with the entire range not necessarily
                                                 biological and shipping activity) but                    (such as those used by the U.S. Navy).                reflecting the capabilities of every
                                                 also on the ability of sound to propagate                The duration of such sounds, as                       species within that group) (NMFS 2016):
                                                 through the environment. In turn, sound                  received at a distance, can be greatly                   • Low-frequency cetaceans
                                                 propagation is dependent on the                          extended in a highly reverberant                      (mysticetes): Generalized hearing is
                                                 spatially and temporally varying                         environment.                                          estimated to occur between
                                                 properties of the water column and sea                      Impact hammers operate by                          approximately 7 Hz and 35 kHz, with
                                                 floor, and is frequency-dependent. As a                  repeatedly dropping a heavy piston onto               best hearing estimated to be from 100
                                                 result of the dependence on a large                      a pile to drive the pile into the substrate.          Hz to 8 kHz;
                                                 number of varying factors, ambient                       Sound generated by impact hammers is                     • Mid-frequency cetaceans (larger
                                                 sound levels can be expected to vary                     characterized by rapid rise times and                 toothed whales, beaked whales, and
                                                 widely over both coarse and fine spatial                 high peak levels, a potentially injurious             most delphinids): Generalized hearing is
                                                 and temporal scales. Sound levels at a                   combination (Hastings and Popper,                     estimated to occur between
                                                 given frequency and location can vary                    2005). Vibratory hammers install piles                approximately 150 Hz and 160 kHz,
                                                 by 10–20 dB from day to day                              by vibrating them and allowing the                    with best hearing from 10 to less than
                                                 (Richardson et al., 1995). The result is                 weight of the hammer to push them into                100 kHz;
                                                 that, depending on the source type and                   the sediment. Vibratory hammers                          • High-frequency cetaceans
                                                 its intensity, sound from the specified                  produce significantly less sound than                 (porpoises, river dolphins, and members
                                                 activity may be a negligible addition to                 impact hammers. Peak SPLs may be 180                  of the genera Kogia and
                                                 the local environment or could form a                    dB or greater, but are generally 10 to 20             Cephalorhynchus; including two
                                                 distinctive signal that may affect marine                dB lower than SPLs generated during                   members of the genus Lagenorhynchus,
                                                 mammals.                                                 impact pile driving of the same-sized                 on the basis of recent echolocation data
                                                    In-water construction activities                      pile (Oestman et al., 2009). Rise time is             and genetic data): Generalized hearing is
                                                 associated with the project would                        slower, reducing the probability and                  estimated to occur between
                                                 include impact pile driving, vibratory                   severity of injury, and sound energy is               approximately 275 Hz and 160 kHz.
                                                 pile driving and vibratory pile                          distributed over a greater amount of                     • Pinnipeds in water; Phocidae (true
                                                 extraction. The sounds produced by                       time (Nedwell and Edwards, 2002;                      seals): Generalized hearing is estimated
                                                 these activities fall into one of two                    Carlson et al., 2005).                                to occur between approximately 50 Hz
                                                 general sound types: Pulsed and non-                                                                           to 86 kHz, with best hearing between 1–
                                                                                                          Marine Mammal Hearing
                                                 pulsed (defined in the following                                                                               50 kHz;
                                                 paragraphs). The distinction between                        Hearing is the most important sensory                 • Pinnipeds in water; Otariidae (eared
                                                 these two sound types is important                       modality for marine mammals, and                      seals): Generalized hearing is estimated
                                                 because they have differing potential to                 exposure to sound can have deleterious                to occur between 60 Hz and 39 kHz,
                                                 cause physical effects, particularly with                effects. To appropriately assess these                with best hearing between 2–48 kHz.
                                                 regard to hearing (e.g., Ward, 1997 in                   potential effects, it is necessary to                    The pinniped functional hearing
                                                 Southall et al., 2007). Please see                       understand the frequency ranges marine                group was modified from Southall et al.
                                                 Southall et al., (2007) for an in-depth                  mammals are able to hear. Current data                (2007) on the basis of data indicating
                                                 discussion of these concepts.                            indicate that not all marine mammal                   that phocid species have consistently
                                                    Pulsed sound sources (e.g.,                           species have equal hearing capabilities               demonstrated an extended frequency
                                                 explosions, gunshots, sonic booms,                       (e.g., Richardson et al., 1995; Wartzok               range of hearing compared to otariids,
                                                 impact pile driving) produce signals                     and Ketten, 1999; Au and Hastings,                    especially in the higher frequency range
                                                 that are brief (typically considered to be               2008). To reflect this, Southall et al.               (Kastelein et al., 2009; Reichmuth et al.,
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 less than one second), broadband, atonal                 (2007) recommended that marine                        2013).
                                                 transients (ANSI, 1986; Harris, 1998;                    mammals be divided into functional                       As mentioned previously in this
                                                 NIOSH, 1998; ISO, 2003; ANSI, 2005)                      hearing groups based on measured or                   document, nine marine mammal species
                                                 and occur either as isolated events or                   estimated hearing ranges on the basis of              (seven cetaceans and two pinnipeds)
                                                 repeated in some succession. Pulsed                      available behavioral data, audiograms                 may occur in the project area. Of the
                                                 sounds are all characterized by a                        derived using auditory evoked potential               cetaceans, four are classified as a low-
                                                 relatively rapid rise from ambient                       techniques, anatomical modeling, and                  frequency cetacean (i.e., humpback
                                                 pressure to a maximal pressure value                     other data. Note that no direct                       whale, gray whale, fin whale, minke


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:41 Jul 05, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00011   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\06JYN2.SGM   06JYN2


                                                 31410                           Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 128 / Thursday, July 6, 2017 / Notices

                                                 whale), one is classified as a mid-                      temporary (TTS), in which case the                    mammals ranging from discountable to
                                                 frequency cetacean (i.e., killer whale),                 animal’s hearing threshold would                      serious. For example, a marine mammal
                                                 and two are classified as high-frequency                 recover over time (Southall et al., 2007).            may be able to readily compensate for
                                                 cetaceans (i.e., harbor porpoise and                     Repeated sound exposure that leads to                 a brief, relatively small amount of TTS
                                                 Dall’s porpoise) (Southall et al., 2007).                TTS could cause PTS. In severe cases of               in a non-critical frequency range that
                                                 Additionally, harbor seals are classified                PTS, there can be total or partial                    occurs during a time where ambient
                                                 as members of the phocid pinnipeds in                    deafness, while in most cases the animal              noise is lower and there are not as many
                                                 water functional hearing group while                     has an impaired ability to hear sounds                competing sounds present.
                                                 Steller sea lions are grouped under the                  in specific frequency ranges (Kryter,                 Alternatively, a larger amount and
                                                 Otariid pinnipeds in water functional                    1985).                                                longer duration of TTS sustained during
                                                 hearing group. A species’ functional                        When PTS occurs, there is physical                 time when communication is critical for
                                                 hearing group is a consideration when                    damage to the sound receptors in the ear              successful mother/calf interactions
                                                 we analyze the effects of exposure to                    (i.e., tissue damage), whereas TTS                    could have more serious impacts.
                                                 sound on marine mammals. Marine                          represents primarily tissue fatigue and                  Currently, TTS data only exist for four
                                                 mammal hearing groups were also used                     is reversible (Southall et al., 2007). In             species of cetaceans (bottlenose dolphin
                                                 in the establishment of marine mammal                    addition, other investigators have                    [Tursiops trancatus], beluga whale
                                                 auditory weighting functions in the new                  suggested that TTS is within the normal               [Delphinapterus leucas], harbor
                                                 acoustic guidance.                                       bounds of physiological variability and               porpoise, and Yangtze finless porpoise
                                                                                                          tolerance and does not represent                      [Neophocoena asiaeorientalis]) and
                                                 Acoustic Impacts                                         physical injury (e.g., Ward, 1997).                   three species of pinnipeds (northern
                                                    Please refer to the information given                 Therefore, NMFS does not consider TTS                 elephant seal [Mirounga angustirostris],
                                                 previously (Description of Sound                         to constitute auditory injury.                        harbor seal, and California sea lion
                                                 Sources) regarding sound,                                   Relationships between TTS and PTS                  [Zalophus californianus]) exposed to a
                                                 characteristics of sound types, and                      thresholds have not been studied in                   limited number of sound sources (i.e.,
                                                 metrics used in this document.                           marine mammals—PTS data exists only                   mostly tones and octave-band noise) in
                                                 Anthropogenic sounds cover a broad                       for a single harbor seal (Kastak et al.,              laboratory settings (e.g., Finneran et al.,
                                                 range of frequencies and sound levels                    2008)—but are assumed to be similar to                2002; Nachtigall et al., 2004; Kastak et
                                                 and can have a range of highly variable                  those in humans and other terrestrial                 al., 2005; Lucke et al., 2009; Popov et
                                                 impacts on marine life, from none or                     mammals. PTS typically occurs at                      al., 2011). In general, harbor seals
                                                 minor to potentially severe responses,                   exposure levels at least several decibels             (Kastak et al., 2005; Kastelein et al.,
                                                 depending on received levels, duration                   above (a 40-dB threshold shift                        2012a) and harbor porpoises (Lucke et
                                                 of exposure, behavioral context, and                     approximates PTS onset; e.g., Kryter et               al., 2009; Kastelein et al., 2012b) have
                                                 various other factors. The potential                     al., 1966; Miller, 1974) that inducing                a lower TTS onset than other measured
                                                 effects of underwater sound from active                  mild TTS (a 6-dB threshold shift                      pinniped or cetacean species.
                                                 acoustic sources can potentially result                  approximates TTS onset; e.g., Southall                Additionally, the existing marine
                                                 in one or more of the following:                         et al., 2007). Based on data from                     mammal TTS data come from a limited
                                                 Temporary or permanent hearing                           terrestrial mammals, a precautionary                  number of individuals within these
                                                 impairment, non-auditory physical or                     assumption is that the PTS thresholds                 species. There are no data available on
                                                 physiological effects, behavioral                        for impulse sounds (such as impact pile               noise-induced hearing loss for
                                                 disturbance, stress, and masking                         driving pulses as received close to the               mysticetes. For summaries of data on
                                                 (Richardson et al., 1995; Gordon et al.,                 source) are at least six dB higher than               TTS in marine mammals or for further
                                                 2004; Nowacek et al., 2007; Southall et                  the TTS threshold on a peak-pressure                  discussion of TTS onset thresholds,
                                                 al., 2007). The degree of effect is                      basis and PTS cumulative sound                        please see Southall et al. (2007),
                                                 intrinsically related to the signal                      exposure level thresholds are 15 to 20                Finneran and Jenkins (2012), and
                                                 characteristics, received level, distance                dB higher than TTS cumulative sound                   Finneran (2015).
                                                 from the source, and duration of the                     exposure level thresholds (Southall et                   Behavioral effects—Behavioral
                                                 sound exposure. In general, sudden,                      al., 2007).                                           disturbance may include a variety of
                                                 high level sounds can cause hearing                         Temporary threshold shift—TTS is                   effects, including subtle changes in
                                                 loss, as can longer exposures to lower                   the mildest form of hearing impairment                behavior (e.g., minor or brief avoidance
                                                 level sounds. Temporary or permanent                     that can occur during exposure to sound               of an area or changes in vocalizations),
                                                 loss of hearing will occur almost                        (Kryter, 1985). While experiencing TTS,               more conspicuous changes in similar
                                                 exclusively for noise within an animal’s                 the hearing threshold rises, and a sound              behavioral activities, and more
                                                 hearing range. In this section, we first                 must be at a higher level in order to be              sustained and/or potentially severe
                                                 describe specific manifestations of                      heard. In terrestrial and marine                      reactions, such as displacement from or
                                                 acoustic effects before providing                        mammals, TTS can last from minutes or                 abandonment of high-quality habitat.
                                                 discussion specific to the proposed                      hours to days (in cases of strong TTS).               Behavioral responses to sound are
                                                 construction activities in the next                      In many cases, hearing sensitivity                    highly variable and context-specific and
                                                 section.                                                 recovers rapidly after exposure to the                any reactions depend on numerous
                                                    Permanent Threshold Shift—Marine                      sound ends.                                           intrinsic and extrinsic factors (e.g.,
                                                 mammals exposed to high-intensity                           Marine mammal hearing plays a                      species, state of maturity, experience,
                                                 sound, or to lower-intensity sound for                   critical role in communication with                   current activity, reproductive state,
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 prolonged periods, can experience                        conspecifics, and interpretation of                   auditory sensitivity, time of day), as
                                                 hearing threshold shift (TS), which is                   environmental cues for purposes such                  well as the interplay between factors
                                                 the loss of hearing sensitivity at certain               as predator avoidance and prey capture.               (e.g., Richardson et al., 1995; Wartzok et
                                                 frequency ranges (Kastak et al., 1999;                   Depending on the degree (elevation of                 al., 2003; Southall et al., 2007; Weilgart,
                                                 Schlundt et al., 2000; Finneran et al.,                  threshold in dB), duration (i.e., recovery            2007; Archer et al., 2010). Behavioral
                                                 2002, 2005). TS can be permanent                         time), and frequency range of TTS, and                reactions can vary not only among
                                                 (PTS), in which case the loss of hearing                 the context in which it is experienced,               individuals but also within an
                                                 sensitivity is not fully recoverable, or                 TTS can have effects on marine                        individual, depending on previous


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:41 Jul 05, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00012   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\06JYN2.SGM   06JYN2


                                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 128 / Thursday, July 6, 2017 / Notices                                             31411

                                                 experience with a sound source,                          Bejder, 2007; Weilgart, 2007; NRC,                    exposure (e.g., Kastelein et al., 2001,
                                                 context, and numerous other factors                      2003). However, there are broad                       2005b, 2006; Gailey et al., 2007).
                                                 (Ellison et al., 2012), and can vary                     categories of potential response, which                  Marine mammals vocalize for
                                                 depending on characteristics associated                  we describe in greater detail here, that              different purposes and across multiple
                                                 with the sound source (e.g., whether it                  include alteration of dive behavior,                  modes, such as whistling, echolocation
                                                 is moving or stationary, number of                       alteration of foraging behavior, effects to           click production, calling, and singing.
                                                 sources, distance from the source).                      breathing, interference with or alteration            Changes in vocalization behavior in
                                                 Please see Appendices B–C of Southall                    of vocalization, avoidance, and flight.               response to anthropogenic noise can
                                                 et al. (2007) for a review of studies                       Changes in dive behavior can vary                  occur for any of these modes and may
                                                 involving marine mammal behavioral                       widely, and may consist of increased or               result from a need to compete with an
                                                 responses to sound.                                      decreased dive times and surface                      increase in background noise or may
                                                    Habituation can occur when an                         intervals as well as changes in the rates             reflect increased vigilance or a startle
                                                 animal’s response to a stimulus wanes                    of ascent and descent during a dive (e.g.,            response. For example, in the presence
                                                 with repeated exposure, usually in the                   Frankel and Clark, 2000; Costa et al.,                of potentially masking signals,
                                                 absence of unpleasant associated events                  2003; Ng and Leung, 2003; Nowacek et                  humpback whales and killer whales
                                                 (Wartzok et al., 2003). Animals are most                 al.; 2004; Goldbogen et al., 2013a,b).                have been observed to increase the
                                                 likely to habituate to sounds that are                   Variations in dive behavior may reflect               length of their songs (Miller et al., 2000;
                                                 predictable and unvarying. It is                         interruptions in biologically significant             Fristrup et al., 2003; Foote et al., 2004),
                                                 important to note that habituation is                    activities (e.g., foraging) or they may be            while right whales have been observed
                                                 appropriately considered as a                            of little biological significance. The                to shift the frequency content of their
                                                 ‘‘progressive reduction in response to                   impact of an alteration to dive behavior              calls upward while reducing the rate of
                                                 stimuli that are perceived as neither                    resulting from an acoustic exposure                   calling in areas of increased
                                                 aversive nor beneficial,’’ rather than as,               depends on what the animal is doing at                anthropogenic noise (Parks et al.,
                                                 more generally, moderation in response                   the time of the exposure and the type                 2007b). In some cases, animals may
                                                 to human disturbance (Bejder et al.,                     and magnitude of the response.                        cease sound production during
                                                 2009). The opposite process is                              Disruption of feeding behavior can be              production of aversive signals (Bowles
                                                 sensitization, when an unpleasant                        difficult to correlate with anthropogenic             et al., 1994).
                                                 experience leads to subsequent                           sound exposure, so it is usually inferred                Avoidance is the displacement of an
                                                 responses, often in the form of                          by observed displacement from known                   individual from an area or migration
                                                 avoidance, at a lower level of exposure.                 foraging areas, the appearance of                     path as a result of the presence of a
                                                 As noted, behavioral state may affect the                secondary indicators (e.g., bubble nets               sound or other stressors, and is one of
                                                 type of response. For example, animals                   or sediment plumes), or changes in dive               the most obvious manifestations of
                                                 that are resting may show greater                        behavior. As for other types of                       disturbance in marine mammals
                                                 behavioral change in response to                         behavioral response, the frequency,                   (Richardson et al., 1995). For example,
                                                 disturbing sound levels than animals                     duration, and temporal pattern of signal              gray whales are known to change
                                                 that are highly motivated to remain in                   presentation, as well as differences in               direction—deflecting from customary
                                                 an area for feeding (Richardson et al.,                  species sensitivity, are likely                       migratory paths—in order to avoid noise
                                                 1995; NRC, 2003; Wartzok et al., 2003).                  contributing factors to differences in                from seismic surveys (Malme et al.,
                                                 Controlled experiments with captive                      response in any given circumstance                    1984). Avoidance may be short-term,
                                                 marine mammals have showed                               (e.g., Croll et al., 2001; Nowacek et al.;            with animals returning to the area once
                                                 pronounced behavioral reactions,                         2004; Madsen et al., 2006; Yazvenko et                the noise has ceased (e.g., Bowles et al.,
                                                 including avoidance of loud sound                        al., 2007). A determination of whether                1994; Goold, 1996; Stone et al., 2000;
                                                 sources (Ridgway et al., 1997; Finneran                  foraging disruptions incur fitness                    Morton and Symonds, 2002; Gailey et
                                                 et al., 2003). Observed responses of wild                consequences would require                            al., 2007). Longer-term displacement is
                                                 marine mammals to loud pulsed sound                      information on or estimates of the                    possible, however, which may lead to
                                                 sources (typically seismic airguns or                    energetic requirements of the affected                changes in abundance or distribution
                                                 acoustic harassment devices) have been                   individuals and the relationship                      patterns of the affected species in the
                                                 varied but often consist of avoidance                    between prey availability, foraging effort            affected region if habituation to the
                                                 behavior or other behavioral changes                     and success, and the life history stage of            presence of the sound does not occur
                                                 suggesting discomfort (Morton and                        the animal.                                           (e.g., Blackwell et al., 2004; Bejder et al.,
                                                 Symonds, 2002; see also Richardson et                       Variations in respiration naturally                2006; Teilmann et al., 2006).
                                                 al., 1995; Nowacek et al., 2007).                        vary with different behaviors and                        A flight response is a dramatic change
                                                    Available studies show wide variation                 alterations to breathing rate as a                    in normal movement to a directed and
                                                 in response to underwater sound;                         function of acoustic exposure can be                  rapid movement away from the
                                                 therefore, it is difficult to predict                    expected to co-occur with other                       perceived location of a sound source.
                                                 specifically how any given sound in a                    behavioral reactions, such as a flight                The flight response differs from other
                                                 particular instance might affect marine                  response or an alteration in diving.                  avoidance responses in the intensity of
                                                 mammals perceiving the signal. If a                      However, respiration rates in and of                  the response (e.g., directed movement,
                                                 marine mammal does react briefly to an                   themselves may be representative of                   rate of travel). Relatively little
                                                 underwater sound by changing its                         annoyance or an acute stress response.                information on flight responses of
                                                 behavior or moving a small distance, the                 Various studies have shown that                       marine mammals to anthropogenic
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 impacts of the change are unlikely to be                 respiration rates may either be                       signals exist, although observations of
                                                 significant to the individual, let alone                 unaffected or could increase, depending               flight responses to the presence of
                                                 the stock or population. However, if a                   on the species and signal characteristics,            predators have occurred (Connor and
                                                 sound source displaces marine                            again highlighting the importance in                  Heithaus, 1996). The result of a flight
                                                 mammals from an important feeding or                     understanding species differences in the              response could range from brief,
                                                 breeding area for a prolonged period,                    tolerance of underwater noise when                    temporary exertion and displacement
                                                 impacts on individuals and populations                   determining the potential for impacts                 from the area where the signal provokes
                                                 could be significant (e.g., Lusseau and                  resulting from anthropogenic sound                    flight to, in extreme cases, marine


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:41 Jul 05, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00013   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\06JYN2.SGM   06JYN2


                                                 31412                           Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 128 / Thursday, July 6, 2017 / Notices

                                                 mammal strandings (Evans and                             economical (in terms of energetic costs)              stressors and that it is possible that
                                                 England, 2001). However, it should be                    response is behavioral avoidance of the               some of these would be classified as
                                                 noted that response to a perceived                       potential stressor. Autonomic nervous                 ‘‘distress.’’ In addition, any animal
                                                 predator does not necessarily invoke                     system responses to stress typically                  experiencing TTS would likely also
                                                 flight (Ford and Reeves, 2008), and                      involve changes in heart rate, blood                  experience stress responses (NRC,
                                                 whether individuals are solitary or in                   pressure, and gastrointestinal activity.              2003).
                                                 groups may influence the response.                       These responses have a relatively short                  Auditory masking—Sound can
                                                    Behavioral disturbance can also                       duration and may or may not have a                    disrupt behavior through masking, or
                                                 impact marine mammals in more subtle                     significant long-term effect on an                    interfering with, an animal’s ability to
                                                 ways. Increased vigilance may result in                  animal’s fitness.                                     detect, recognize, or discriminate
                                                 costs related to diversion of focus and                     Neuroendocrine stress responses often              between acoustic signals of interest (e.g.,
                                                 attention (i.e., when a response consists                involve the hypothalamus-pituitary-                   those used for intraspecific
                                                 of increased vigilance, it may come at                   adrenal system. Virtually all                         communication and social interactions,
                                                 the cost of decreased attention to other                 neuroendocrine functions that are                     prey detection, predator avoidance,
                                                 critical behaviors such as foraging or                   affected by stress—including immune                   navigation) (Richardson et al., 1995).
                                                 resting). These effects have generally not               competence, reproduction, metabolism,                 Masking occurs when the receipt of a
                                                 been demonstrated for marine                             and behavior—are regulated by pituitary               sound is interfered with by another
                                                 mammals, but studies involving fish                      hormones. Stress-induced changes in                   coincident sound at similar frequencies
                                                 and terrestrial animals have shown that                  the secretion of pituitary hormones have              and at similar or higher intensity, and
                                                 increased vigilance may substantially                    been implicated in failed reproduction,               may occur whether the sound is natural
                                                 reduce feeding rates (e.g., Beauchamp                    altered metabolism, reduced immune                    (e.g., snapping shrimp, wind, waves,
                                                 and Livoreil, 1997; Fritz et al., 2002;                  competence, and behavioral disturbance                precipitation) or anthropogenic (e.g.,
                                                 Purser and Radford, 2011). In addition,                  (e.g., Moberg, 1987; Blecha, 2000).                   shipping, sonar, seismic exploration) in
                                                 chronic disturbance can cause                            Increases in the circulation of                       origin. The ability of a noise source to
                                                 population declines through reduction                    glucocorticoids are also equated with                 mask biologically important sounds
                                                 of fitness (e.g., decline in body                        stress (Romano et al., 2004).                         depends on the characteristics of both
                                                 condition) and subsequent reduction in                      The primary distinction between                    the noise source and the signal of
                                                 reproductive success, survival, or both                  stress (which is adaptive and does not                interest (e.g., signal-to-noise ratio,
                                                 (e.g., Harrington and Veitch, 1992; Daan                 normally place an animal at risk) and                 temporal variability, direction), in
                                                 et al., 1996; Bradshaw et al., 1998).                    ‘‘distress’’ is the cost of the response.             relation to each other and to an animal’s
                                                 However, Ridgway et al. (2006) reported                  During a stress response, an animal uses              hearing abilities (e.g., sensitivity,
                                                 that increased vigilance in bottlenose                   glycogen stores that can be quickly                   frequency range, critical ratios,
                                                 dolphins exposed to sound over a five-                   replenished once the stress is alleviated.            frequency discrimination, directional
                                                 day period did not cause any sleep                       In such circumstances, the cost of the                discrimination, age or TTS hearing loss),
                                                 deprivation or stress effects.                           stress response would not pose serious                and existing ambient noise and
                                                    Many animals perform vital functions,                 fitness consequences. However, when                   propagation conditions.
                                                 such as feeding, resting, traveling, and                 an animal does not have sufficient                       Under certain circumstances, marine
                                                 socializing, on a diel cycle (24-hour                    energy reserves to satisfy the energetic              mammals experiencing significant
                                                 cycle). Disruption of such functions                     costs of a stress response, energy                    masking could also be impaired from
                                                 resulting from reactions to stressors                    resources must be diverted from other                 maximizing their performance fitness in
                                                 such as sound exposure are more likely                   functions. This state of distress will last           survival and reproduction. Therefore,
                                                 to be significant if they last more than                 until the animal replenishes its                      when the coincident (masking) sound is
                                                 one diel cycle or recur on subsequent                    energetic reserves sufficient to restore              man-made, it may be considered
                                                 days (Southall et al., 2007).                            normal function.                                      harassment when disrupting or altering
                                                 Consequently, a behavioral response                         Relationships between these                        critical behaviors. It is important to
                                                 lasting less than one day and not                        physiological mechanisms, animal                      distinguish TTS and PTS, which persist
                                                 recurring on subsequent days is not                      behavior, and the costs of stress                     after the sound exposure, from masking,
                                                 considered particularly severe unless it                 responses are well-studied through                    which occurs during the sound
                                                 could directly affect reproduction or                    controlled experiments and for both                   exposure. Because masking (without
                                                 survival (Southall et al., 2007). Note that              laboratory and free-ranging animals                   resulting in TS) is not associated with
                                                 there is a difference between multi-day                  (e.g., Holberton et al., 1996; Hood et al.,           abnormal physiological function, it is
                                                 substantive behavioral reactions and                     1998; Jessop et al., 2003; Krausman et                not considered a physiological effect,
                                                 multi-day anthropogenic activities. For                  al., 2004; Lankford et al., 2005). Stress             but rather a potential behavioral effect.
                                                 example, just because an activity lasts                  responses due to exposure to                             The frequency range of the potentially
                                                 for multiple days does not necessarily                   anthropogenic sounds or other stressors               masking sound is important in
                                                 mean that individual animals are either                  and their effects on marine mammals                   determining any potential behavioral
                                                 exposed to activity-related stressors for                have also been reviewed (Fair and                     impacts. For example, low-frequency
                                                 multiple days or, further, exposed in a                  Becker, 2000; Romano et al., 2002b)                   signals may have less effect on high-
                                                 manner resulting in sustained multi-day                  and, more rarely, studied in wild                     frequency echolocation sounds
                                                 substantive behavioral responses.                        populations (e.g., Romano et al., 2002a).             produced by odontocetes but are more
                                                    Stress responses—An animal’s                          For example, Rolland et al. (2012) found              likely to affect detection of mysticete
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 perception of a threat may be sufficient                 that noise reduction from reduced ship                communication calls and other
                                                 to trigger stress responses consisting of                traffic in the Bay of Fundy was                       potentially important natural sounds
                                                 some combination of behavioral                           associated with decreased stress in                   such as those produced by surf and
                                                 responses, autonomic nervous system                      North Atlantic right whales. These and                some prey species. The masking of
                                                 responses, neuroendocrine responses, or                  other studies lead to a reasonable                    communication signals by
                                                 immune responses (e.g., Seyle, 1950;                     expectation that some marine mammals                  anthropogenic noise may be considered
                                                 Moberg, 2000). In many cases, an                         will experience physiological stress                  as a reduction in the communication
                                                 animal’s first and sometimes most                        responses upon exposure to acoustic                   space of animals (e.g., Clark et al., 2009)


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:41 Jul 05, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00014   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\06JYN2.SGM   06JYN2


                                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 128 / Thursday, July 6, 2017 / Notices                                             31413

                                                 and may result in energetic or other                     driving to cause auditory impairment or               experience hearing threshold shifts. PTS
                                                 costs as animals change their                            other physical effects in marine                      constitutes injury, but TTS does not
                                                 vocalization behavior (e.g., Miller et al.,              mammals. Available data suggest that                  (Southall et al., 2007). Based on the best
                                                 2000; Foote et al., 2004; Parks et al.,                  such effects, if they occur at all, would             scientific information available, the
                                                 2007b; Di Iorio and Clark, 2009; Holt et                 presumably be limited to short distances              SPLs for the proposed construction
                                                 al., 2009). Masking can be reduced in                    from the sound source, where SLs are                  activities may exceed the thresholds
                                                 situations where the signal and noise                    much higher, and to activities that                   that could cause TTS or the onset of
                                                 come from different directions                           extend over a prolonged period. The                   PTS based on NMFS’ new acoustic
                                                 (Richardson et al., 1995), through                       available data do not allow                           guidance (81 FR 51694; August 4, 2016).
                                                 amplitude modulation of the signal, or                   identification of a specific exposure                    Non-auditory Physiological Effects—
                                                 through other compensatory behaviors                     level above which non-auditory effects                Non-auditory physiological effects or
                                                 (Houser and Moore, 2014). Masking can                    can be expected (Southall et al., 2007)               injuries that theoretically might occur in
                                                 be tested directly in captive species                    or any meaningful quantitative                        marine mammals exposed to high level
                                                 (e.g., Erbe, 2008), but in wild                          predictions of the numbers (if any) of                underwater sound or as a secondary
                                                 populations it must be either modeled                    marine mammals that might be affected                 effect of extreme behavioral reactions
                                                 or inferred from evidence of masking                     in those ways. Marine mammals that                    (e.g., change in dive profile as a result
                                                 compensation. There are few studies                      show behavioral avoidance of pile                     of an avoidance reaction) caused by
                                                 addressing real-world masking sounds                     driving, including some odontocetes                   exposure to sound include neurological
                                                 likely to be experienced by marine                       and some pinnipeds, are especially                    effects, bubble formation, resonance
                                                 mammals in the wild (e.g., Branstetter et                unlikely to incur auditory impairment                 effects, and other types of organ or
                                                 al., 2013).                                              or non-auditory physical effects.                     tissue damage (Cox et al., 2006; Southall
                                                    Masking affects both senders and                                                                            et al., 2007; Zimmer and Tyack, 2007).
                                                 receivers of acoustic signals and can                    Underwater Acoustic Effects From the                  The proposed activities do not involve
                                                 potentially have long-term chronic                       Proposed Activities                                   the use of devices such as explosives or
                                                 effects on marine mammals at the                            Potential Effects of Pile Driving                  mid-frequency active sonar that are
                                                 population level as well as at the                       Sound—The effects of sounds from pile                 associated with these types of effects,
                                                 individual level. Low-frequency                          driving might include one or more of                  nor do they have SLs that may cause
                                                 ambient sound levels have increased by                   the following: Temporary or permanent                 these extreme behavioral reactions, and
                                                 as much as 20 dB (more than three times                  hearing impairment, non-auditory                      are therefore, considered unlikely.
                                                 in terms of SPL) in the world’s ocean                    physical or physiological effects, and                   Disturbance Reactions—Responses to
                                                 from pre-industrial periods, with most                   behavioral disturbance (Richardson et                 continuous sound, such as vibratory
                                                 of the increase from distant commercial                  al., 1995; Gordon et al., 2003; Nowacek               pile installation, have not been
                                                 shipping (Hildebrand, 2009). All                         et al., 2007; Southall et al., 2007). The             documented as well as responses to
                                                 anthropogenic sound sources, but                         effects of pile driving on marine                     pulsed sounds. With both types of pile
                                                 especially chronic and lower-frequency                   mammals are dependent on several                      driving, it is likely that the onset of pile
                                                 signals (e.g., from vessel traffic),                     factors, including the type and depth of              driving could result in temporary, short
                                                 contribute to elevated ambient sound                     the animal; the pile size and type, and               term changes in an animal’s typical
                                                 levels, thus intensifying masking.                       the intensity and duration of the pile                behavior and/or avoidance of the
                                                    At the seafood processing plant north                 driving sound; the substrate; the                     affected area. Specific behavioral
                                                 of the project site, fish are offloaded into             standoff distance between the pile and                changes that may result from this
                                                 the processing plant from the vessels’                   the animal; and the sound propagation                 proposed project include changing
                                                 holds, and several vessels may raft up                   properties of the environment. Impacts                durations of surfacing and dives,
                                                 simultaneously during peak fishing                       to marine mammals from pile driving                   moving direction and/or speed;
                                                 seasons. A small boat harbor is located                  activities are expected to result                     changing/cessation of certain behavioral
                                                 northeast of the project site and services               primarily from acoustic pathways. As                  activities (such as socializing or
                                                 a number of small vessels. High levels                   such, the degree of effect is intrinsically           feeding); visible startle response or
                                                 of vessel traffic are known to elevate                   related to the frequency, received level,             aggressive behavior (such as tail/fluke
                                                 background levels of noise in the marine                 and duration of the sound exposure,                   slapping or jaw clapping); and
                                                 environment. For example, continuous                     which are in turn influenced by the                   avoidance of areas where sound sources
                                                 sounds for tugs pulling barges have been                 distance between the animal and the                   are located. If a marine mammal
                                                 reported to range from 145 to 166 dB re                  source. The further away from the                     responds to a stimulus by changing its
                                                 1 mPa rms at 1 meter from the source                     source, the less intense the exposure                 behavior (e.g., through relatively minor
                                                 (Miles et al., 1987; Richardson et al.,                  should be. The substrate and depth of                 changes in locomotion direction/speed
                                                 1995; Simmonds et al., 2004). Ambient                    the habitat affect the sound propagation              or vocalization behavior), the response
                                                 underwater noise levels in the vicinity                  properties of the environment. In                     may or may not constitute taking at the
                                                 of the project site are unknown but                      addition, substrates that are soft (e.g.,             individual level, and is unlikely to
                                                 could potentially mask some sounds of                    sand) would absorb or attenuate the                   affect the stock or the species as a
                                                 pile installation and pile extraction.                   sound more readily than hard substrates               whole. However, if a sound source
                                                    Non-auditory physiological effects—                   (e.g., rock) which may reflect the                    displaces marine mammals from an
                                                 Non-auditory physiological effects or                    acoustic wave. Soft porous substrates                 important feeding or breeding area for a
                                                 injuries that theoretically might occur in               would also likely require less time to                prolonged period, potential impacts on
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 marine mammals exposed to strong                         drive the pile, and possibly less forceful            the stock or species could potentially be
                                                 underwater sound include stress,                         equipment, which would ultimately                     significant if growth, survival and
                                                 neurological effects, bubble formation,                  decrease the intensity of the acoustic                reproduction are affected (e.g., Lusseau
                                                 resonance effects, and other types of                    source.                                               and Bejder, 2007; Weilgart, 2007). Note
                                                 organ or tissue damage (Cox et al., 2006;                   Hearing Impairment and Other                       that the significance of many of these
                                                 Southall et al., 2007). Studies examining                Physical Effects—Marine mammals                       behavioral disturbances is difficult to
                                                 such effects are limited. In general, little             exposed to high intensity sound                       predict, especially if the detected
                                                 is known about the potential for pile                    repeatedly or for prolonged periods can               disturbances appear minor.


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:41 Jul 05, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00015   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\06JYN2.SGM   06JYN2


                                                 31414                           Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 128 / Thursday, July 6, 2017 / Notices

                                                    Auditory Masking—Natural and                          behavioral disturbance, in either nature              would be temporary, localized, and
                                                 artificial sounds can disrupt behavior by                or intensity of disturbance reaction.                 minimal. ADOT&PF must comply with
                                                 masking. Given that the energy                           Therefore, we do not believe that                     state water quality standards during
                                                 distribution of pile driving covers a                    authorization of incidental take                      these operations by limiting the extent
                                                 broad frequency spectrum, sound from                     resulting from airborne sound for                     of turbidity to the immediate project
                                                 these sources would likely be within the                 pinnipeds is warranted, and airborne                  area. In general, turbidity associated
                                                 audible range of marine mammals                          sound is not discussed further here.                  with pile installation is localized to
                                                 present in the project area. Impact pile                    Potential Pile Driving Effects on                  about a 25-foot radius around the pile
                                                 driving activity is relatively short-term,               Prey—Construction activities would                    (Everitt et al. 1980). Cetaceans are not
                                                 and only used for proofing, with rapid                   produce continuous (i.e., vibratory pile              expected to be close enough to the
                                                 pulses occurring for only a few minutes                  driving) sounds and pulsed (i.e., impact              project pile driving areas to experience
                                                 per pile. The probability for impact pile                driving) sounds. Fish react to sounds                 effects of turbidity, and any pinnipeds
                                                 driving resulting from this proposed                     that are especially strong and/or                     will be transiting the area and could
                                                 action masking acoustic signals                          intermittent low-frequency sounds.                    avoid localized areas of turbidity.
                                                 important to the behavior and survival                   Short duration, sharp sounds can cause                Therefore, the impact from increased
                                                 of marine mammal species is low.                         overt or subtle changes in fish behavior              turbidity levels is expected to be
                                                 Vibratory pile driving is also relatively                and local distribution. Hastings and                  discountable to marine mammals.
                                                 short-term. It is possible that vibratory                Popper (2005) identified several studies              Furthermore, pile driving and removal
                                                 pile driving resulting from this                         that suggest fish may relocate to avoid               at the project site will not obstruct
                                                 proposed action may mask acoustic                        certain areas of sound energy.                        movements or migration of marine
                                                 signals important to the behavior and                    Additional studies have documented                    mammals.
                                                 survival of marine mammal species, but                   effects of pile driving on fish, although                In summary, given the short duration
                                                 the short-term duration and limited                      several are based on studies in support               of sound associated with individual pile
                                                 affected area would result in                            of large, multiyear bridge construction               driving events and the relatively small
                                                 insignificant impacts from masking.                      projects (e.g., Scholik and Yan, 2001,                area that would be affected, pile driving
                                                 Any masking event that could possibly                    2002; Popper and Hastings, 2009).                     activities associated with the proposed
                                                 rise to Level B harassment under the                     Sound pulses at received levels of 160                action are not likely to have a
                                                 MMPA would occur concurrently                            dB may cause subtle changes in fish                   permanent, adverse effect on any fish
                                                 within the zones of behavioral                           behavior. SPLs of 180 dB may cause                    habitat, or populations of fish species.
                                                 harassment already estimated for                         noticeable changes in behavior (Pearson               Thus, any impacts to marine mammal
                                                 vibratory and impact pile driving, and                   et al., 1992; Skalski et al., 1992). SPLs             habitat are not expected to cause
                                                 which have already been taken into                       of sufficient strength have been known                significant or long-term consequences
                                                 account in the exposure analysis.                        to cause injury to fish and fish                      for individual marine mammals or their
                                                    Airborne Acoustic Effects from the                    mortality.                                            populations.
                                                 Proposed Activities—Pinnipeds that                          The most likely impact to fish from
                                                                                                          pile driving activities at the project area           Estimated Take
                                                 occur near the project site could be
                                                 exposed to airborne sounds associated                    would be temporary behavioral                            This section includes an estimate of
                                                 with pile driving that have the potential                avoidance. The duration of fish                       the number of incidental ‘‘takes’’
                                                 to cause behavioral harassment,                          avoidance of this area after pile driving             proposed for authorization pursuant to
                                                 depending on their distance from pile                    stops is unknown, but a rapid return to               this IHA, which will inform both NMFS’
                                                 driving activities. Cetaceans are not                    normal recruitment, distribution and                  consideration of whether the number of
                                                 expected to be exposed to airborne                       behavior is anticipated. In general,                  takes is ‘‘small’’ and the negligible
                                                 sounds that would result in harassment                   impacts to marine mammal prey species                 impact determination.
                                                 as defined under the MMPA.                               from the proposed project are expected                   Harassment is the only means of take
                                                    Airborne noise will primarily be an                   to be minor and temporary due to the                  expected to result from these activities.
                                                 issue for pinnipeds that are swimming                    relatively short timeframe of no more                 Except with respect to certain activities
                                                 or hauled out near the project site                      than 40 days of pile driving and                      not pertinent here, the MMPA defines
                                                 within the range of noise levels elevated                extraction with approximately 22 hours                ‘‘harassment’’ as: Any act of pursuit,
                                                 above the acoustic criteria. We                          of impact driving and 85 hours of                     torment, or annoyance which (i) has the
                                                 recognize that pinnipeds in the water                    vibratory driving and extraction.                     potential to injure a marine mammal or
                                                 could be exposed to airborne sound that                     Effects to Foraging Habitat—Essential              marine mammal stock in the wild [Level
                                                 may result in behavioral harassment                      Fish Habitat (EFH) has been designated                A harassment]; or (ii) has the potential
                                                 when looking with heads above water.                     within the project area for all five                  to disturb a marine mammal or marine
                                                 Most likely, airborne sound would                        species of salmon (i.e., chum, pink,                  mammal stock in the wild by causing
                                                 cause behavioral responses similar to                    Coho, sockeye, and Chinook salmon),                   disruption of behavioral patterns,
                                                 those discussed above in relation to                     walleye pollock, Pacific cod, yellowfin               including, but not limited to, migration,
                                                 underwater sound. However, these                         sole (Limanda aspera), arrowtooth                     breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or
                                                 animals would previously have been                       flounder (Atheresthes stomias), rock                  sheltering [Level B harassment]. As
                                                 ‘‘taken’’ as a result of exposure to                     sole (Lepidopsetta spp.), flathead sole               described previously Level A and Level
                                                 underwater sound above the behavioral                    (Hippoglossoides elassodon), and                      B harassment is expected to occur and
                                                 harassment thresholds, which are in all                  sculpin (Cottidae). The EFH provisions                is proposed to be authorized in the
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 cases larger than those associated with                  of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery                       numbers identified below.
                                                 airborne sound. Thus, the behavioral                     Conservation and Management Act are                      ADOT&PF has requested
                                                 harassment of these animals is already                   designed to protect fisheries habitat                 authorization for the incidental taking of
                                                 accounted for in these estimates of                      from being lost due to disturbance and                limited numbers, by Level B harassment
                                                 potential take. Multiple instances of                    degradation.                                          in the form of behavioral disturbance, of
                                                 exposure to sound above NMFS’                               Pile installation may temporarily                  harbor porpoise, Dall’s porpoise, killer
                                                 thresholds for behavioral harassment are                 increase turbidity resulting from                     whale, humpback whale, fin whale, gray
                                                 not believed to result in increased                      suspended sediments. Any increases                    whale, minke whale, Steller sea lion,


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:41 Jul 05, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00016   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\06JYN2.SGM   06JYN2


                                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 128 / Thursday, July 6, 2017 / Notices                                                 31415

                                                 and harbor seal near the project area                      days such activities would occur. If                    the information used in estimating the
                                                 that may result from impact and                            density information is not available,                   sound fields, the available marine
                                                 vibratory pile driving activities. Level A                 local observational data may be used                    mammal density or abundance
                                                 harassment in the form of PTS resulting                    instead.                                                information, and the method of
                                                 from impact driving has also been                             In order to estimate the potential                   estimating potential incidents of take.
                                                 requested for small numbers of harbor                      incidents of take that may occur
                                                 porpoise, humpback whale, and harbor                       incidental to the specified activity, we                Sound Thresholds
                                                 seal.                                                      must first estimate the extent of the
                                                    Take estimates are generally based on                   sound field that may be produced by the                   We use the following generic sound
                                                 average marine mammal density in the                       activity and then consider the sound                    exposure thresholds (Table 4) to
                                                 project area multiplied by the area size                   field in combination with information                   determine when an activity that
                                                 of ensonified zones within which                           about marine mammal density or                          produces sound might result in impacts
                                                 received noise levels exceed certain                       abundance in the project area. We first                 to a marine mammal such that a take by
                                                 thresholds (i.e., Level A and/or Level B                   provide information on applicable                       behavioral harassment (Level B) might
                                                 harassment) from specific activities,                      sound thresholds for determining effects                occur.
                                                 then multiplied by the total number of                     to marine mammals before describing

                                                                          TABLE 4—UNDERWATER LEVEL B THRESHOLD DECIBEL LEVELS FOR MARINE MAMMALS
                                                                   Criterion                                                   Criterion definition                                         Threshold 1

                                                 Level B harassment ........................    Behavioral disruption for impulse noise (e.g., impact pile driving) .......      160 dB RMS.
                                                 Level B harassment ........................    Behavioral disruption for non-pulse noise (e.g., vibratory pile driving,         120 dB RMS.
                                                                                                  drilling).
                                                    1 All   decibel levels referenced to 1 micropascal (re: 1 μPa). Note all thresholds are based off root mean square (RMS) levels.


                                                    We use NMFS’ acoustic criteria                          functions, to identify the received                     metrics of SELcum and peak sound level
                                                 (NMFS 2016a, 81 FR 51694; August 4,                        levels, or acoustic thresholds, at which                (PK) as shown in Table 5. In the case of
                                                 2016), which establishes sound                             individual marine mammals are                           the duel metric acoustic thresholds (Lpk
                                                 exposure thresholds to determine when                      predicted to experience changes in their                and LE) for impulsive sound, the larger
                                                 an activity that produces sound might                      hearing sensitivity for acute, incidental               of the two isopleths for calculating PTS
                                                 result in impacts to a marine mammal                       exposure to all underwater                              onset is used. The method uses
                                                 such that a take by auditory injury, i.e.,                 anthropogenic sound sources. The                        estimates of sound exposure level and
                                                 PTS, (Level A harassment) might occur.                     Guidance (Appendix D) and its                           duration of the activity to calculate the
                                                 The specific methodology is presented                      companion User Spreadsheet provide                      threshold distances at which a marine
                                                 in Appendix D of the Technical                             alternative methodology for                             mammal exposed to those values would
                                                 Guidance for Assessing the Effects of                      incorporating these more complex                        experience PTS. Differences in hearing
                                                 Anthropogenic Sound on Marine                              thresholds and associated weighting                     abilities among marine mammals are
                                                 Mammal Hearing (Guidance), available                       functions.                                              accounted for by use of weighting factor
                                                 at http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/                               The User Spreadsheet accounts for                    adjustments for the five functional
                                                 acoustics/guidelines.htm) and the                          effective hearing ranges using Weighting                hearing groups (NMFS 2016). Note that
                                                 accompanying User Spreadsheet. The                         Factor Adjustments (WFAs), and                          for all proposed pile driving activities at
                                                 Guidance provides updated PTS onset                        ADOT&PF’s application uses the                          Sand Point, the User Spreadsheet
                                                 thresholds using the cumulative SEL                        recommended values for vibratory and                    indicated that the Level A isopleths
                                                 (SELcum) metric, which incorporates                        impact driving therein. The acoustic                    generated using the SELcum were the
                                                 marine mammal auditory weighting                           thresholds are presented using dual                     largest.

                                                                                               TABLE 5—SUMMARY OF PTS ONSET ACOUSTIC THRESHOLDS
                                                                                                                                                          PTS onset acoustic thresholds 1
                                                                                                                                                                 (received level)
                                                                               Hearing group
                                                                                                                                              Impulsive                                Non-impulsive

                                                 Low-Frequency (LF) Cetaceans .............................................   Cell 1—Lpk,flat:    219 dB; LE,LF,24h:        Cell 2—LE,LF,24h: 199 dB.
                                                                                                                                183 dB.
                                                 Mid-Frequency (MF) Cetaceans .............................................   Cell 3—Lpk,flat:    230 dB; LE,MF,24h:        Cell 4—LE,MF,24h: 198 dB.
                                                                                                                                185 dB.
                                                 High-Frequency (HF) Cetaceans ............................................   Cell 5—Lpk,flat:    202 dB; LE,HF,24h:        Cell 6—LE,HF,24h: 173 dB.
                                                                                                                                155 dB.
                                                 Phocid Pinnipeds (PW) (Underwater) .....................................     Cell 7—Lpk,flat:   218 dB; LE,PW,24h:         Cell 8—LE,PW,24h: 201 dB.
                                                                                                                                185 dB.
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 Otariid Pinnipeds (OW) (Underwater) .....................................    Cell 9—Lpk,flat:   232 dB; LE,OW,24h:         Cell 10—LE,OW,24h: 219 dB.
                                                                                                                                203 dB.
                                                    1 Dual metric acoustic thresholds for impulsive sounds: Use whichever results in the largest isopleth for calculating PTS onset. If a non-impul-
                                                 sive sound has the potential of exceeding the peak sound pressure level thresholds associated with impulsive sounds, these thresholds should
                                                 also be considered.




                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014     18:41 Jul 05, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00017    Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703    E:\FR\FM\06JYN2.SGM   06JYN2


                                                 31416                           Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 128 / Thursday, July 6, 2017 / Notices

                                                    Note: Peak sound pressure (Lpk) has a reference value of 1 μPa, and cumulative sound exposure level (LE) has a reference value of 1μPa2s.
                                                 In this Table, thresholds are abbreviated to reflect American National Standards Institute standards (ANSI 2013). However, peak sound pressure
                                                 is defined by ANSI as incorporating frequency weighting, which is not the intent for this Technical Guidance. Hence, the subscript ‘‘flat’’ is being
                                                 included to indicate peak sound pressure should be flat weighted or unweighted within the generalized hearing range. The subscript associated
                                                 with cumulative sound exposure level thresholds indicates the designated marine mammal auditory weighting function (LF, MF, and HF
                                                 cetaceans, and PW and OW pinnipeds) and that the recommended accumulation period is 24 hours. The cumulative sound exposure level
                                                 thresholds could be exceeded in a multitude of ways (i.e., varying exposure levels and durations, duty cycle). When possible, it is valuable for
                                                 action proponents to indicate the conditions under which these acoustic thresholds will be exceeded.


                                                 Distance to Sound Thresholds                             respectively). Construction sites in                  waterfront (Navy 2012), only measured
                                                    The sound field in the project area is                Alaska were generally assumed to best                 one pile each, but reported similar
                                                 the existing background noise plus                       represent the environmental conditions                sound levels of 162 dB RMS and 159 dB
                                                 additional construction noise from the                   found in Sand Point and represent the                 RMS (range 157 dB to 160 dB),
                                                 proposed project. Marine mammals are                     nearest available source level data for               respectively. Because only two piles
                                                 expected to be affected via sound                        30-inch steel piles. Similarities among               were measured in Washington, the
                                                 generated by the primary components of                   the sites include island chains and                   California project was also included in
                                                 the project, i.e., impact pile driving,                  groups of islands adjacent to continental             the analysis. The California project was
                                                 vibratory pile driving, and vibratory pile               landmasses; deeply incised marine                     located in a coastal bay and reported a
                                                 removal. Vibratory hammers produce                       channels and fjords; local water depths               ‘‘typical’’ value of 160 dB RMS with a
                                                 constant sound when operating, and                       of 20–40 meters; Gulf of Alaska marine                range 158 to 178 dB RMS for two piles
                                                 produce vibrations that liquefy the                      water influences; and numerous                        where vibratory levels were measured.
                                                 sediment surrounding the pile, allowing                  freshwater inputs. However, the use of                Caltrans summarized the project’s RMS
                                                 it to penetrate to the required seating                  data from Alaska sites was not                        level as 170 dB RMS, although most
                                                 depth. An impact hammer would then                       appropriate in all instances. Details are             levels observed were nominally 160 dB.
                                                 generally be used to place the pile at its               described below.                                      Although the data set is limited to these
                                                 intended depth. The actual durations of                     To derive source levels for vibratory              projects, close agreement of the levels
                                                 each installation method vary                            driving of 30-in piles, NMFS used                     (average project values from 159 to 162
                                                 depending on the type and size of the                    summary data from Auke Bay and                        dB at 10 meters) resulted in NMFS
                                                 pile. An impact hammer is a steel                        Ketchikan as described in a                           selecting a source level of 161 dB RMS.
                                                 device that works like a piston,                         comprehensive summary report by                       Note that a fourth project at NBK,
                                                 producing a series of independent                        Denes et al., (2016b). During the two                 Bangor drove 16-inch hollow steel piles,
                                                 strikes to drive the pile. Impact                        studies, three 30-inch steel piles were               with measured levels similar to those
                                                 hammering typically generates the                        installed at each location via both                   for the 24-inch piles. Therefore, NMFS
                                                 loudest noise associated with pile                       impact and vibratory driving. For each                elected to use the same 161 dB RMS as
                                                 installation. Factors that could                         pile, the mean recorded SPL in dB re 1                a source level for vibratory driving of
                                                 potentially minimize the potential                       mPa was reported for the locations                    18-inch steel piles. NMFS believes it
                                                 impacts of pile installation associated                  monitoring hydrophones (Denes et al.,                 appropriate to use source levels from
                                                 with the project include:                                2016; Warner and Austin 2016b). The                   the next largest pile size when data are
                                                    • The relatively shallow waters in the                vibratory data were then derived to a 10-             lacking for specific pile sizes, as is the
                                                 project area (Taylor et al., 2008);                      meter standard distance. The average of               case with the18-inch piles under
                                                    • Land forms around Sand Point that                   the mean source levels from both Auke                 consideration.
                                                 would block the noise from spreading;                    Bay and Ketchikan locations was then
                                                                                                          calculated for each measurement (rms                     ADOT&PF suggested a source level of
                                                 and                                                                                                            142 dB RMS for vibratory driving of
                                                    • Vessel traffic and other commercial                 and peak SPL, as well as sound
                                                                                                          exposure level [SEL]) (Denes et al.,                  steel H-piles. However, NMFS found
                                                 and industrial activities in the project
                                                                                                          2016b). ADOT&PF also considered data                  this data to be inconsistent with other
                                                 area that contribute to elevated
                                                                                                          from a study in Kake (MacGillivray et                 reported values and opted to use a value
                                                 background noise levels.
                                                    Sound would likely dissipate                          al., 2016). However, conditions at Kake               of 150 dB which was derived from
                                                 relatively rapidly in the shallow waters                 include an organic mud substrate which                summary data pertaining to vibratory
                                                 over soft seafloors in the project area.                 would likely absorb sound and decrease                driving of 12-inch H piles (Caltrans
                                                 Additionally, portions of Popof Island                   source level values for vibratory driving.            2015).
                                                 and Unga Island would block much of                      NMFS believes that these conditions                      In the application, ADOT&PF derived
                                                 the noise from propagating to its full                   resulted in anomalous source level                    source levels for impact driving of 30-
                                                 extent through the marine environment.                   measurements for vibratory pile driving               inch steel piles by averaging the
                                                    In order to calculate distances to the                that would not be expected at locations               individual mean values associated with
                                                 Level A and Level B sound thresholds                     with dissimilar substrates. NMFS will                 impact driving of the same size and type
                                                 for piles of various sizes being used in                 continue to evaluate use of these data on             from Auke Bay, Kake, and Ketchikan
                                                 this project, NMFS used acoustic                         a case-specific basis, however, for these             (Denes et al., 2016a; MacGillivray et al.,
                                                 monitoring data from other locations.                    reasons vibratory data from that study                2016; Warner and Austin 2016b; Denes
                                                 Note that piles of differing sizes have                  was not included in this analysis.                    et al., 2016b). Impact driving values at
                                                 different sound source levels.                           Results are shown in Table 6.                         Kake did not seem to be influenced by
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                    Empirical data from recent ADOT&PF                       For vibratory driving of 24-inch steel             substrate conditions in the way
                                                 sound source verification (SSV) studies                  dolphin and fender piles, data from                   vibratory driving measurements are
                                                 at Kake, Ketchikan, and Auke Bay, were                   three projects (two projects in                       believed to have been and, therefore,
                                                 used to estimate sound source levels                     Washington and one in California) were                Kake data was included. The average of
                                                 (SSLs) for vibratory and impact                          reviewed. The Washington marine                       the mean source levels from these three
                                                 installation of 30-inch steel pipe piles                 projects at the Washington State Ferries              sites was then calculated for each metric
                                                 (MacGillivray et al., 2016, Warner and                   Friday Harbor Terminal (WSDOT, 2010)                  (rms, SEL, and peak). Results are shown
                                                 Austin 2016b, Denes et al., 2016a,                       and Naval Base Kitsap, Bangor                         in Table 6.


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:41 Jul 05, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00018   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\06JYN2.SGM   06JYN2


                                                                                        Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 128 / Thursday, July 6, 2017 / Notices                                                          31417

                                                   For the 24-inch impact pile driving,                          recommended a value of 193 dB RMS                                Harbor Restoration Ferry Terminal
                                                 NMFS used data from a Navy (2015)                               which was derived from data generated                            Project. NMFS found this estimated
                                                 study of proxy sound source values for                          by impact driving of 24-inch steel piles                         source level to be appropriate.
                                                 use at Puget Sound military                                     at the Bainbridge Island Ferry Terminal
                                                 installations. The Navy study                                   Preservation Project and the Friday

                                                   TABLE 6—ESTIMATES OF MEAN UNDERWATER SOUND LEVELS (DECIBELS) GENERATED DURING VIBRATORY AND IMPACT
                                                                              PILE INSTALLATION AND VIBRATORY PILE REMOVAL
                                                           Method and pile type                                       Sound level at 10 meters
                                                                                                                                                                                            Literature source
                                                              Vibratory hammer                                            dB re 1 μPa rms

                                                 30-inch steel piles ............................                               165.6                                     Derived from Denes et al. 2016a (Auke); Warner and
                                                                                                                                                                            Austin 2016b (Ketchikan).
                                                 24-inch steel piles ............................                                   161                                   WSDOT 2010; Caltrans 2012; Navy 2012.
                                                 18-inch steel piles ............................                                   161                                   WSDOT 2010; Caltrans 2012; Navy 2012.
                                                 Steel H-piles .....................................                                150                                   Caltrans 2015.
                                                               Impact hammer                               dB rms              dB SEL                    dB peak

                                                 30-inch steel piles ............................               193.6                     179.3                207.1      Derived from Denes et al. 2016a; Warner and Austin
                                                                                                                                                                            2016b, MacGillivray et al., 2016.
                                                 24-inch steel piles ............................                   193                    181                   210      Navy 2015.



                                                    The formula below is used to                                 underwater acoustic data utilizing the                           at a rate of 1 or 2 piles per day. For 24-
                                                 calculate underwater sound                                      practical spreading loss model.                                  inch fender piles, ADOT&PF used the
                                                 propagation. Transmission loss (TL) is                            Pulse duration from the SSV studies                            same single strike SEL of 181 dB and
                                                 the decrease in acoustic intensity as an                        described above are unknown. All                                 assumed 120 strikes per pile and 1 to 4
                                                 acoustic pressure wave propagates out                           necessary parameters were available for                          pile installations per day. To calculate
                                                 from a source. TL parameters vary with                          the SELcum (cumulative Single Strike                             Level A harassment isopleths associated
                                                 frequency, temperature, sea conditions,                         Equivalent) method for calculating                               with the vibratory driving of 30-inch
                                                 current, source and receiver depth,                             isopleths. Therefore, this method was                            piles, ADOT&PF utilized a source level
                                                 water depth, water chemistry, and                               selected. To account for potential                               (RMS SPL) of 165.6 dB and assumed 3
                                                 bottom composition and topography.                              variations in daily productivity during                          hours of driving per day. For 24-inch
                                                 The general formula for underwater TL                           impact installation, isopleths were
                                                                                                                                                                                  dolphin and fender piles, ADOT&PF
                                                 is:                                                             calculated for different numbers of piles
                                                                                                                                                                                  used a source level of 161 dB and
                                                                                                                 that could be installed each day (Table
                                                 TL = B * log 10 (R 1/R 2)                                                                                                        assumed up to 2 hours of driving per
                                                                                                                 7). Should the contractor expect to
                                                 Where:                                                          install fewer piles in a day than the                            day. For installation and/or removal of
                                                 TL = transmission loss in dB                                    maximum anticipated, a smaller Level A                           piles less than 24-inches in diameter,
                                                 B = transmission loss coefficient; for practical                shutdown zone would be employed to                               ADOT&PF assumed use of 18-inch piles
                                                      spreading equals 15                                        monitor take.                                                    and used the same source level of 161
                                                 R 1 = the distance of the modeled SPL from                        To derive Level A harassment                                   dB for up to 3 hours per day. If H-piles
                                                      the driven pile, and                                       isopleths associated with the impact                             are used, a source level of 150 dB was
                                                 R 2 = the distance from the driven pile of the                                                                                   utilized. Practical spreading was used in
                                                                                                                 driving of 30-inch piles, ADOT&PF
                                                      initial measurement.
                                                                                                                 utilized a single strike SEL of 179.3 dB                         all instances. Results are shown in Table
                                                   NMFS typically recommends a                                   and assumed 1000 strikes per pile for 1                          7. Isopleths for Level B harassment
                                                 default practical spreading loss of 15 dB                       to 4 piles per day. For 24-inch dolphin                          associated with impact (160 dB) and
                                                 per tenfold increase in distance.                               piles, ADOT&PF used a single strike                              vibratory harassment (120 dB) were also
                                                 ADOT&PF analyzed the available                                  SEL of 181 dB and assumed 400 strikes                            calculated and are included in Table 7.

                                                         TABLE 7—PILE INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL ACTIVITIES AND CALCULATED DISTANCES TO LEVEL A AND LEVEL B
                                                                                             HARASSMENT ISOPLETHS 1
                                                                                                           Estimated duration                             Level A harassment zone (meters)                      Level B Harass-
                                                                                                                                                          (based on new technical guidance)                         ment Zone
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     (meters)
                                                                                                                                                         Cetaceans                         Pinnipeds            (based on prac-
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 tical spreading
                                                                       Activity                           Hours per       Days of                                                                                  loss model)
                                                                                                            day            effort
                                                                                                                                             LF                MF            HF          PW         OW          Cetaceans and
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Pinnipeds
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   (120 dB)

                                                 Vibratory Installation 30″ ......................                  3           13                28.8              2.6        42.6        17.5          1.2    10,970 (10,964)
                                                 Vibratory Installation 24″ Dolphin ........                        1            2                 6.8              0.6        10.1         4.2          0.3
                                                 Vibratory Installation 24″ Fender .........                        2            2                10.8                1          16         6.6          0.5       5,420 (5,412)
                                                 Vibratory Installation and/or removal
                                                   <24″ (18″) .........................................             3           15                 14                1            21          8.6        0.6



                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014       18:41 Jul 05, 2017     Jkt 241001    PO 00000     Frm 00019    Fmt 4701      Sfmt 4703    E:\FR\FM\06JYN2.SGM    06JYN2


                                                 31418                                 Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 128 / Thursday, July 6, 2017 / Notices

                                                         TABLE 7—PILE INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL ACTIVITIES AND CALCULATED DISTANCES TO LEVEL A AND LEVEL B
                                                                                        HARASSMENT ISOPLETHS 1—Continued
                                                                                                           Estimated duration                               Level A harassment zone (meters)                    Level B Harass-
                                                                                                                                                            (based on new technical guidance)                       ment Zone
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     (meters)
                                                                                                                                                            Cetaceans                        Pinnipeds          (based on prac-
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 tical spreading
                                                                       Activity                           Hours per        Days of                                                                                 loss model)
                                                                                                            day             effort
                                                                                                                                                LF                MF         HF           PW         OW         Cetaceans and
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Pinnipeds
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   (120 dB)

                                                 Vibratory Installation and/or removal
                                                   <24″ (H-piles) ...................................                 3           15                  2.6              0.2        3.9          1.6        0.1              1,000


                                                                                                                                                            Cetaceans                        Pinnipeds          Cetaceans and
                                                                                         Piles per         Strikes         Days of
                                                              Activity                                                                                                                                            Pinnipeds
                                                                                            day            per pile         effort              LF                MF         HF           PW         OW            (160 dB)

                                                 Impact Installation 30″ .....                       4        1,000               13             1,426                 51     1,699          763          56       1,740 (1,738)
                                                                                                     3                            18             1,177                 42     1,402          630          46
                                                                                                     2                            26               898                 32     1,070          481          35
                                                                                                     1                            52               566                 20       674          303          22
                                                 Impact Installation 24″
                                                   Dolphin .........................                 2          400                   2              633               23       754          339          25
                                                                                                     1                                3              399               14       475          213          16
                                                 Impact Installation 24″
                                                   Fender ..........................                 4          120                   2              450               16       537          241          18       1,590 (1,585)
                                                                                                     3                                3              372               13       443          199          15
                                                                                                     2                                4              284               10       338          152          11
                                                                                                     1                                8              178                6       213           96           7
                                                   1 To account for potential variations in daily productivity during impact installation, isopleths were calculated for different numbers of piles that
                                                 could be installed each day (Therefore, should the contractor expect to install fewer piles in a day than the maximum anticipated, a smaller Level
                                                 A shutdown zone would be required to avoid take.)


                                                   Note that the actual area ensonified by                        ensonified area was determined using a                          Level B ensonified zones for impact
                                                 pile driving activities is significantly                         straight line-of-sight projection from the                      driving and vibratory installation/
                                                 constrained by local topography relative                         anticipated pile driving locations. The                         removal are shown in Table 8.
                                                 to the total threshold radius. The actual                        corresponding areas of the Level A and

                                                  TABLE 8—CALCULATED AREAS (km2) ENSONIFIED WITHIN LEVEL A AND LEVEL B HARASSMENT THRESHOLDS IN EXCESS
                                                                  OF 100-METER DISTANCE DURING PILE INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL ACTIVITIES

                                                                                                           Estimated duration                                 Level A harassment zone (km2)                     Level B harass-
                                                                                                                                                            (based on new technical guidance)                   ment zone (km2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                (based on prac-
                                                                                                                                                            Cetaceans                        Pinnipeds           tical spreading
                                                                       Activity                                                                                                                                    loss model)
                                                                                                          Hours per        Days of
                                                                                                            day             effort                                                                              Cetaceans and
                                                                                                                                                LF                MF         HF           PW         OW           Pinnipeds
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   (120 dB)

                                                 Vibratory Installation 30″ ......................                    3           13                  NA               NA         NA           NA         NA               24.42
                                                 Vibratory Installation 24″ Dolphin ........                          1            2                  NA               NA         NA           NA         NA               17.19
                                                 Vibratory Installation 24″ Fender .........                          2            2                  NA               NA         NA           NA         NA
                                                 Vibratory Installation and/or removal
                                                   <24″ (18″) .........................................               3           15                  NA               NA         NA           NA         NA
                                                 Vibratory Installation and/or removal
                                                   <24″ (H-piles) ...................................                 3           15                  NA               NA         NA           NA         NA                1.47


                                                                                                                                                            Cetaceans                        Pinnipeds          Cetaceans and
                                                                                         Piles per         Strikes         Days of
                                                              Activity                                                                                                                                            Pinnipeds
                                                                                            day            per pile         effort
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                                                                                                                LF                MF         HF           PW         OW            (160 dB)

                                                 Impact Installation 30″ .....                       4        1,000               13                 2.84              NA      3.91         0.91          NA                4.08
                                                                                                     3                            18                 1.98              NA      2.75         0.66          NA
                                                                                                     2                            26                 1.21              NA      1.66         0.41          NA
                                                                                                     1                            52                 0.55              NA      0.74         0.18          NA
                                                 Impact Installation 24″
                                                   Dolphin .........................                 2          400                   2              0.67              NA      0.89         0.22          NA                3.45
                                                                                                     1                                3              0.29              NA      0.40         0.09          NA



                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014       18:41 Jul 05, 2017     Jkt 241001    PO 00000       Frm 00020       Fmt 4701    Sfmt 4703    E:\FR\FM\06JYN2.SGM   06JYN2


                                                                                       Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 128 / Thursday, July 6, 2017 / Notices                                                31419

                                                                                                                                                    Cetaceans                        Pinnipeds         Cetaceans and
                                                                                        Piles per      Strikes     Days of
                                                             Activity                                                                                                                                    Pinnipeds
                                                                                           day         per pile     effort              LF                MF         HF           PW         OW           (160 dB)

                                                 Impact Installation 24″
                                                   Fender ..........................            4           120               2              0.36              NA      0.50         0.11          NA
                                                                                                3                             3              0.26              NA      0.35         0.08          NA
                                                                                                2                             4              0.16              NA      0.22         0.04          NA
                                                                                                1                             8              0.06              NA      0.09         0.02          NA



                                                   Potential exposures to impact and                          consists of coastal waters of 100 meters                    2017). Killer whales are expected to be
                                                 vibratory pile driving noise for each                        or less (Hobbs and Waite 2010). Based                       uncommon in the project area and are
                                                 threshold were estimated using local                         on the known range of the Gulf of                           not expected to enter into Humboldt
                                                 marine mammal density datasets where                         Alaska stock, only six sightings of                         Harbor. However, NMFS used the
                                                 available and local observational data.                      singles or pairs during 110 days of                         density estimate of 0.002 per km2 to
                                                                                                              monitoring of the Kodiak Ferry                              determine the number of killer whales
                                                 Dall’s Porpoise                                                                                                          potentially observed within the project
                                                                                                              Terminal and Dock Improvements
                                                   There currently is no information on                       project, and occasional sightings during                    area. Given the low probability of
                                                 the presence or abundance of Dall’s                          monitoring of projects at other locations                   occurrence within the project area,
                                                 porpoises in the Shumagin Islands. No                        on Kodiak Island, it is assumed that                        using the available density estimates as
                                                 sightings of Dall’s porpoises have been                      harbor porpoises could be present on an                     an indication of exposure is a
                                                 documented in Humboldt Harbor and                            intermittent basis.                                         conservative approach to estimate
                                                 they are not expected to occur there                           Harbor porpoises are non-migratory;                       potential killer whale exposure to pile
                                                 (HDR 2017). However, individuals may                         therefore, exposure estimates are not                       driving noise. Vibratory installation of
                                                 occur in the deeper waters north of                          dependent on season. NMFS                                   30-inch piles will occur on 13 days
                                                 Popof Island or in Popof Strait, west of                     conservatively estimates harbor                             while vibratory installation of 24-inch
                                                 the Sand Point Airport. These porpoises                      porpoise could be exposed to                                dolphin piles, 24-inch fender piles, and
                                                 have been sighted infrequently on                            construction-related in-water noise on                      temporary 18-inch or h-piles will occur
                                                 research cruises heading in and out of                       two out of every three construction                         on a total of 19 days. NMFS assumed
                                                 Sand Point in deeper local waters                            days. Harbor porpoises in this area have                    that 18-inch piles would be installed
                                                 (Speckman, Pers. Comm.). Dall’s                              an average group size of 1.82. Therefore,                   instead of h-piles and that 18-inch piles
                                                 porpoise are non-migratory; therefore,                       NMFS estimates 49 harbor porpoise                           have the same source level and isopleth
                                                 exposure estimates are not dependent                         exposures as shown below.                                   as 24-in piles. NMFS also added a 25
                                                 on season. Exposure of Dall’s porpoise                         Sighting every 0.667 days * 40 days                       percent contingency factor to account
                                                 to noise from impact hammer pile                             of exposure * 1.82 group size = 49                          for unanticipated delays. Therefore,
                                                 installation is unlikely, as they are not                    (48.55) rounded up).                                        there would be up to 16.25 days of
                                                 expected to occur within the 1,738                             During impact installation of piles,                      vibratory installation of 30-inch piles
                                                 meter Level B harassment zone.                               the Level A harassment isopleth for                         and 23.75 days of 24-inch piles. At a
                                                 Similarly, we do not anticipate Dall’s                       harbor porpoises extends up to 1,699                        density of 0.002 whales/km2, NMFS
                                                 porpoise would be exposed to noise in                        meters when a maximum of four 30-                           anticipates approximately 0.79 killer
                                                 excess of the Level A harassment                             inch piles are installed on the same day.                   whales (i.e., 0.002 whales/km2 * 24.42
                                                 threshold, which would be located at a                       Given that harbor porpoises prefer near-                    km2 30-inch vibratory harassment zone
                                                 maximum distance of 1,699 meters. It is                      shore waters, we anticipate that it is                      * 16.25 days) would be exposed to Level
                                                 possible, however, that they would                           possible for up to one-third of the                         B harassment associated with 30-inch
                                                 occur in the larger Level B zone                             harbor porpoise sighting to occur in a                      vibratory driving while 0.82 killer
                                                 associated with vibratory driving of 30-                     Level A harassment zone. Therefore,                         whales (i.e., 0.002 whales/km2 * 17.19
                                                 inch (up to 10,970 meters) and 24-inch                       NMFS proposes that of the 49                                km2 24-inch vibratory harassment zone
                                                 piles (up to 5,420 meters). Over the                         exposures, 16 will occur within a Level                     * 23.75 days) would be exposed to Level
                                                 course of 40 days in which vibratory                         A harassment isopleth and 33 will occur                     B harassment from 24-inch vibratory
                                                 driving will be employed, NMFS                               within a Level B harassment isopleth.                       driving over 40 days. Over the 40 day
                                                 conservatively anticipates no more than                                                                                  construction period, 2 killer whales
                                                                                                              Killer Whale
                                                 one observation of a Dall’s porpoise pod                                                                                 (1.61 rounded up) would be exposed to
                                                 in these Level B vibratory harassment                           Line transect surveys conducted in                       Level B harassment.
                                                 zones. With an average pod size of 3.7                       the Shumagin Islands between 2001 and                          However, killer whales generally
                                                 (Wade et al. 2003), NMFS estimates up                        2003 did not record any resident killer                     travel in pods, or groups of individuals.
                                                 to four Dall’s porpoises could be taken                      whales, but did record a relatively high                    The average pod size for transient killer
                                                 during the pile installation period. No                      abundance of transient killer whales                        whales is four individuals (Zerbini et al.
                                                 Level A take is proposed for Dall’s                          (Zerbini et al., 2007). The same study                      2007) and 5–50 for resident killer
                                                 porpoises.                                                   estimated a density of approximately                        whales (Heise et al. 2003). A monitoring
                                                                                                              0.002 killer whales per square kilometer                    report associated with issuance of an
                                                 Harbor Porpoise
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                                                                              (km2) in the Shumagin Islands (Zerbini                      IHA for Kodiak Ferry Terminal and
                                                   There are no reports of harbor                             et al., 2007). The population trend of the                  Dock Improvements Project recorded
                                                 porpoises or harbor porpoise densities                       transient stock of killer whales in                         four killer whale pod observations
                                                 in the Shumagin Islands. It is reasonable                    Alaska has remained stable since the                        during 110 days of monitoring with the
                                                 to assume that they would occur in the                       1980s (Muto et al., 2016a). Anecdotal                       largest pod size consisting of seven
                                                 vicinity of Popof and Unga Islands given                     observations indicate that killer whales                    individuals. NMFS will, therefore,
                                                 that they are common in the Gulf of                          are not often seen in the vicinity of Sand                  assume that there will be sightings of
                                                 Alaska and their preferred habitat                           Point, including Popof Strait (HDR                          two pods with an average group size of


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014      18:41 Jul 05, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00021       Fmt 4701    Sfmt 4703    E:\FR\FM\06JYN2.SGM   06JYN2


                                                 31420                           Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 128 / Thursday, July 6, 2017 / Notices

                                                 seven over the course of the 40-day                      whales/km2 * 17.19 km2 24-inch                        remaining 89 percent (CV = 0.01) of
                                                 construction period resulting in a total                 vibratory harassment zone * 23.75 days)               individuals in the Gulf of Alaska are
                                                 estimate of 14 killer whale Level B                      would be exposed to harassment on                     likely members of the Hawaii DPS
                                                 takes. These killer whales would likely                  days in which 24-inch piles are driven                (Wade et al., 2016). Therefore it is
                                                 be transients, but could also be                         for a total of 32 (32.2 rounded down)                 estimated that 28 humpback whales
                                                 residents, so take is proposed for both                  whale takes over 40 days.                             would be from the Hawaii DPS, three
                                                 stocks. No Level A take is proposed for                     A subset of the 32 humpback whales                 humpback whales would be from the
                                                 killer whales since the injury zone is                   potentially exposed to harassment noise               threatened Mexico DPS, and 1
                                                 smaller than the 100 meter shutdown                      levels may enter the Level A harassment               humpback whale would be from the
                                                 zone.                                                    zone, which extends 1,426 meters                      endangered Western North Pacific DPS.
                                                                                                          assuming an optimal productivity of                   Given the small number of anticipated
                                                 Humpback Whale                                           driving four 30-inch piles per day; 633               Level A takes, NMFS will assume that
                                                    Surveys from 2001 to 2004 estimated                   meters when driving two 24-inch                       both authorized Level A takes represent
                                                 humpback whale abundance in the                          dolphins; and 450 meters when driving                 members of the Hawaii DPS.
                                                 Shumagin Islands at between 410 and                      four 24-inch fenders. NMFS has again
                                                 593 individuals during the summer                        added a 25 percent contingency and                    Fin Whale
                                                 feeding season (July–August; Witteveen                   will assume 16.25 days of 30-inch                        Vessel-based line-transect surveys of
                                                 et al., 2004; Zerbini et al., 2006). Annual              impact pile driving, 2.5 days of 24-inch              coastal waters between Resurrection Bay
                                                 vessel-based, photo-identification                       dolphin installation and 2.5 days of 24-              and the central Aleutian Islands were
                                                 surveys in the Shumagin Islands from                     inch fender installation. Note that when              completed in July and August from 2001
                                                 1999 to 2015 identified 654 unique                       estimating Level A take, NMFS                         to 2003. Large concentrations of fin
                                                 individual humpback whales between                       conservatively defaulted to the Level A               whales were found in the Semidi
                                                 June and September (Witteveen and                        isopleth and corresponding area                       Islands, located midway between the
                                                 Wynne 2016). Humpback whale                              associated with maximum number of                     Shumagin Islands and Kodiak Island
                                                 abundance in the Shumagin Islands                        piles that can driven each day for each               just south of the Alaska Peninsula. The
                                                 increased 6 percent per year between                     pile size. We anticipate approximately                abundance of fin whales in the
                                                 1987 and 2003 (Zerbini et al., 2006).                    1.84 humpback whales (e.g., 0.04                      Shumagin Islands ranged from a low
                                                 Between 2001 and 2003, summer line                       whales/km2 * 2.84 km2 Level A                         estimate of 604 in 2003 to a high
                                                 transect surveys in the Shumagin                         harassment zone * 16.25 days) would be                estimate of 1,113 in 2002. The estimated
                                                 Islands estimated the humpback whale                     exposed to Level A harassment during                  density of fin whales in the Shumagin
                                                 density at 0.02 whales per km2 (Zerbini                  30-inch impact pile driving;                          Islands was 0.007 whales per km2 and
                                                 et al., 2006). Given an approximate                      approximately 0.07 humpback whales                    this is the density estimate assumed for
                                                 population increase of 6 percent each                    (e.g., 0.04 whales/km2 * 0.67 km2 Level               the project area (Zerbini et al., 2006).
                                                 year since the early 2000’s (Muto et al.,                A harassment zone * 2.5 days) would be                Fin whale density in the Shumagin
                                                 2016b), we conservatively estimate the                   exposed to Level A harassment during                  Islands at other times of the year is
                                                 current density of humpback whales as                    24-inch dolphin installation; and                     unknown, and they are uncommon in
                                                 about 0.04 whale per km2 (0.02 whale/                    approximately 0.04 humpback whales                    Humboldt Harbor or Popof Strait (HDR
                                                 km2 * [6 percent increase/year * 13                      (e.g., 0.04 whales/km2 * 0.36 km2 Level               2017). At a density of 0.007 whales/km2,
                                                 years]).                                                 A harassment zone * 2.5 days) would be                NMFS anticipates approximately 2.77
                                                    Exposure of humpback whales to                        exposed to Level A harassment during                  fin whales (i.e., 0.007 whales/km2 *
                                                 Level A and Level B harassment noise                     24-inch fender installation. Therefore, a             24.42 km2 30-inch vibratory harassment
                                                 levels is possible in August and, to a                   total of 2 (1.95 rounded up) humpback                 zone * 16.25 days) would be exposed to
                                                 lesser extent, in September. Exposure is                 whales could be exposed to Level A                    Level B harassment on days when 30-
                                                 unlikely between October and December                    harassment. Therefore, NMFS is                        inch vibratory driving would occur.
                                                 because humpback whale abundance is                      proposing 30 Level B and 2 Level A                    Additionally, 2.86 whales (i.e., 0.007
                                                 low during late fall and winter.                         humpback whale takes.                                 whales/km2 * 17.19 km2 24-inch
                                                 Humpback whales, when present, are                          Humpback whales found in the                       vibratory harassment zone * 23.75 days)
                                                 unlikely to enter Humboldt Harbor or                     Shumagin Islands are predominantly                    would be exposed to Level B
                                                 approach the City of Sand Point, but                     members of the Hawaii DPS, which are                  harassment on days in which 24-inch
                                                 would instead transit through Popof                      not listed under the ESA. However,                    piles are driven for a total of 6 (5.63
                                                 Strait or feed in the deeper waters off                  based on a comprehensive photo-                       rounded up) Level B takes of fin whales
                                                 the airport, between Popof and Unga                      identification study, members of both                 over 40 days. Therefore, NMFS is
                                                 islands (HDR 2017). Harassment from                      the Western North Pacific DPS (ESA-                   proposing 6 Level B fin whale takes. Fin
                                                 pile installation is possible in waters                  listed as endangered) and Mexico DPS                  whales are typically found in deep,
                                                 between Popof and Unga islands,                          (ESA-listed as threatened) are known to               offshore waters so no Level A take is
                                                 including Popof Strait. Because we do                    occur in the Gulf of Alaska and Aleutian              proposed for this species.
                                                 not know exactly when construction                       Islands. Members of different DPSs are
                                                 might occur, we will use the updated                     known to intermix on feeding grounds;                 Minke Whale
                                                 summer density estimate (and our only                    therefore, all waters off the coast of                  There are no population estimates for
                                                 density estimate) of 0.04 whales/km2 to                  Alaska should be considered to have                   minke whales in Alaska; however,
                                                 estimate exposure.                                       ESA-listed humpback whales.                           nearshore aerial surveys of the western
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                    At a density of 0.04 whales/km2,                      According to Wade et al., (2016), the                 Gulf of Alaska took place between 2001
                                                 NMFS anticipates approximately 15.87                     probability of encountering a humpback                and 2003. These surveys estimated the
                                                 humpback whales (i.e., 0.04 whales/km2                   whale from the Western North Pacific                  minke whale population in that area at
                                                 * 24.42 km2 30-inch vibratory                            DPS in the Gulf of Alaska is 0.5 percent              approximately 1,233 individuals
                                                 harassment zone * 16.25 days) would be                   (CV [coefficient of variation] = 0.001).              (Zerbini et al. 2006). Conservatively,
                                                 exposed to harassment on days when                       The probability of encountering a                     minke whales could be exposed to
                                                 30-inch vibratory driving would occur.                   humpback whale from the Mexico DPS                    construction-related noise levels year
                                                 Additionally, 16.33 whales (i.e., 0.04                   is 10.5 percent (CV = 0.16). The                      round. Surveys indicate a density of


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:41 Jul 05, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00022   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\06JYN2.SGM   06JYN2


                                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 128 / Thursday, July 6, 2017 / Notices                                           31421

                                                 0.001 minke whales per km2 south of                      unique individual sea lions occur in                  humans, lifting their heads from the
                                                 the Alaska Peninsula (including the                      Humboldt Harbor each day and could                    water to look around. Given that harbor
                                                 Shumagin Islands). At a density of 0.001                 potentially be exposed to Level B                     seals are likely to be found in the near-
                                                 whales/km2, NMFS anticipates                             harassment over 40 days of                            shore environment, we are proposing
                                                 approximately 0.40 minke whales (i.e.,                   construction. Given that the project area             limited Level A take since the impact
                                                 0.001 whales/km2 * 24.42 km2 30-inch                     is located within the aquatic zones (i.e.,            pile driving injury zones can extend
                                                 vibratory harassment zone * 16.25 days)                  designated critical habitat) of two                   well beyond the 100 meter shutdown
                                                 would be exposed to Level B                              designated major haulouts (Sea Lion                   zone. We anticipate that up to one-third
                                                 harassment on days when 30-inch                          Rocks and The Whaleback), sea lions                   of harbor seal takes would be by Level
                                                 vibratory driving would occur.                           could commonly enter into the Level B                 A harassment resulting in 27 Level A
                                                 Additionally, 0.41 whales (i.e., 0.001                   ensonified zone outside of the                        and 53 Level B proposed takes of harbor
                                                 whales/km2 * 17.19 km2 24-inch                           Humboldt Harbor. As such, it assumed                  seals.
                                                 vibratory harassment zone * 23.75 days)                  that an additional 12 animals per day                 Proposed Mitigation
                                                 would be exposed to Level B                              may occur in the Level B harassment
                                                 harassment on days in which 24-inch                      zone outside of Humboldt Harbor. Total                   In order to issue an IHA under
                                                 piles are driven for a total of 1 (0.81                  exposures is calculated using the                     Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA,
                                                 rounded up) level B take of minke                        following equation:                                   NMFS must set forth the permissible
                                                 whales over 40 construction days. With                                                                         methods of taking pursuant to such
                                                                                                          24 sea lions per day * 40 days of
                                                 a pod size of two or three (NMFS 2015),                                                                        activity, ‘‘and other means of effecting
                                                                                                          exposure = 960 potential exposures
                                                 NMFS proposes that three minke whales                                                                          the least practicable impact on such
                                                                                                             No Level A take is proposed for                    species or stock and its habitat, paying
                                                 could be taken during the 40-day
                                                                                                          Steller sea lions since the Level A                   particular attention to rookeries, mating
                                                 construction period. No Level A take is
                                                 proposed for minke whales due to low                     isopleths are smaller than the 100 meter              grounds, and areas of similar
                                                 abundance near the project area.                         shutdown zone.                                        significance, and on the availability of
                                                                                                          Harbor Seal                                           such species or stock for taking’’ for
                                                 Gray Whale                                                                                                     certain subsistence uses. NMFS
                                                   Gray whales could potentially migrate                    Anecdotal observations indicate that                regulations require applicants for
                                                 through the area between March                           harbor seals are uncommon in                          incidental take authorizations to include
                                                 through May and November through                         Humboldt Harbor proper (HDR 2017).                    information about the availability and
                                                 January. Gray whale presence near Sand                   However, they are expected to occur                   feasibility (economic and technological)
                                                 Point and in Humboldt Harbor is rare                     occasionally in the project area. The                 of equipment, methods, and manner of
                                                 and unlikely to occur during the                         Kodiak Ferry Terminal and Dock                        conducting such activity or other means
                                                 construction period. As such, exposure                   Improvements Project on Kodiak Island                 of effecting the least practicable adverse
                                                 of gray whales to noise from impact                      recorded 13 single sightings of harbor                impact upon the affected species or
                                                 hammer pile installation is unlikely, as                 seals during 110 days of monitoring.                  stocks and their habitat (50 CFR
                                                 they are not expected to occur within                    Although the harbor seal stock is                     216.104(a)(11)).
                                                 the 1,426 meter harassment zone.                         different at Kodiak (South Kodiak stock)                 In evaluating how mitigation may or
                                                 Harassment from vibratory pile                           and the project sites are somewhat                    may not be appropriate to ensure the
                                                 installation is possible in the deeper                   dissimilar, NMFS used this information                least practicable adverse impact on
                                                 water north of Popof Strait. Because                     to conservatively estimate that one                   species or stocks and their habitat, as
                                                 there are no density estimates for the                   harbor seal could be present near Sand                well as subsistence uses where
                                                 area and the rarity of gray whales within                Point on any given day. An aerial                     applicable, we carefully balance two
                                                 the project area, NMFS conservatively                    haulout survey in 2011 estimated that                 primary factors: (1) The manner in
                                                 estimates that gray whales will not be                   15 harbor seals occupy the survey unit                which, and the degree to which, the
                                                 observed more than one time during the                   along the south coast of Popof Island                 successful implementation of the
                                                 construction period. Multiplying the                     (London et al., 2015) and anecdotal                   measure(s) is expected to reduce
                                                 one potential observation by the average                 observations indicate that harbor seals               impacts to marine mammals, marine
                                                 pod size of 2.4 (Rugh et al., 2005),                     are known to occur intermittently near                mammal species or stocks, and their
                                                 NMFS estimates that two gray whales                      the airport (HDR 2017). NMFS                          habitat which considers the nature of
                                                 could be exposed to construction-                        conservatively estimates that one animal              the potential adverse impact being
                                                 related noise at the Level B harassment                  per day will be observed near the harbor              mitigated (likelihood, scope, range), as
                                                 level over the course of the construction                while another animal will occur near                  well as the likelihood that the measure
                                                 period. No Level A take is proposed for                  the airport or elsewhere within an                    will be effective if implemented; and the
                                                 gray whales.                                             ensonified zone. Therefore, NMFS                      likelihood of effective implementation,
                                                                                                          proposes that up to two harbor seals                  and; (2) the practicability of the
                                                 Steller Sea Lion                                         may be taken each day during the 40-                  measures for applicant implementation,
                                                   The number of unique individuals                       day pile installation period for a total of           which may consider such things as cost,
                                                 used to calculate take was based on                      80 authorized takes.                                  impact on operations, and, in the case
                                                 information reported by the nearby                         During impact installation of 30-inch               of a military readiness activity,
                                                 seafood processing facility. It is                       piles, the Level A harassment isopleth                personnel safety, practicality of
                                                 estimated that about 12 unique                           for harbor seals extends out to a                     implementation, and impact on the
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 individual sea lions likely occur in                     maximum distance of 763 meters on                     effectiveness of the military readiness
                                                 Humboldt Harbor each day during the                      days when four piles are driven; out to               activity.
                                                 pollock fishing seasons (HDR 2017). It is                339 meters when two 24-inch dolphins                     In addition to the measures described
                                                 assumed that Steller sea lions may be                    are installed on the same day; and out                later in this section, ADOT&PF will
                                                 present every day, and also that take                    to 241 meters when four fenders are                   employ the following standard
                                                 will include multiple harassments of the                 installed on a single day. Harbor seals               mitigation measures:
                                                 same individual(s) both within and                       often act curious toward on-shore                        (a) Conduct briefings between
                                                 among days. It is also assumed that 12                   activities and are known to approach                  construction supervisors and crews, and


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:41 Jul 05, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00023   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\06JYN2.SGM   06JYN2


                                                 31422                                  Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 128 / Thursday, July 6, 2017 / Notices

                                                 marine mammal monitoring team, prior                                technical guidance published in the                      low-frequency cetaceans (i.e., humpback
                                                 to the start of all pile driving activity,                          Federal Register on August 4, 2016 (81                   whales), high-frequency cetaceans (i.e.,
                                                 and when new personnel join the work,                               FR 51693). The shutdown zones vary for                   harbor porpoises), or phocid pinnipeds
                                                 in order to explain responsibilities,                               specific species. A conservative                         (i.e., harbor seals). For this reason, Level
                                                 communication procedures, marine                                    shutdown zone of 100 meters will be                      A take for small numbers of humpback
                                                 mammal monitoring protocol, and                                     monitored during all pile driving                        whales, harbor porpoises, and harbor
                                                 operational procedures, and;                                        activities to prevent Level A exposure to                seals is proposed.
                                                   (b) For in-water heavy machinery                                  most species. During vibratory
                                                                                                                                                                                 To account for potential variations in
                                                 work other than pile driving (e.g.,                                 installation of piles of all sizes and
                                                                                                                                                                              daily productivity during impact
                                                 standard barges, tug boats), if a marine                            impact installation of 24-inch piles,
                                                                                                                                                                              installation, isopleths were calculated
                                                 mammal comes within 10 m, operations                                piles under 24 inches, and H-piles, a
                                                                                                                                                                              for different numbers of piles that could
                                                 shall cease and vessels shall reduce                                100-meter shutdown zone would
                                                                                                                     prevent Level A take to marine                           be installed each day. Therefore, should
                                                 speed to the minimum level required to
                                                                                                                     mammals. A 100-meter shutdown zone                       the contractor expect to install fewer
                                                 maintain steerage and safe working
                                                                                                                     would also be sufficient to prevent                      piles in a day than the maximum
                                                 conditions. This type of work could
                                                 include the following activities: (1)                               Level A take of mid-frequency cetaceans                  anticipated, a smaller Level A shutdown
                                                 Movement of the barge to the pile                                   and otariid pinnipeds (i.e., Steller sea                 zone reflecting the number of piles
                                                 location; or (2) positioning of the pile on                         lions) during impact installation of 30-                 driven would be required to avoid take.
                                                 the substrate via a crane (i.e., stabbing                           inch and 24-inch piles. Note that Level                  Furthermore, if the first pile is driven
                                                 the pile).                                                          A take is not proposed for the low-                      and no marine mammals have been
                                                   (c) Work may only occur during                                    frequency species of fin whale, gray                     observed within the radius of
                                                 daylight hours, when visual monitoring                              whale and minke whale, mid-frequency                     corresponding Level A zone, then the
                                                 of marine mammals can be conducted.                                 killer whale and high-frequency Dall’s                   Level A radius for the next pile shall be
                                                   The following measures would apply                                porpoise since estimated take numbers                    decreased to next largest Level A radius.
                                                 to ADOT&PFs mitigation requirements:                                are low. In the unlikely occurrence that                 This pattern shall continue unless an
                                                   Establishment of Shutdown Zone—                                   animals of these species are observed                    animal is observed within the most
                                                 For all pile driving activities, ADOT&PF                            approaching their respective Level A                     recent shutdown zone radius, at which
                                                 will establish a shutdown zone. The                                 zones, pile driving operations will shut                 that specific shutdown radius shall
                                                 purpose of a shutdown zone is generally                             down.                                                    remain in effect for the rest of the
                                                 to define an area within which                                         Establishment of Level A Take Zone—                   workday. Additionally, if piles of
                                                 shutdown of activity would occur upon                               ADOT&PF will establish Level A take                      different sizes are installed in a single
                                                 sighting of a marine mammal (or in                                  zones which are areas beyond the                         day, the size of the monitored Level A
                                                 anticipation of an animal entering the                              shutdown zones where animals may be                      zone for all installed piles will default
                                                 defined area). In this case, shutdown                               exposed to sound levels that could                       to the isopleth corresponding to the
                                                 zones are intended to contain areas in                              result in PTS. During impact installation                largest pile being driven that day. Level
                                                 which SPLs equal or exceed acoustic                                 of 30-inch and 24-inch piles, a 100-                     A zones will be rounded up to the
                                                 injury criteria for some authorized                                 meter shutdown zone would not be                         nearest 10 m and are depicted in Table
                                                 species, based on NMFS’ new acoustic                                sufficient to prevent Level A take of                    9.

                                                                                                  TABLE 9—LEVEL A ZONE ISOPLETHS DURING IMPACT DRIVING
                                                                                                                                                                                        Isopleths (m)
                                                                                                                                         Piles installed per
                                                                                      Activity                                                                          LF
                                                                                                                                                 day                                         HF                 PW
                                                                                                                                                                    (Humpback         (Harbor porpoises)   (Harbor seals)
                                                                                                                                                                      whales)

                                                 Impact Installation 30″ .............................................................                      4         1,430 (1,426)        1,700 (1,699)         770 (763)
                                                                                                                                                            3         1,180 (1,177)        1,410 (1,402)         630 (630)
                                                                                                                                                            2             900 (898)        1,070 (1,070)         490 (481)
                                                                                                                                                            1             570 (566)            680 (674)         310 (303)
                                                 Impact Installation 24″ Dolphin ................................................                           2             640 (633)            760 (754)         340 (339)
                                                                                                                                                            1             400 (399)            480 (475)         220 (213)
                                                 Impact Installation 24″ Fender .................................................                           4             450 (450)            540 (537)         250 (241)
                                                                                                                                                            3             380 (372)            450 (443)         200 (199)
                                                                                                                                                            2             290 (284)            340 (338)         160 (152)
                                                                                                                                                            1             180 (178)            220 (213)          100 (96)



                                                   Establishment of Disturbance Zones—                               utility for monitoring by establishing                   zone and thus prepare for potential
                                                 ADOT&PF will establish Level B                                      monitoring protocols for areas adjacent                  shutdowns of activity. The Level B zone
                                                 disturbance zones or zones of influence                             to the shutdown zones. Monitoring of                     isopleths will be rounded up to the
                                                 (ZOI) which are areas where SPLs equal                              disturbance zones enables observers to                   nearest 10 m and are depicted in Table
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 or exceed 160 dB rms for impact driving                             be aware of and communicate the                          10.
                                                 and 120 dB rms during vibratory                                     presence of marine mammals in the
                                                 driving. Disturbance zones provide                                  project area but outside the shutdown




                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014       18:41 Jul 05, 2017     Jkt 241001     PO 00000      Frm 00024      Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\06JYN2.SGM   06JYN2


                                                                                         Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 128 / Thursday, July 6, 2017 / Notices                                         31423

                                                   TABLE 10—LEVEL B ZONE ISOPLETHS if visibility becomes impaired within                                                • Individual marine mammal
                                                    DURING IMPACT AND VIBRATORY the Level B zone. If the Level B zone is                                             responses (behavioral or physiological)
                                                    DRIVING                        not visible while work continues,                                                 to acoustic stressors (acute, chronic, or
                                                                                                           exposures will be recorded at the                         cumulative), other stressors, or
                                                                                              Level B      estimated exposure rate for each                          cumulative impacts from multiple
                                                                                         harassment zone   permitted species. If work ceases for                     stressors.
                                                                                             (meters)      more than 30 minutes, the pre-activity                       • How anticipated responses to
                                                                                            (based on                                                                stressors impact either: (1) Long-term
                                                                                             practical     monitoring of both zones must
                                                              Activity                    spreading loss   recommence.                                               fitness and survival of individual
                                                                                              model)          Sound Attenuation Devices—During                       marine mammals; or (2) populations,
                                                                                                           impact pile driving, contractors will be                  species, or stocks.
                                                                                          Cetaceans and
                                                                                                           required to use pile caps. Pile caps                         • Effects on marine mammal habitat
                                                                                            Pinnipeds
                                                                                             (120 dB)      reduce the sound generated by the pile,                   (e.g., marine mammal prey species,
                                                                                                           although the level of reduction can vary.                 acoustic habitat, or other important
                                                 Vibratory Installation 30″                10,970 (10,964)    Based on our evaluation of the                         physical components of marine
                                                 Vibratory Installation 24″                                applicant’s proposed measures, as well                    mammal habitat).
                                                   Dolphin ........................          5,420 (5,412) as other measures considered by NMFS,                        • Mitigation and monitoring
                                                 Vibratory Installation 24″                                                                                          effectiveness.
                                                   Fender .........................          5,420 (5,412)
                                                                                                           NMFS has preliminarily determined
                                                 Vibratory Installation and/                               that the proposed mitigation measures                     Visual Marine Mammal Observation
                                                   or removal <24″ or H-                                   provide the means effecting the least
                                                                                                                                                                        Monitoring will be conducted by
                                                   piles .............................       5,420 (5,412) practicable adverse impact on the
                                                                                                           affected species or stocks and their                      qualified marine mammal observers
                                                              Activity                    Cetaceans and    habitat, paying particular attention to                   (MMOs), who are trained biologists,
                                                                                            Pinnipeds      rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of                   with the following minimum
                                                                                             (160 dB)      similar significance.                                     qualifications:
                                                                                                                                                                        • Independent observers (i.e., not
                                                 Impact Installation 30″ ....                1,740 (1,738)     Proposed Monitoring and Reporting                     construction personnel) are required;
                                                 Impact Installation 24″                                                                                                • At least one observer must have
                                                   Dolphin ........................               In order to issue an IHA for an
                                                                                             1,740 (1,738)                                                           prior experience working as an observer;
                                                 Impact Installation 24″                       activity, Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the
                                                                                                                                                                        • Other observers may substitute
                                                                                 1,740 (1,738) MMPA states that NMFS must set forth,
                                                   Fender .........................
                                                                                                                                                                     education (undergraduate degree in
                                                                                               ‘‘requirements pertaining to the
                                                                                                                                                                     biological science or related field) or
                                                                                               monitoring and reporting of such
                                                                                                                                                                     training for experience;
                                                    Soft Start—The use of a soft-start         taking.’’ The MMPA implementing                                          • Ability to conduct field
                                                 procedure is believed to provide              regulations at 50 CFR 216.104 (a)(13)                                 observations and collect data according
                                                 additional protection to marine               indicate that requests for authorizations                             to assigned protocols.
                                                 mammals by providing warning and/or           must include the suggested means of                                      • Experience or training in the field
                                                 giving marine mammals a chance to             accomplishing the necessary monitoring                                identification of marine mammals,
                                                 leave the area prior to the hammer            and reporting that will result in                                     including the identification of
                                                 operating at full capacity. For impact        increased knowledge of the species and                                behaviors;
                                                 pile driving, contractors will be required of the level of taking or impacts on                                        • Sufficient training, orientation, or
                                                 to provide an initial set of strikes from     populations of marine mammals that are                                experience with the construction
                                                 the hammer at 40 percent energy, each         expected to be present in the proposed                                operation to provide for personal safety
                                                 strike followed by no less than a 30-         action area. Effective reporting is critical                          during observations;
                                                 second waiting period. This procedure         both to compliance as well as ensuring                                   • Writing skills sufficient to prepare a
                                                 will be conducted a total of three times      that the most value is obtained from the                              report of observations including but not
                                                 before impact pile driving begins. Soft       required monitoring.                                                  limited to the number and species of
                                                 Start is not required during vibratory           Monitoring and reporting                                           marine mammals observed; dates and
                                                 pile driving and removal activities.          requirements prescribed by NMFS                                       times when in-water construction
                                                    Pre-Activity Monitoring—Prior to the       should contribute to improved                                         activities were conducted; dates and
                                                 start of daily in-water construction          understanding of one or more of the                                   times when in-water construction
                                                 activity, or whenever a break in pile         following:                                                            activities were suspended to avoid
                                                 driving of 30 minutes or longer occurs,          • Occurrence of marine mammal                                      potential incidental injury from
                                                 the observer will observe the shutdown        species or stocks in the action area (e.g.,                           construction sound of marine mammals
                                                 and monitoring zones for a period of 30       presence, abundance, distribution,                                    observed within a defined shutdown
                                                 minutes. The shutdown zone will be            density).                                                             zone; and marine mammal behavior;
                                                 cleared when a marine mammal has not             • Nature, scope, or context of likely                                 • Ability to communicate orally, by
                                                 been observed within zone for that 30-        marine mammal exposure to potential                                   radio or in person, with project
                                                 minute period. If a marine mammal is          stressors/impacts (individual or                                      personnel to provide real-time
                                                 observed within the shutdown zone, a          cumulative, acute or chronic), through                                information on marine mammals
                                                 soft-start cannot proceed until the           better understanding of: (1) Action or                                observed in the area as necessary; and
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 animal has left the zone or has not been environment (e.g., source                                                     • NMFS will require submission and
                                                 observed for 30 minutes (for cetaceans)       characterization, propagation, ambient                                approval of observer CVs.
                                                 and 15 minutes (for pinnipeds). If the        noise); (2) affected species (e.g., life                                 In order to effectively monitor the pile
                                                 Level B harassment zone has been              history, dive patterns); (3) co-occurrence                            driving monitoring zones, two MMOs
                                                 observed for 30 minutes and non-              of marine mammal species with the                                     will be positioned at the best practical
                                                 permitted species are not present within action; or (4) biological or behavioral                                    vantage point(s). The monitoring
                                                 the zone, soft start procedures can           context of exposure (e.g., age, calving or                            position may vary based on pile driving
                                                 commence and work can continue even feeding areas).                                                                 activities and the locations of the piles


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014        19:46 Jul 05, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00025   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\06JYN2.SGM   06JYN2


                                                 31424                           Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 128 / Thursday, July 6, 2017 / Notices

                                                 and driving equipment. The monitoring                    that the animal(s) has moved outside the                 • Water conditions (e.g., sea state,
                                                 location(s) will be identified with the                  Level B harassment zone or if it has not              tide state);
                                                 following characteristics: (1)                           been seen in the Level B zone for 30                     • Species, numbers, and, if possible,
                                                 Unobstructed view of pile being driven;                  minutes (for cetaceans) and 15 minutes                sex and age class of marine mammals;
                                                 (2) Unobstructed view of all water                       (for pinnipeds).                                         • Description of any observable
                                                 within the Level A (if applicable) and                      • If any marine mammal species not                 marine mammal behavior patterns,
                                                 Level B harassment zones for pile being                  authorized for take are encountered                   including bearing and direction of travel
                                                 driven, although it is understood that                   during activities and are likely to be                and distance from pile driving activity;
                                                 monitoring may be impaired at longer                     exposed to Level B harassment, then                      • Distance from pile driving activities
                                                 distances; and (3) Safe distance from                    ADOT&PF must stop pile driving                        to marine mammals and distance from
                                                 pile driving activities in the                           activities and report observations to                 the marine mammals to the observation
                                                 construction area. If necessary,                         NMFS’ Office of Protected Resources;                  point;
                                                 observations may occur from two                             • When a marine mammal is                             • Locations of all marine mammal
                                                 locations simultaneously. Potential                      observed, its location will be                        observations; and
                                                 observation locations include the                        determined using a rangefinder to verify                 • Other human activity in the area.
                                                 existing City Dock, the airport, the fish                distance and a GPS or compass to verify               Reporting
                                                 processing facility, or the quarry hillside              heading.
                                                 located south of the project site.                          • The MMOs will record any                            ADOT&PF will notify NMFS prior to
                                                    Observers will be on site and actively                authorized cetacean or pinniped present               the initiation of the pile driving
                                                 observing the shutdown and                               in the relevant injury zone. The Level A              activities and will provide NMFS with
                                                 disturbance zones during all pile                        zones are shown in Table 9.                           a draft monitoring report within 90 days
                                                 driving and extraction activities.                          • The MMOs will record any                         of the conclusion of the construction
                                                 Observers will use their naked eye with                  authorized cetacean or pinniped present               work. This report will detail the
                                                 the aid of binoculars, big-eye binoculars                in the relevant disturbance zone. The                 monitoring protocol, summarize the
                                                 and a spotting scope to search                           Level B zones are shown in Table 10.                  data recorded during monitoring, and
                                                 continuously for marine mammals                             • Ongoing in-water pile installation               estimate the number of marine
                                                 during all pile driving and extraction                   may be continued during periods when                  mammals that may have been harassed,
                                                 activities.                                              conditions such as low light, darkness,               including the total number extrapolated
                                                    The following additional measures                     high sea state, fog, ice, rain, glare, or             from observed animals across the
                                                 apply to visual monitoring:                              other conditions prevent effective                    entirety of relevant monitoring zones. If
                                                    • If waters exceed a sea-state which                  marine mammal monitoring of the                       no comments are received from NMFS
                                                 restricts the observers’ ability to make                 entire Level B harassment zone. MMOs                  within 30 days of submission of the
                                                 observations within 100 m of the pile                    would continue to monitor the visible                 draft final report, the draft final report
                                                 driving activity (e.g., excessive wind or                portion of the Level B harassment zone                will constitute the final report. If
                                                 fog), pile installation and removal will                 throughout the duration of driving                    comments are received, a final report
                                                 cease. Pile driving will not be initiated                activities.                                           must be submitted within 30 days after
                                                 until the entire shutdown zone is                           • At the end of the pile driving day,              receipt of comments.
                                                 visible.                                                 post-construction monitoring shall be                 Negligible Impact Analysis and
                                                    • If a marine mammal authorized for                   conducted for 30 minutes beyond the                   Determination
                                                 Level A take is present within the Level                 cessation of pile driving;
                                                 A harassment zone, a Level A take                                                                                 NMFS has defined negligible impact
                                                 would be recorded. If Level A take                       Data Collection                                       as ‘‘an impact resulting from the
                                                 reaches the authorized limit, then pile                    Observers are required to use                       specified activity that cannot be
                                                 installation would be stopped as these                   approved data forms. Among other                      reasonably expected to, and is not
                                                 species approach the Level A                             pieces of information, ADOT&PF will                   reasonably likely to, adversely affect the
                                                 harassment area to avoid additional take                 record detailed information about any                 species or stock through effects on
                                                 of these species.                                        implementation of shutdowns,                          annual rates of recruitment or survival’’
                                                    • If a marine mammal authorized for                   including the distance of animals to the              (50 CFR 216.103). A negligible impact
                                                 Level B take is present in the Level B                   pile and description of specific actions              finding is based on the lack of likely
                                                 harassment zone, pile driving activities                 that ensued and resulting behavior of                 adverse effects on annual rates of
                                                 or soft-start may begin and a Level B                    the animal, if any. In addition, the                  recruitment or survival (i.e., population-
                                                 take would be recorded. Pile driving                     ADOT&PF will attempt to distinguish                   level effects). An estimate of the number
                                                 activities may occur when these species                  between the number of individual                      of takes, alone, is not enough
                                                 are in the Level B harassment zone,                      animals taken and the number of                       information on which to base an impact
                                                 whether they entered the Level B zone                    incidents of take. At a minimum, the                  determination. In addition to
                                                 from the Level A zone (if relevant),                     following information will be collected               considering the authorized number of
                                                 shutdown zone or from outside the                        on the sighting forms:                                marine mammals that might be ‘‘taken’’
                                                 project area. If Level B take reaches the                  • Date and time that monitored                      through harassment, NMFS considers
                                                 authorized limit, then pile installation                 activity begins or ends;                              other factors, such as the likely nature
                                                 would be stopped as these species                          • Construction activities occurring                 of any responses (e.g., intensity,
                                                 approach to avoid additional take of                     during each observation period;                       duration), the context of any responses
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 these species.                                             • Detailed information about any                    (e.g., critical reproductive time or
                                                    • If a marine mammal is present in                    implementation of shutdowns,                          location, migration, etc.), as well as
                                                 the Level B harassment zone, pile                        including the distance of animals to the              effects on habitat, the status of the
                                                 driving activities may be delayed to                     pile and description of specific actions              affected stocks, and the likely
                                                 avoid a Level B take of an authorized                    that ensued and resulting behavior of                 effectiveness of the mitigation.
                                                 species. Pile driving activities or soft-                the animal, if any;                                   Consistent with the 1989 preamble for
                                                 start would then begin only after the                      • Weather parameters (e.g., percent                 NMFS’s implementing regulations (54
                                                 MMO has determined, through sighting,                    cover, visibility);                                   FR 40338; September 29, 1989), the


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:41 Jul 05, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00026   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\06JYN2.SGM   06JYN2


                                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 128 / Thursday, July 6, 2017 / Notices                                             31425

                                                 impacts from other past and ongoing                         Effects on individuals that are taken              associated with the proposed project
                                                 anthropogenic activities are                             by Level B harassment, on the basis of                overlaps with a third. The closest major
                                                 incorporated into these analyses via                     reports in the literature as well as                  haulout is approximately 27 km distant.
                                                 their impacts on the environmental                       monitoring from other similar activities,             The project activities are limited in time
                                                 baseline (e.g., as reflected in the                      will likely be limited to reactions such              and would not modify existing marine
                                                 regulatory status of the species,                        as increased swimming speeds,                         mammal habitat. EFH near the project
                                                 population size and growth rate where                    increased surfacing time, or decreased                area has been designated for a number
                                                 known, ongoing sources of human-                         foraging (if such activity were occurring)            of species. While the activities may
                                                 caused mortality, or ambient noise                       (e.g., Thorson and Reyff 2006; Lerma                  cause some fish to leave the area of
                                                 levels).                                                 2014). Most likely, individuals will                  disturbance, temporarily impacting
                                                    To avoid repetition, the discussion of                simply move away from the sound                       marine mammals’ foraging
                                                 our analyses applies to all the species                  source and be temporarily displaced                   opportunities, this would encompass a
                                                 listed in Table 3. There is little                       from the areas of pile driving, although              relatively small area of habitat leaving
                                                 information about the nature of severity                 even this reaction has been observed                  large areas of existing fish and marine
                                                 of the impacts or the size, status, or                   primarily only in association with                    mammal foraging habitat unaffected. As
                                                 structure of any species or stock that                   impact pile driving. In response to                   such, the impacts to marine mammal
                                                 would lead to a different analysis for                   vibratory driving, pinnipeds (which                   habitat are not expected to cause
                                                 this activity.                                           may become somewhat habituated to                     significant or long-term negative
                                                    Pile driving and extraction activities                human activity in industrial or urban                 consequences.
                                                 associated with the Sand Point City                      waterways) have been observed to orient                  In summary, this negligible impact
                                                 Dock Replacement Project, as outlined                    towards and sometimes move towards                    analysis is founded on the following
                                                 previously, have the potential to injure,                the sound. The pile driving and                       factors: (1) The possibility of serious
                                                 disturb or displace marine mammals.                      extraction activities analyzed here are               injury or mortality to authorized species
                                                 Specifically, Level A harassment                         similar to, or less impactful than,                   may reasonably be considered
                                                                                                          numerous construction activities                      discountable; (2) the likelihood that PTS
                                                 (injury) in the form of PTS may occur
                                                                                                          conducted in similar locations in                     could occur in a limited number of
                                                 to a limited numbers of three marine
                                                                                                          Alaska, which have taken place with no                animals is low, but acknowledged; (3)
                                                 mammal species while a total of nine
                                                                                                          reported serious injuries or mortality to             the anticipated incidences of Level B
                                                 species could experience Level B
                                                                                                          marine mammals, and no known long-                    harassment consist of, at worst,
                                                 harassment (behavioral disturbance).
                                                                                                          term adverse consequences from                        temporary modifications in behavior or
                                                 Potential takes could occur if
                                                                                                          behavioral harassment. Repeated                       potential TTS; (4) the limited temporal
                                                 individuals of these species are present
                                                                                                          exposures of individuals to levels of                 and spatial impacts on marine mammals
                                                 in Level A or Level B ensonified zones
                                                                                                          sound that may cause Level B                          or their habitat; (5) the absence of any
                                                 when pile driving or removal is under
                                                                                                          harassment are unlikely to result in                  major haul outs or rookeries near the
                                                 way.                                                                                                           project area; and (6) the presumed
                                                                                                          hearing impairment or to significantly
                                                    No mortality is anticipated to result                 disrupt foraging behavior. Thus, even                 efficacy of the planned mitigation
                                                 from this activity. Limited take of three                repeated Level B harassment of some                   measures in reducing the effects of the
                                                 species of marine mammal by Level A                      small subset of the overall stock is                  specified activity to the level of effecting
                                                 harassment (injury) is authorized due to                 unlikely to result in any significant                 the least practicable impact upon the
                                                 potential auditory injury (PTS) that                     realized decrease in fitness for the                  affected species. In combination, we
                                                 cannot reasonably be prevented through                   affected individuals, and would not                   believe that these factors, as well as the
                                                 mitigation. The marine mammals                           result in any adverse impact to the stock             available body of evidence from other
                                                 authorized for Level A take (27 harbor                   as a whole.                                           similar activities, demonstrate that the
                                                 seals, 16 harbor porpoises, and 2                           ADOT&PF’s proposed activities are                  potential effects of the specified activity
                                                 humpback whales) are estimated to                        localized and of relatively short                     will have only short-term effects on
                                                 experience PTS if they remain within                     duration. The entire project area is                  individuals. The specified activity is not
                                                 the outer limits of a Level A harassment                 limited to the Sand Point dock area and               expected to impact rates of recruitment
                                                 zone during the entire time that impact                  its immediate surroundings.                           or survival and will therefore not result
                                                 pile driving would occur during a single                 Specifically, the use of impact driving               in population-level impacts.
                                                 day. Marine mammal species, however,                     will be limited to approximately 22                      Based on the analysis contained
                                                 are known to avoid areas where noise                     hours over the course of up to 40 days                herein of the likely effects of the
                                                 levels are high (Richardson et al.,1995).                of construction. Total vibratory pile                 specified activity on marine mammals
                                                 Animals would likely move away from                      driving time is estimated at                          and their habitat, and taking into
                                                 the sound source and exit the Level A                    approximately 85 hours over the same                  consideration the implementation of the
                                                 zone. Because of the proximity to the                    period. While impact driving does have                planned monitoring and mitigation
                                                 source in which the animals would have                   the potential to cause injury to marine               measures, NMFS preliminarily finds
                                                 to approach, and the longer time in                      mammals, mitigation in the form of a                  that the total marine mammal take from
                                                 which they would need to remain in a                     100 m shutdown zone should limit                      ADOT&PF’s Sand Point City Dock
                                                 farther proximity from the sound source                  exposure to potentially injurious sound.              Replacement Project will have a
                                                 within a Level A zone, we believe the                       The project is not expected to have                negligible impact on all affected marine
                                                 likelihood of marine mammals                             significant adverse effects on marine                 mammal species or stocks.
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 experiencing PTS is low but                              mammal habitat. No important marine
                                                 acknowledge it could occur. Although                     mammal reproductive areas, such as                    Small Numbers
                                                 NMFS is authorizing limited take by                      rookeries, are known to exist within the                As noted above, only small numbers
                                                 PTS, the anticipated takes reflect the                   ensonified areas. The proposed project                of incidental take may be authorized
                                                 onset of PTS, which would be relatively                  is located within the aquatic zones (i.e.,            under Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA
                                                 mild, rather than severe PTS which                       designated critical habitat) of two major             for specified activities other than
                                                 would be expected to have more impact                    Steller sea lion haul outs, and the Level             military readiness activities. The MMPA
                                                 on an animal’s overall fitness.                          B underwater harassment zone                          does not define small numbers and so,


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:41 Jul 05, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00027   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\06JYN2.SGM   06JYN2


                                                 31426                                    Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 128 / Thursday, July 6, 2017 / Notices

                                                 in practice, NMFS compares the number                                    Level A and Level B harassment for the                 populations even if each estimated
                                                 of individuals taken to the most                                         proposed work at the Sand Point Dock                   taking occurred to a new individual—an
                                                 appropriate estimation of the relevant                                   Replacement Project. Our analysis                      extremely unlikely scenario. For
                                                 species or stock size in our                                             shows that between <0.01 percent and                   pinnipeds, especially Steller sea lions,
                                                 determination of whether an                                              3.07 percent of the populations of                     occurring in the vicinity of the project
                                                 authorization is limited to small                                        affected stocks could be taken by                      site, there will almost certainly be some
                                                 numbers of marine mammals.                                               harassment. Therefore, the numbers of                  overlap in individuals present day-to-
                                                   Table 11 presents the number of                                        animals authorized to be taken for all                 day, and these takes are likely to occur
                                                 animals that could be exposed to                                         species would be considered small                      only within some small portion of the
                                                 received noise levels that could cause                                   relative to the relevant stocks or                     overall regional stock.

                                                      TABLE 11—SUMMARY OF THE ESTIMATED NUMBERS OF MARINE MAMMALS POTENTIALLY EXPOSED TO LEVEL A AND
                                                                                     LEVEL B HARASSMENT NOISE LEVELS
                                                                                                                                       Estimated               Estimated
                                                                                                                                       number of               number of                                                   Percent of
                                                                                                                                       individuals             individuals                                                 population
                                                                                                                                                                                          DPS/stock
                                                                                                                                       potentially             potentially                                                 exposed to
                                                                        Species (DPS/stock)                                                                                               abundance
                                                                                                                                     exposed to the          exposed to the                                                Level A or
                                                                                                                                                                                         (DPS/stock)
                                                                                                                                         Level A                 Level B                                                     Level B
                                                                                                                                      harassment              harassment                                                   thresholds
                                                                                                                                        threshold               threshold

                                                 Steller sea lion (wDPS) ................................................                               0                  960   50,983 .......................     1.88.
                                                 Harbor seal (Cook Inlet/Shelikof Strait) .......................                                      27                   53   27,386 .......................     0.29.
                                                 Harbor porpoise (Gulf of Alaska) .................................                                    16                   33   31,046 .......................     0.16.
                                                 Dall’s porpoise (Alaska) ...............................................                               0                    4   83,400 .......................     <0.01.
                                                 Killer whale (Gulf of Alaska, Aleutian Islands, and                                                    0                   18   587 (transient) ...........        3.07 (transient).
                                                    Bering Sea transient or Alaska resident).                                                                                    2,347 (resident) .........         0.76 (resident).
                                                 Humpback whale 1 (Central North Pacific) ..................                                           2                    30   10,103 .......................     0.32.
                                                 Fin whale (Northeast Pacific) .......................................                                 0                     6   1,368 2 .......................    0.44.
                                                 Gray whale (Eastern North Pacific) .............................                                      0                     2   20,990 .......................     <0.01.
                                                 Minke whale (Alaska) ...................................................                              0                     3   2,020 3 .......................    <0.01.

                                                      Total ......................................................................                     66                  590   N/A ............................   N/A.
                                                    1 TheHawaii DPS is estimated to account for approximately 89 percent of all humpback whales in the Gulf of Alaska, whereas the Mexico and
                                                 Western North Pacific DPSs account for approximately 10.5 percent and 0.5 percent, respectively (Wade et al. 2016; NMFS 2016). Therefore, an
                                                 estimated 28 animals from Hawaii DPS; 3 from Mexico DPS: And 1 from Western North Pacific DPS.
                                                   2 Based on 2010 survey of animals north and west of Kenai Peninsula in U.S. waters and is likely an underestimate (Muto et al. 2016b).
                                                   3 Based on 2010 survey on Eastern Bering Sea shelf. Considered provisional and not representative of abundance of entire stock (Muto et al.
                                                 2016a).
                                                   N/A: Not Applicable.


                                                    Based on the analysis contained                                       species or stocks for taking for                       associated with the reconstruction of the
                                                 herein of the proposed activity                                          subsistence purposes.                                  city dock in Sand Point, Alaska
                                                 (including the proposed mitigation and                                                                                          provided the previously mentioned
                                                                                                                          Endangered Species Act (ESA)
                                                 monitoring measures) and the                                                                                                    mitigation, monitoring, and reporting
                                                 anticipated take of marine mammals,                                         Issuance of an MMPA authorization                   requirements are incorporated. This
                                                 NMFS preliminarily finds that small                                      requires compliance with the ESA.                      section contains a draft of the IHA itself.
                                                 numbers of marine mammals will be                                        There are DPSs of two marine mammal                    The wording contained in this section is
                                                 taken relative to the population size of                                 species that are listed as endangered                  proposed for inclusion in the IHA (if
                                                 the affected species or stocks.                                          under the ESA with confirmed or                        issued).
                                                                                                                          possible occurrence in the study area:                    1. This Authorization is valid from
                                                 Unmitigable Adverse Impact Analysis                                      The WNP DPS and Mexico DPS of                          August 1, 2018, through July 31, 2019.
                                                 and Determination                                                        humpback whale and the western DPS                        2. This Authorization is valid only for
                                                                                                                          of Steller sea lion. NMFS will initiate                activities associated with in-water
                                                   There are no relevant subsistence uses                                                                                        construction work at the Sand Point
                                                                                                                          formal consultation under Section 7 of
                                                 of the affected marine mammal stocks or                                  the ESA with NMFS Alaska Regional                      City Dock Replacement Project in Sand
                                                 species implicated by this action. The                                   Office. NMFS will issue a Biological                   Point, Alaska.
                                                 proposed project is not known to occur                                   Opinion that will analyze the effects to                  3. General Conditions
                                                 in a subsistence hunting area. It is a                                   ESA listed species as well as critical                    (a) A copy of this IHA must be in the
                                                 developed area with regular marine                                       habitat. The ESA consultation will                     possession of ADOT&PF, its designees,
                                                 vessel traffic. Additionally, ADOT&PF                                    conclude prior to reaching a                           and work crew personnel operating
                                                 has spoken with local officials about
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                                                                                          determination regarding the proposed                   under the authority of this IHA.
                                                 concerns regarding impacts to                                            issuance of the authorization.                            (b) The species and number of
                                                 subsistence uses and none were                                                                                                  animals authorized for taking by Level
                                                 expressed. Therefore, NMFS has                                           Proposed Authorization
                                                                                                                                                                                 A and Level B harassment are shown in
                                                 preliminarily determined that the total                                    As a result of these preliminary                     Table 11 and include: Harbor seal
                                                 taking of affected species or stocks                                     determinations, NMFS proposes to issue                 (Phoca vitulina), Steller sea lion
                                                 would not have an unmitigable adverse                                    an IHA to ADOT&PF for conducting pile                  (Eumetopias jubatus), harbor porpoise
                                                 impact on the availability of such                                       driving and extraction activities                      (Phocoena phocoena), Dall’s porpoise


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014       18:41 Jul 05, 2017        Jkt 241001       PO 00000       Frm 00028   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\06JYN2.SGM    06JYN2


                                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 128 / Thursday, July 6, 2017 / Notices                                          31427

                                                 (Phocoenoides dalli), killer whale                       Level A zone, then the Level A radius                   (d) Monitoring location(s) shall be
                                                 (Orcinus orca), gray whale (Eschrichtius                 for the next pile shall be decreased to               identified with the following
                                                 robustus), humpback whale (Megaptera                     the next largest Level A radius. This                 characteristics:
                                                 novaeangliae), fin whale (Balaenoptera                   pattern shall continue unless an animal                 (i) Unobstructed view of pile being
                                                 physalus) and minke whale                                is observed within the most recent                    driven;
                                                 (Balaenoptera acutorostrata).                            shutdown zone radius, at which that                     (ii) Unobstructed view of all water
                                                    (c) ADOT&PF shall conduct briefings                   specific shutdown radius shall remain                 within the Level A (if applicable) and
                                                 between construction supervisors and                     in effect for the rest of the workday.                Level B harassment zones for pile being
                                                 crews and the marine mammal                                 (ii) If piles of varying sizes are                 driven.
                                                 monitoring team prior to the start of all                installed in a single day, the radius of                (f) If waters exceed a sea-state which
                                                 pile driving activity.                                   the Level A zone shall default to the                 restricts the observers’ ability to make
                                                    (d) For in-water heavy machinery                      isopleth for the largest pile being driven            observations within the marine mammal
                                                 work other than pile driving (e.g.,                      on that workday.                                      shutdown zone of 100 m (e.g., excessive
                                                 standard barges, tug boats, barge-                          (b) ADOT&PF shall establish Level B                wind or fog), pile installation and
                                                 mounted excavators), if a marine                         harassment zones for impact and                       removal shall cease. Pile driving shall
                                                 mammal comes within 10 m, operations                     vibratory driving as shown in Table 10.               not be initiated until the entire
                                                 shall cease and vessels shall reduce                        (c) Soft Start.                                    shutdown zone is visible.
                                                 speed to the minimum level required to                      (i) When there has been downtime of                  (g) If a marine mammal authorized for
                                                 maintain steerage and safe working                       30 minutes or more without impact pile                Level A take is present within the Level
                                                 conditions.                                              driving, the contractor shall initiate the            A harassment zone, a Level A take
                                                    (e) In-water construction work shall                  driving with ramp-up procedures                       would be recorded. If Level A take
                                                 occur only during daylight hours.                        described below.                                      reaches the authorized limit, then pile
                                                    4. Prohibitions                                          (ii) Soft start for impact hammers                 installation would be stopped as these
                                                    (a) The taking, by incidental                         requires contractors to provide an initial            species approach the Level A
                                                 harassment only, is limited to the                       set of strikes from the impact hammer                 harassment area to avoid additional take
                                                 species listed under condition 3(b)                      at 40 percent energy, followed by no                  of these species.
                                                 above and by the numbers listed in                                                                               (h) If a marine mammal authorized for
                                                                                                          less than a 30-second waiting period.
                                                 Table 11 of this notice. The taking by                                                                         Level B take is present in the Level B
                                                                                                          This procedure shall be conducted a
                                                 death of these species or the taking by                                                                        harassment zone, pile driving activities
                                                                                                          total of three times before impact pile
                                                 harassment, injury or death of any other                                                                       or soft-start may begin and a Level B
                                                                                                          driving begins.
                                                 species of marine mammal is prohibited                                                                         take would be recorded. If Level B take
                                                                                                             (d) Pre-Activity Monitoring.
                                                 and may result in the modification,                                                                            reaches the authorized limit, then pile
                                                                                                             (i) Prior to the start of daily in-water
                                                 suspension, or revocation of this                                                                              installation would be stopped as these
                                                                                                          construction activity, or whenever a
                                                 Authorization.                                                                                                 species approach to avoid additional
                                                                                                          break in pile driving of 30 minutes or
                                                    5. Mitigation Measures                                                                                      take of these species.
                                                                                                          longer occurs, the observer(s) shall                    (i) Marine mammal location shall be
                                                    The holder of this Authorization is
                                                                                                          observe the shutdown and monitoring                   determined using a rangefinder and a
                                                 required to implement the following
                                                                                                          zones for a period of 30 minutes.                     GPS or compass.
                                                 mitigation measures.
                                                    (a) Shutdown Measures.                                   (ii) The shutdown zone shall be                      (j) Ongoing in-water pile installation
                                                    (i) ADOT&PF shall implement                           cleared when a marine mammal has not                  may be continued during periods when
                                                 shutdown measures if a marine mammal                     been observed within that zone for that               conditions such as low light, darkness,
                                                 is detected within or approaching the                    30-minute period.                                     high sea state, fog, ice, rain, glare, or
                                                 specified 100 m shutdown zone.                              (iii) If a marine mammal is observed               other conditions prevent effective
                                                    (ii) Shutdown shall occur if low-                     within the shutdown zone, a soft-start                marine mammal monitoring of the
                                                 frequency cetaceans (i.e. fin whale, gray                can proceed if the animal is observed                 entire Level B harassment zone. MMOs
                                                 whale, minke whale), mid-frequency                       leaving the zone or has not been                      would continue to monitor the visible
                                                 cetaceans (i.e. killer whale), or high-                  observed for 30 minutes (for cetaceans)               portion of the Level B harassment zone
                                                 frequency cetaceans (Dall’s porpoise)                    or 15 minutes (for pinnipeds), even if                throughout the duration of driving
                                                 approach relevant Level A take                           visibility of Level B zone is impaired.               activities.
                                                 isopleths since Level A take of these                       (iv) If the Level B zone is not visible              (k) Post-construction monitoring shall
                                                 species is not authorized.                               while work continues, exposures shall                 be conducted for 30 minutes beyond the
                                                    (ii) ADOT&PF shall implement                          be recorded at the estimated exposure                 cessation of pile driving at end of day.
                                                 shutdown measures if the number of                       rate for each permitted species.                        7. Reporting
                                                 any allotted marine mammal takes                            (e) Pile caps shall be used during all               The holder of this Authorization is
                                                 reaches the limit under the IHA and if                   impact driving.                                       required to:
                                                 such marine mammals are sighted                             6. Monitoring                                        (a) Submit a draft report on all
                                                 within the vicinity of the project area                     (a) Monitoring shall be conducted by               monitoring conducted under the IHA
                                                 and are approaching their respective                     qualified marine mammal observers                     within ninety calendar days of the
                                                 Level A or Level B harassment zone.                      (MMOs), with minimum qualifications                   completion of marine mammal and
                                                    (b) ADOT&PF shall establish Level A                   as described previously in the                        acoustic monitoring. This report shall
                                                 harassment zones as shown in Table 9.                    Monitoring and Reporting section.                     detail the monitoring protocol,
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                    (i) For impact pile driving, the Level                   (b) Two observers shall be on site and             summarize the data recorded during
                                                 A harassment zone defaults to the                        actively observing the shutdown and                   monitoring, and estimate the number of
                                                 isopleth corresponding to the number of                  disturbance zones during all pile                     marine mammals that may have been
                                                 piles planned for installation on a given                driving and extraction activities.                    harassed, including the total number
                                                 day as shown in Table 9.                                    (c) Observers shall use their naked eye            extrapolated from observed animals
                                                    (ii) After the first pile is driven, if no            with the aid of binoculars, big-eye                   across the entirety of relevant
                                                 marine mammals have been observed                        binoculars and a spotting scope during                monitoring zones. A final report shall be
                                                 within the radius of the corresponding                   all pile driving and extraction activities.           prepared and submitted within thirty


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:41 Jul 05, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00029   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\06JYN2.SGM   06JYN2


                                                 31428                           Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 128 / Thursday, July 6, 2017 / Notices

                                                 days following resolution of comments                      1. Time, date, and location (latitude/              mammal, and the lead observer
                                                 on the draft report from NMFS. This                      longitude) of the incident;                           determines that the injury or death is
                                                 report must contain the following:                         2. Name and type of vessel involved;                not associated with or related to the
                                                    (i) Date and time that monitored                        3. Vessel’s speed during and leading                activities authorized in the IHA (e.g.,
                                                 activity begins or ends;                                 up to the incident;                                   previously wounded animal, carcass
                                                    (ii) Construction activities occurring                  4. Description of the incident;                     with moderate to advanced
                                                 during each observation period;                            5. Water depth;                                     decomposition, or scavenger damage),
                                                    (iii) Record of implementation of                       6. Environmental conditions (e.g.,
                                                                                                                                                                ADOT&PF shall report the incident to
                                                 shutdowns, including the distance of                     wind speed and direction, Beaufort sea
                                                                                                                                                                the Office of Protected Resources,
                                                 animals to the pile and description of                   state, cloud cover, and visibility);
                                                                                                            7. Description of all marine mammal                 NMFS, and the Alaska Regional
                                                 specific actions that ensued and                                                                               Stranding Coordinator, NMFS, within
                                                                                                          observations and active sound source
                                                 resulting behavior of the animal, if any;                                                                      24 hours of the discovery. ADOT&PF
                                                                                                          use in the 24 hours preceding the
                                                    (iv) Weather parameters (e.g., percent                                                                      shall provide photographs or video
                                                                                                          incident;
                                                 cover, visibility);                                        8. Species identification or                        footage or other documentation of the
                                                    (v) Water conditions (e.g., sea state,                description of the animal(s) involved;                stranded animal sighting to NMFS.
                                                 tide state);                                               9. Fate of the animal(s); and
                                                    (vi) Species, numbers, and, if                                                                                 7. This Authorization may be
                                                                                                            10. Photographs or video footage of                 modified, suspended or withdrawn if
                                                 possible, sex and age class of marine                    the animal(s).
                                                 mammals;                                                                                                       the holder fails to abide by the
                                                                                                            ADOT&PF may not resume their                        conditions prescribed herein, or if
                                                    (vii) Description of any observable                   activities until notified by NMFS.
                                                 marine mammal behavior patterns,                                                                               NMFS determines the authorized taking
                                                                                                            (ii) In the event that ADOT&PF
                                                    (viii) Distance from pile driving                                                                           is having more than a negligible impact
                                                                                                          discovers an injured or dead marine
                                                 activities to marine mammals and                                                                               on the species or stock of affected
                                                                                                          mammal, and the lead observer
                                                 distance from the marine mammals to                      determines that the cause of the injury               marine mammals.
                                                 the observation point;                                   or death is unknown and the death is                  Request for Public Comments
                                                    (ix) Locations of all marine mammal                   relatively recent (e.g., in less than a
                                                 observations; and                                        moderate state of decomposition),                       We request comment on our analyses,
                                                    (x) Other human activity in the area.                 ADOT&PF shall immediately report the                  the draft authorization, and any other
                                                    (b) Reporting injured or dead marine                  incident to the Office of Protected                   aspect of this Notice of Proposed IHA
                                                 mammals:                                                 Resources, NMFS, and the Alaska                       for ADOT&PF’s Sand Point City Dock
                                                    (i) In the unanticipated event that the               Regional Stranding Coordinator, NMFS.                 Replacement Project. Please include
                                                 specified activity clearly causes the take               The report must include the same                      with your comments any supporting
                                                 of a marine mammal in a manner                           information identified in 6(b)(i) of this             data or literature citations to help
                                                 prohibited by this IHA, such as an                       IHA. Activities may continue while                    inform our final decision on the request
                                                 injury (Level A harassment), serious                     NMFS reviews the circumstances of the                 for MMPA authorization.
                                                 injury, or mortality, ADOT&PF shall                      incident. NMFS shall work with                          Dated: June 30, 2017.
                                                 immediately cease the specified                          ADOT&PF to determine whether
                                                 activities and report the incident to the                                                                      Donna S. Wieting,
                                                                                                          additional mitigation measures or
                                                 Office of Protected Resources, NMFS,                     modifications to the activities are                   Director, Office of Protected Resources,
                                                 and the Alaska Regional Stranding                        appropriate.                                          National Marine Fisheries Service.
                                                 Coordinator, NMFS. The report must                         (iii) In the event that ADOT&PF                     [FR Doc. 2017–14157 Filed 7–5–17; 8:45 am]
                                                 include the following information:                       discovers an injured or dead marine                   BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:41 Jul 05, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00030   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 9990   E:\FR\FM\06JYN2.SGM   06JYN2



Document Created: 2017-07-06 01:04:40
Document Modified: 2017-07-06 01:04:40
CategoryRegulatory Information
CollectionFederal Register
sudoc ClassAE 2.7:
GS 4.107:
AE 2.106:
PublisherOffice of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration
SectionNotices
ActionNotice; proposed incidental harassment authorization; request for comments.
DatesComments and information must be received no later than August 7, 2017.
ContactRob Pauline, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, (301) 427-8401. Electronic copies of the applications and supporting documents, as well as a list of the references cited in this document, may be obtained by visiting the Internet at: www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/incidental/construction.htm. In case of problems accessing these documents, please call the contact listed above.
FR Citation82 FR 31400 
RIN Number0648-XF37

2025 Federal Register | Disclaimer | Privacy Policy
USC | CFR | eCFR